Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America · PDF fileIn the localization...
Transcript of Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America · PDF fileIn the localization...
Configuration Guide CUSTOMER
13-04-02
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Content
1 Getting Started. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61.1 About this Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2 General Configuration Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72.1 Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72.2 Activate Localization in a Client. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72.3 Change Data Before Settlement Calculation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72.4 Change Settlement Calculation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82.5 Activate Localization-Specific Implementations for Business Add-Ins. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92.6 Configuration for Tax Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Preparation Steps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Define Tax Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Define Tax Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Define Tax Item Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Map Industry-Specific Operations to Tax Item Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Assign Tax Item Types to Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Map Tax Manager Operations to Posting Transactions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Specify Tax Rates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Specify Tax Limits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19Specify Tax Assignments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
3 Configuration Information for Argentina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233.1 Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233.2 Configuration for Tax Calculation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Tax Manager Customizing Activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Specify Business Partner Roles for Gross Income Tax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Specify Business Partner Roles for Gross Income Tax Perception. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Account Related Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Configuration for Loans Tax Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34Configuration for Taxes on Interest on Arrears. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.3 Master Data Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50Enter Tax Data for Business Partners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.4 Configuration for Interest on Arrears. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
2 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Content
Settings Delivered As Standard for IoA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Configuration for Calculation Bases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Create Condition Types for Interest on Arrears. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Assign Condition Types to Condition Group Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62Create Condition Group and Condition for Interest on Arrears. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Configure Loan Product Attributes for IoA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Configuration for Disbursement with IoA for Argentina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
3.5 Configuration for Gross Income Tax Perception on Loan Installment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68Create Condition Types for GITP on Loan Installment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Assign condition Types to Condition Group Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74Tax Manager Configuration for GITP on Loan Installment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74Configure Localization Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84Configure Loan Product Attributes for GITP Calculation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
4 Configuration Information for Brazil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 874.1 Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 874.2 Activate Localization-Specific Implementations for Business Add-Ins. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .874.3 Sample Financial Products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90Checking Account. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Time Deposit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Multidate Savings Account. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126Corporate Savings Account. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Loans Taken Account. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171Fund Pool Account. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Loans Given Account. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183
4.4 Configuration for Branch Calendars. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Organizational Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189Product Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192Transaction Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
4.5 Configuration for Checkbook Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Localization Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Business Partner Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Basic Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197Printing Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200Configuration for Fee Handling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Business Add-Ins and Interfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Authorization Objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Procedures and Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaContent C U S T O M E R 3
4.6 Configuration for Tax Calculation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Withholding Tax on Corporate Savings Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211IOF on Loans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216
4.7 Configuration for Payment Processing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293Define Transaction Type Groups for Posting Rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293Define Main Rule Sets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294Create Transaction Types for Brazilian Bank Transfers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296Assign Offsetting Transaction Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304Assign Processing Priority to Recipient Items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306Define Payment Media and Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307Set Default Values for Order Creation Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309Configure Localization Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310Define Customer-Specific Validations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
4.8 Configuration for Payment Advice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312Define Payment Directive Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312Define Payment Advice Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313Define Transaction Type Groups for Posting Rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314Define Main Rule Sets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315Create Offsetting Transaction Types for Brazilian Bank Transfers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315Assign Offsetting Transaction Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .319Assign Counterparty External Representation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320Assign Payment Directive Types with Transaction Types and Medium/Payment Methods. . . . . . . . 321Configure Localization Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322
4.9 Configuration for Compound Interest Calculation on Loans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322Define Condition Type for Variable Interest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323Assign Financial Condition Types to Condition Group Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .323Create Financial Conditions for Settlement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324Define Inpayment Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328Create Loan Account Product and Configure Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
4.10 Configuration for Inflation Adjustment of Loan Installments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .333Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333Define Condition Types for Inflation Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333Assign Financial Condition Types to Condition Group Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335Create Financial Conditions for Settlement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336Define Inpayment Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .341Create Loan Account Product and Configure Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
4.11 Configuration for Interest on Arrears. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
4 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Content
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346Settings Delivered As Standard for IoA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346Configuration for Calculation Bases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347Create Condition Types for Interest on Arrears. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349Assign Condition Types to Condition Group Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355Configuration for Late Payment Penalty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355Configure Loan Product Attributes for IoA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363Configuration for Disbursement with IoA for Brazil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365
4.12 Configuration for Revenue Recognition for Performing Loans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366Maintain Nonbalance-Balance-Changing Transaction Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366Assign Nonbalance-Changing Posting Categories to Nonbalance-Changing Transaction Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367Configure Localization Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .367
4.13 Configuration for Installment Prepayment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368Settings Delivered As Standard for Installment Prepayment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368Configure Localization Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaContent C U S T O M E R 5
1 Getting Started
1.1 About this Guide
This guide is the central source of configuration information for banking services from SAP 8.0, localization for Latin America.
This guide provides configuration information for the following topics:
● General settings● Configuration information for Argentina● Configuration information for Brazil
6 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Getting Started
2 General Configuration Settings
2.1 Introduction
To meet customer-specific requirements, you can use the implemented Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) of the localization to adjust the way in which the system handles certain processes. In the localization of banking services from SAP, some BAdIs span several localized functions. This section contains information about how to reimplement the BAdIs so that you can use them to adjust central functions in the localization to meet your requirements.
2.2 Activate Localization in a Client
Use
You can use the localizations for banking services from SAP for multiple countries within a region. This chapter describes the procedure how to specify the country for which you are using the localization.
NoteThis step is mandatory if you are using a localization solution that is relevant for more than one country.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Activate Localization for a Country in a Client .
2. Choose the localization that you want to activate.3. Save your entries.
2.3 Change Data Before Settlement Calculation
Use
If you want to change the period or rate, for example, before the settlement calculation, you can create your own implementation of the Data Compression (COMPRESS_CALCULATED_DETAILS) Business Add-In (BAdI).
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaGeneral Configuration Settings C U S T O M E R 7
Procedure
1. Disable the standard BAdI implementation.2. Create a new implementation of the BAdI by copying the standard Localization Compress Details (/FSGLO/
COMPRESS_DETAILS_SETTL) implementation.3. Make the required adjustments to the code in the implementation that you create.4. Activate the new implementation.
Example
You use this BAdI if you want to use one interest rate for one business partner and a different interest rate for another business partner.
2.4 Change Settlement Calculation
Use
If you want to carry out additional calculations based on the settlement results that the localization provides, you can create your own implementation of the After Rounding (AFTER_ROUNDING_RESULTS) Business Add-In (BAdI).
Procedure
1. Disable the standard BAdI implementation.2. Create a new implementation of the BAdI by copying the standard Localization After Rounding Results (/
FSGLO/AFTER_ROUND_RES_SETTL) implementation.3. Make the required adjustments to the code in the implementation that you create.4. Activate the new implementation.
Example
You use this BAdI if you want to use a product that is not part of the standard scope of the localization for Brazil and you need to perform calculations required for these products as part of the settlement calculation.
8 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
General Configuration Settings
2.5 Activate Localization-Specific Implementations for Business Add-Ins
Use
To enable the localization for Brazil to meet legal and business requirements, you must activate certain implementations of country-specific Business Add-Ins (BAdIs).
Procedure
1. For each of the Brazil-specific BAdI implementations that you want to activate, follow the Customizing path listed on the following table:
Table 1:
Enhancement Implementation
BAdI Implementation
Description Financial Services Account Management
Product Management Payment Advice
Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) BAdI: Adjustment
of Payments
Customizing Path
/FSGLO/BCA_OR_DISB_CHECKS
/FSGLO/DISBURSEMENT_CHECKS
Implementation: Checks for Disbursement
Financial Services Account Management
Order Management Account Order
Disbursement (Loans) Business Add-Ins
(BAdIs) BAdI: Entry and Consistency
Checks
/FSGLO/BCA_OR_PAYF_CHECKS
/FSGLO/PAYOFF_CHECKS
Implementation: Checks for Payoff
Financial Services Account Management
Order Management Account Order Early
Payoff (Loans) Business Add-Ins (BAdIs)BAdI: Payment Receipt and Consistency
Checks
/FSGLO/BCA_SETTL_CALC
/FSGLO/COMPRESS_DETAILS_SETTL
Localization compress details
Financial Services Account Management
Product Management Settlement Business
Add-Ins (BAdIs) Enhancements in Calculation
Layer BAdI: Compress Settlement Details
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaGeneral Configuration Settings C U S T O M E R 9
Enhancement Implementation
BAdI Implementation
Description Financial Services Account Management
Product Management Payment Advice
Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) BAdI: Adjustment
of Payments
Customizing Path
/FSLBR/POSTPONE_SETTL_EXEC
/FSLBR/DETERM_DEFAULT_SAMPLE
Implementation: Payment Default upon Exceeding Committed Limit
Financial Services Account Management
Contract Management Account Business
Add-Ins (BAdIs) Country-Specific Settings
Brazil BAdI: Retrieval of Information About
Payment Default
/FSGLO/EI_BA1_SP_SI_F8
/FSGLO/BD_SI_F8_LOAN_PLA_CHG
Loans Taken Implementation
Financial Services Bank Analyzer
Infrastructure Settings for Enterprise
Services Business Add-Ins (BAdIs)
Financial Instruments Analytical Source DataBAdI: LoanContractEventInChangeViewsBasedOnPric
eListAdaptationBulkChanged
/FSGLO/EI_BA1_SP_SI_F8
/FSGLO/BD_SI_F8_LOAN_PLA_CRE
Example Implementation Financial Services Bank Analyzer
Infrastructure Settings for Enterprise
Services Business Add-Ins (BAdIs)
Financial Instruments Analytical Source DataBAdI: LoanContractEventInChangeViewsBasedOnPric
eListAdaptationBulkCreated
/FSGLO/EI_BCA_CN_LC_SOUT
/FSGLO/CN_LC_PLADAPT_BLK
Implementation: InformOfContractPrice
Financial Services Account Management
Communication Between Logical Systems
Account Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) BAdIs
for Enterprise Services BAdIs for Business
Object LoanContract BAdI for InformOfContractPriceListAdaptationCreationA
sBulk
10 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
General Configuration Settings
Enhancement Implementation
BAdI Implementation
Description Financial Services Account Management
Product Management Payment Advice
Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) BAdI: Adjustment
of Payments
Customizing Path
/FSGLO/EI_BCA_CN_LC_SOUT
/FSGLO/CN_LC_PLADAPT_CH_BLK
Badi Implementation for replicating loans taken to Bank Analyzer
Financial Services Account Management
Communication Between Logical Systems
Account Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) BAdIs
for Enterprise Services BAdIs for Business
Object LoanContract BAdI for InformOfContractPriceListAdaptationChangeAs
Bulk
/FSGLO/BCA_PO_SOUT
/FSGLO/PO_REQ_PAYM_ORD
BAdI Definition for Service Operation CollectivePaymentOrderRequest
Financial Services Account Management
Account Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) BAdIs
for Enterprise Services BAdIs for Business Object BankAccountContractPaymentTransactionOrde
rRequest BAdI for
ReadPaymentOrderRequest
/FSGLO/BCA_PO_SOUT
/FSGLO/PO_REQ_PAYM_ORD_BLK
BAdI implementation for RequestPaymentOrdersAsBulk
Financial Services Account Management
Account Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) BAdIs
for Enterprise Services BAdIs for Business Object BankAccountContractPaymentTransactionOrde
rRequest BAdI for
RequestPaymentOrdersAsBulk
2. Select the Active (IMG) checkbox that corresponds to the BAdI implementation.3. Choose the Finished pushbutton.
2.6 Configuration for Tax Manager
2.6.1 Introduction
This section describes the steps that are needed to configure tax manager for use with a customized development that you create, for example, to calculate a given tax in a personalized way.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaGeneral Configuration Settings C U S T O M E R 11
For the country-specific configuration of tax manager that is covered by the standard delivery, see the section that corresponds to your country from the following table:
Table 2:
Country Chapter Description
Argentina Configuration for Tax Calculation [page 23]
Configuration steps needed for tax calculation in Argentina.
Tax Manager Configuration for Tax on IoA [page 43]
Configuration steps needed for tax calculation for interest on arrears (IoA) in Argentina.
Brazil Withholding Tax on Corporate Savings Accounts [page 211]
Configuration steps needed for the calculation of withholding tax on corporate savings accounts for Brazil.
Configuration steps needed for the calculation of complementary IOF on overdue loan installments in Brazil.
Russia Configuration steps needed for the calculation of capital yield tax for Russia.
To customize tax manager, follow the steps below.
NoteNote that there is a certain logic to the sequence of the steps in this list. For example, you need to have defined a tax operation before you can assign a tax item type to it. Likewise, you need to have defined a tax type and tax area before you can specify the relevant rates and limits for that tax type in the given area, and so on.
2.6.2 Preparation Steps
2.6.2.1 Introduction
For initial preparation and setup of your system, begin with the following steps.
12 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
General Configuration Settings
2.6.2.2 Copy Configuration Entries from System Client 000
Use
Some entries in the following tables are delivered by SAP in system client 000:
Table 3:
Table Name Description
/FSGLO/TAX_RATE Tax Rates
/FSGLO/TAX_LIMIT Tax Limits
TB070 Tax Classification: Tax Types per Country
TB071 Define Business Partner Tax Groups
You need to copy these settings to your operational clients to enable the tax manager to work correctly. Note that these tables are all type C, as delivered by SAP in system client 000.
Procedure
1. Ensure that system client 000 is ready for copy.2. Log in on the target client.
3. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Tools Administration Client Administration Special FunctionsCopy Transport Request
4. Copy the entries from the tables above from client 000 to the target client.
NoteTo ensure that the tax manager can work properly, SAP recommends that you do not change these entries.
2.6.3 Define Tax Operations
Use
The tax manager uses tax operations internally for tax processing and calculation purposes. The defined tax operations are associated with corresponding tax item types.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaGeneral Configuration Settings C U S T O M E R 13
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Define Tax Operations .
2. Define the tax operations required for your tax calculations.3. Define if the operation is a debit operation.
Example
Table 4:
Tx Op ID Debit Description
1 x CHARGE
2 x INTEREST
3 x DEBITS
4 CREDITS
5 CREDIT PAYMENT
6 CREDIT INTEREST
7 x CHARGE LOANS
8 x INTEREST LOANS
9 REPAYMENT LOANS
10 x EVENT CHARGES
11 LOANS RECEIVABLES
2.6.4 Define Tax Types
Use
Tax types represent the different taxes to be applied during tax processing and calculation in the tax manager. If required, you can assign the calculation of a tax type to a calculation class/interface instead of using the tax manager standard calculation routines.
14 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
General Configuration Settings
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Define Tax Types .
2. Define the tax types required for your tax calculations.
Example
Table 5:
Tax Type Description Class/Interface
DECR DEBIT & CREDIT /FSLAR/CL_DEB_CRED_CALCULATOR
GIT GROSS INCOME TAX /FSLAR/CL_GIT_CALCULATOR
GITP GROSS INCOME TAX PERCEPTION /FSLAR/CL_ARGENTINA_CALCULATOR
INC INCOME TAX /FSLAR/CL_ARGENTINA_CALCULATOR
STA STAMP TAX /FSLAR/CL_STAMP_CALCULATOR
VAT VAT /FSLAR/CL_ARGENTINA_CALCULATOR
VATP VAT PERCEPTION /FSLAR/CL_ARGENTINA_CALCULATOR
VATW VAT WITHHOLDING /FSLAR/CL_ARGENTINA_CALCULATOR
2.6.5 Define Tax Item Types
Use
In this step, you create the tax item types that you want to use to map the operations on which you want to calculate taxes using tax manager.
Tax manager uses a tax item type with the following purposes:
● Map industry-specific transactions, for example, a taxable transaction type in banking services from SAP to a tax operation within tax manager
● Map a tax that tax manager calculates to a system-specific posting operation
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Define Tax Item Type .
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaGeneral Configuration Settings C U S T O M E R 15
2. Define the tax item types required to map your taxable operations.
Example
Table 6:
AcctPr. Grp Description
000001 DEBITS
2.6.6 Map Industry-Specific Operations to Tax Item Types
Use
Tax manager uses a mapping table to assign industry-specific operations to a given tax item type. You define the mapping specific to banking services from SAP as described below.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Assign Transaction Types and Condition Types to Tax Item Type
2. Enter the mapping assignments for all transaction types and condition types that are relevant for tax calculation.
Example
Table 7:
CondTyp Condition Type Name
TranTyp Desc. Transact. Type
Tax Item Typ Description
500720 Loan Payoff 000007 CHARGE LOANS
501100 Charge PrCond: (PP)
000008 INTEREST LOANS
501501 Nom.Int.Rate Disb. Charge
000007 CHARGE LOANS
090015 Payment Receipt 000005 CREDIT PAYMENT
105100 Debit Interest 100100 Debit Interest 000002 INTEREST
190900 Debit VAT 190900 Debit VAT
16 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
General Configuration Settings
2.6.7 Assign Tax Item Types to Operations
Use
Assign the tax item type that you use for a given tax operation to the corresponding operation IDs. These assignments serve as a mapping between the transactions from the business landscape and the operations inside the tax manager.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Assign Tax Item Types to Operations .
2. Enter the mapping assignments for each relevant combination of tax operation and tax item type.
Example
Table 8:
Tax Op ID Description Tax Item Type Description
000007 CHARGE LOANS 1 CHARGE
000008 INTEREST LOANS 2 INTEREST
2.6.8 Map Tax Manager Operations to Posting Transactions
Use
The tax manager uses a mapping table for the assignment of tax operations and tax types to tax item types. Tax manager posts the resulting amounts for a given tax type in a certain operation using the assigned tax item type. You maintain the mapping entries as described below.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Assign Posting Transactions to Operations .
2. Enter the mapping assignments for each relevant combination of tax operation and tax type.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaGeneral Configuration Settings C U S T O M E R 17
Example
Table 9:
Tax Op ID Description Tax Type Description Tax Item Type Description
1 Charge DECR DEBIT & CREDIT 910110 Deb Cred Acct Mainten.
1 Charge GITP GROSS INCOME TAX PERCEPTION
910112 VATP Transaction Charge
1 Charge VAT VAT 190900 Debit VAT
1 Charge VATP VAT PERCEPTION 910103 VATP Transaction Charge
7 Charge Loans GITP GROSS INCOME TAX PERCEPTION
919000 Gross Income Tax Perception
2.6.9 Specify Tax Rates
Use
You maintain the tax rates that apply for a given combination of tax type, country and region, and validity period as described below.
NoteIf a business partner is entitled to a special rate for gross income tax (GIT) or gross income tax perception (GITP) in a particular region, you enter the tax rates in the business partner master data.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Specify Tax Rates .
2. Enter the applicable rates for each relevant combination of tax type, country and region, and validity period.
18 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
General Configuration Settings
Example
Table 10:
Tax Rate ID Start Date Tax Rate Tax Type Country Region
1 01.01.2000 4.0 VAT PY
2 01.01.2000 10.0 VAT BR RS
3 01.01.2000 3.0 INC AR 00
2.6.10 Specify Tax Limits
Use
A tax limit is the maximum or minimum amount of tax to be charged for a certain tax type in a given country and region and within a specified validity period.
NoteTax limits are not mandatory for tax calculation. Therefore, you only need to specify a tax limit where applicable.
A limit can specify only a minimum amount, only a maximum amount, or a range between a minimum and a maximum. If the payable tax amount falls below the minimum the tax will not be charged, whereas if the payable tax amount is above the maximum only the maximum amount will be charged, not the full amount. A limit may apply over the taxable base amount to be calculated or over the final calculated amount (the tax amount itself). You maintain the relevant limits for tax calculation as described below.
If the currency of the limit to be applied is different from the currency of the taxable amount, the system automatically converts the currency of the limit to match the currency of the taxable amount.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Specify Tax Limits .
2. Enter the applicable limits for each relevant combination of tax type, country and region, and validity period.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaGeneral Configuration Settings C U S T O M E R 19
Example
Table 11:
Tax Limit ID
Start Date
Minimum Amt
Maximum Amt
Tax Type Country Region Limit Application Base
C.key Exemp Rule
1 01.01.2000
21.30 VATP AR 00 Calculated Amount
USD Total Exempted
2 01.01.2000
12.00 VATW AR 00 Calculated Amount
USD Total Exempted
3 01.01.2000
20.00 INC AR 01 Calculated Amount
USD Total Exempted
4 01.01.2000
50.00 GITP AR 04 Calculated Amount
USD Total Exempted
5 01.01.2000
100.00 GITP AR 00 Calculated Amount
USD Total Exempted
6 01.01.2000
200.00 GITP AR 00 Calculated Amount
USD Total Exempted
7 01.01.2000
50.00 GITP AR 19 Calculated Amount
USD Total Exempted
8 01.01.2000
4.50 STA AR 19 Calculated Amount
USD Total Exempted
9 01.01.2000
7.00 STA AR 12 Calculated Amount
USD Total Exempted
10 01.01.2000
100.00 STA AR 01 Calculated Amount
USD Total Exempted
23 01.01.2000
AR 00 Calculated Amount
USD Total Exempted
34 01.01.2000
AR 01 Calculated Amount
USD Total Exempted
48 01.01.2000
AR 10 Calculated Amount
USD Total Exempted
67 01.01.2000
AR 07 Calculated Amount
USD Total Exempted
20 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
General Configuration Settings
2.6.11 Specify Tax Assignments
Use
Tax assignments specify the tax types that apply to a given tax operation within a country and region. If there is more than one tax type that applies to a given tax operation you can define the sequence of taxes in the tax assignment for that operation. If applicable, you can define specific classes to handle special cases for rate and limit determination according to the tax being calculated. You maintain the tax assignments as described below.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Specify Tax Assignments .
2. Enter the applicable tax types for each relevant combination of tax operation and country and region.3. In cases where you have assigned more than one tax type to a given operation you can use the Predecessor
Tax Type field to define the sequence of taxes for that operation.
Example
Table 12:
Country Region Tax Op ID Tax Type Start Date
End Date Pred. Tax Type
Rate Determiner
Limit Determiner
Reference Data Control
AR 00 1 VAT 01.01.2000
31.12.2020
/FSLAR/CL_VATP_DETERMINE_RATE
/FSLAR/CL_VATP_DETERMINE_LIMIT
/FSLAR/CL_TAX_VAT_DATA_CONTROL
AR 00 1 VATP 01.01.2000
31.12.2020
VAT /FSLAR/CL_VATP_DETERMINE_RATE
/FSLAR/CL_VATP_DETERMINE_LIMIT
/FSLAR/CL_TAX_VAT_DATA_CONTROL
AR 00 1 GITP 01.01.2000
31.12.2020
VATP /FSLAR/CL_VATP_DETERMINE_RATE
/FSLAR/CL_VATP_DETERMINE_LIMIT
AR 01 2 VAT 01.01.2000
31.12.2020
/FSLAR/CL_VATP_DETERMINE_RATE
/FSLAR/CL_VATP_DETERMINE_LIMIT
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaGeneral Configuration Settings C U S T O M E R 21
Country Region Tax Op ID Tax Type Start Date
End Date Pred. Tax Type
Rate Determiner
Limit Determiner
Reference Data Control
AR 01 2 VATP 01.01.2000
31.12.2020
VAT /FSLAR/CL_VATP_DETERMINE_RATE
/FSLAR/CL_VATP_DETERMINE_LIMIT
AR 01 2 GITP 01.01.2000
31.12.2020
VATP /FSLAR/CL_VATP_DETERMINE_RATE
/FSLAR/CL_VATP_DETERMINE_LIMIT
AR 01 2 STA 01.01.2000
31.12.2020
GITP /FSLAR/CL_VATP_DETERMINE_RATE
/FSLAR/CL_VATP_DETERMINE_LIMIT
22 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
General Configuration Settings
3 Configuration Information for Argentina
3.1 Introduction
This section describes the configuration information that is necessary to meet legal requirements and conduct business according to common practices in Argentina.
The configuration information for Argentina comprises the following topics:
● Configuration for deposits and loans tax management● Business partner master data● Configuration for interest on arrears
3.2 Configuration for Tax Calculation
3.2.1 Introduction
This section describes the configuration for deposits and loans tax management using the tax manager for Argentina.
3.2.2 Tax Manager Customizing Activities
3.2.2.1 Introduction
To customize tax manager according to Argentina requirements, follow the steps below.
NoteIn addition to the Customizing activities listed on this section, follow the steps described in Configuration for Tax Manager [page 11].
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Argentina C U S T O M E R 23
3.2.2.2 Define Business Partner Tax Classification
Use
Tax manager uses tax classifications to identify if a business partner has especial tax rates or any kind of tax exemption.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Define Business Partner Tax Classification .
2. Define the tax classifications required for your business needs.
Example
Table 13:
Tax Classf Description
1 STATE
2 NON-PROFITABLE
3 OWN DEPOSITS
4 NATURAL PERSON
5 FINANCIAL INST.
6 REGISTERED
7 NOT REGISTERED
8 EXEMPT
9 REGISTERED SPONSOR
10 FINAL CONSUMER
11 MONO TRIBUTE
12 SIMPLIFIED
24 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Argentina
3.2.2.3 Define Contract Groups
Use
Tax manager uses contract groups to identify rates, limits, exemptions and taxes that relate to specific contract groups.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Define Contract Groups .
2. Define the contract groups required for your business needs.
Example
Table 14:
Cont. Grp. Description
1 CHECKING ACCOUNT
2 SAVINGS ACCOUNT
3 CREDIT CARD ACCOUNT
4 LINE OF CREDIT
5 LOANS
6 TIME DEPOSIT ACCOUNT
3.2.2.4 Define Tax Areas
Use
The tax manager uses tax areas and area codes during tax calculation to determine the applicable tax types, rates, limits, and so on, to be used in the context of a given tax operation. You can define a tax area code to designate any area required for tax calculation. The tax area code may apply, for example, to an entire country, a given state or province within a country, a specific city, or some other area such as a tax free zone.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Argentina C U S T O M E R 25
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Define Tax Areas .
2. Define the tax areas required for your tax calculations.
Example
Table 15:
Tx Area Cd Description Country Region
AR0000 ARGENTINA AR
AR0100 ARGENTINA - CAPITAL FEDERAL AR 00
AR0101 ARGENTINA - BUENOS AIRES AR 01
3.2.2.5 Assign BP Tax Classifications to BP Tax Groups
Use
Banking services from SAP standard development uses tax groups to group tax types and business partner tax groups. You relate tax manager tax classifications to banking services from SAP tax groups so that tax manager can retrieve this information and calculate taxes accordingly.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General localization Settings Tax Manager Assign Business Partner Tax Classifications to Business Partner Tax Groups .
2. Assign the tax classifications you have created to the corresponding tax groups.
Table 16:
Tax Type Tax Group Tax Classf Description
VAT 01 1
VATP 01 1
VATW 01 1
26 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Argentina
3.2.2.6 Assign Contract Groups to Account Product Groups
Use
Banking services from SAP standard development uses account product groups to group account products information. You relate tax manager contract groups to banking services from SAP account product groups so that tax manager can retrieve this information and calculate taxes accordingly.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Assign Contract Group to Account Product Group .
2. Assign the contract groups you have created to the corresponding account product group.
Example
Table 17:
AcctPr. Grp Description Cont. Group Description
60 Time Deposit Account 6 TIME DEPOSIT ACCOUNT
3.2.3 Specify Business Partner Roles for Gross Income Tax
Use
Specifically for gross income tax, when there is more than one business partner assigned to the same account (with different business partner roles, such as vendors or authorized card users), the system may apply different tax rate rules.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Configure Localization Parameters .
2. Choose the localization country Argentina and the parameter group TAX_MANAGER.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Argentina C U S T O M E R 27
3. Configure the parameter as described below:
Table 18:
Parameter Subgroup Parameter Name Parameter Value
GIT BP_ROLE_SPECIAL_RATE Enter all business partner roles that are to be considered for GIT tax calculation.
NoteFor more information about the parameter, see the corresponding documentation in the system.
3.2.4 Specify Business Partner Roles for Gross Income Tax Perception
Use
Specifically for gross income tax perception (GITP), the system may apply different tax calculation rules according to the business partner role (such as vendors or authorized card users).
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Configure Localization Parameters .
2. Choose the localization country Argentina and the parameter group TAX_MANAGER.3. Configure the parameter as described below:
Table 19:
Parameter Subgroup Parameter Name Parameter Value
GITP BP_ROLE_TAX_CLASSIFICATION Enter all business partner roles that are to be considered for GITP tax calculation rules.
NoteFor more information about the parameter, see the corresponding documentation in the system.
28 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Argentina
3.2.5 Account Related Configuration
3.2.5.1 Introduction
The following steps are related to the configuration of accounts, account types, and so on, for the purposes of tax processing and calculation by the tax manager.
3.2.5.2 Configure Account Exemptions
Use
A bank account can have a rate or fixed amount deduction or waiver for a given tax. The rate (in percent) or amount to deduct for a specified account and tax type is defined on account level. The system processes the waivers and exemptions using the Tax Exemption (118000) condition type.
NoteThe procedure below describes the steps required to configure exemptions for a single account. If you want all accounts based on a given product to be exempt from certain tax types, you configure the condition type described below on product level.
Procedure
Assign Condition Type for Exemptions
1. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Financial Services Account Management Account Account Master Data Create/Change Account .
2. On the Financial Conditions tab page, display the details for the Transaction condition group category.3. Choose the Condition (Create Condition) pushbutton and then the Tax Exemption (118000) condition type.
The Calculation tab page appears.4. Enter the following data:
Table 20:
Field Entry
Description of Cond. Enter a description for your tax exemption condition.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Argentina C U S T O M E R 29
Field Entry
Tax Type Specify the tax type that is exempted.
NoteIf multiple tax types are exempted for the account, you must create one condition type for each tax type.
Valid From and End Date Specify the validity period.
Condition Form Statistical Condition
Percentage Rate or Amount Specify a percentage rate or amount for your tax exemption condition.
5. Choose Transfer.
Determine Condition Type for Exemptions
To enable the system to process the exemptions that you configure with condition types, you specify the condition type as described in the following steps:
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Configure Localization Parameters .
2. Choose the localization country Argentina and the parameter group TAX_MANAGER.3. Configure the parameter as described below:
Table 21:
Parameter Subgroup Parameter Name Parameter Value
ACCOUNT_EXEMPTION CONDITION_TYPE Enter the condition type that you use for tax exemptions, for example, 118000.
NoteFor more information about the parameter, see the corresponding documentation in the system.
3.2.5.3 Create Salary Counter for Salary Accounts
Use
There has to be a salary counter defined for each salary account in order to calculate the debits&credits tax type correctly. For this reason, you need to create a counter type and a counter and assign these to the relevant salary account products. Ensure that the counter configuration is entered for all your salary account products.
30 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Argentina
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management CountersDefine Counter Types .
2. Create a new counter type for salary accounts with the following settings:
Table 22:
Field Entry
Counter Type Enter the type of your choice.
Counter Type Desc. Enter the description of your choice.
Counter Cat. 001
Counter Cat. Desc. Pymt Transaction Counter
AC (Amount Counter) Selected
Assignment Product
SRel (Settlement Relevant) Deselected
PCO (Relevant to PCO) Deselected
RI (Recipient Items) Deselected
MAN (Manually Changeable) Selected
3. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management CountersAssign Counter Types to Counters .
4. Create a new counter with the new counter type assigned:
Table 23:
Field Entry
Counter Enter the counter of your choice.
Counter Desc. Enter the description of your choice.
Counter Type Choose the previously created counter type.
5. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management CountersDefine Derivation Rules for Payment Transaction Counters .
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Argentina C U S T O M E R 31
6. Define a new rule for each transaction type that is to accumulate in the defined counter:1. In the Condition settings, enter the following data:
Table 24:
Field Entry
Condition Field Trans. Type
Condition Cat. Equal
Value Choose the transaction type code of the relevant transaction.
2. In the Target settings, enter the following data:
Table 25:
Field Entry
Counter Choose the previously created counter.
3. Activate the deviation tree (saved as Deviation Tree Default).
7. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Product Definition Account Products Change Account Product .
8. Add the previously defined counter to the counter assignment attribute:
1. On the Used Attributes screen, choose Posting Data Counter Counter Assignment .2. Add the name of the previously defined counter to the list of counter assignments.
9. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Configure Localization Parameters .1. Choose the localization country Argentina and the parameter group TAX_MANAGER.2. Configure the parameters as required, as described below:
Table 26:
Parameter Subgroup Parameter Name Parameter Value
DEBIT_CREDIT SALARY_COUNTER_TYPE Enter the counter type created previously.
DEBIT_CREDIT SALARY_COUNTER Enter the counter created previously.
NoteFor more information about the parameters, see the documentation for each parameter in the system.
32 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Argentina
3.2.5.4 Specify Account Types for Time Deposits
Use
To enable the tax manager to calculate income tax correctly, you need to identify the account types for time deposits (also known as fixed term deposits), since income tax is not charged for time deposits in Argentina. The tax manager therefore needs to determine which product group a given account belongs to. The product groups related to time deposits are identified in the localization configuration as described below.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Configure Localization Parameters .
2. Choose the localization country Argentina and the parameter group TAX_MANAGER.3. Configure the parameter as described below:
Table 27:
Parameter Subgroup Parameter Name Parameter Value
FIXED_TERM_DEPOSITS ACCOUNT_PRODUCT_GROUP Enter all product groups related to time deposits.
NoteFor more information about the parameter, see the corresponding documentation in the system.
3.2.5.5 Specify Transaction Types Related to Account Closure Events
Use
In Argentina, VAT applies to charges on account closure events. You need to specify which transaction types are related to account closure events in the localization configuration so that the system can calculate the correct tax amount over these events.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Argentina C U S T O M E R 33
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Configure Localization Parameters .
2. Choose the localization country Argentina and the parameter group TAX_MANAGER.3. Configure the parameter as described below:
Table 28:
Parameter Subgroup Parameter Name Parameter Value
VALUE_ADDED_TAX EVENT_RELEVANT Enter all transaction types subject to account closure charge.
NoteFor more information about the parameter, see the corresponding documentation in the system.
3.2.6 Configuration for Loans Tax Management
3.2.6.1 Introduction
In the following steps, you configure settings specific to loans tax processing and calculation by the tax manager.
3.2.6.2 Annual Stamp Tax Limit for Mendoza
Use
In the province of Mendoza, the stamp tax for a loan is calculated based on an annual rate and is also subject to an upper limit per year. This parameter specifies the rate to be applied over the committed capital of the loan to determine the annual upper limit for stamp tax calculation.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Configure Localization Parameters .
2. Choose the localization country Argentina and the parameter group TAX_MANAGER.
34 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Argentina
3. Configure the parameter as described below:
Table 29:
Parameter Subgroup Parameter Name Parameter Value
STAMP_TAX MENDOZA_LOANS_TAX_UPPER_LIMIT Enter the applicable rate for calculation of the annual upper limit for stamp tax in Mendoza.
NoteFor more information about the parameter, see the corresponding documentation in the system.
3.2.6.3 Specify Date Range for Loan Installment Payments
Use
For the calculation of gross income tax perception (GITP) during installment payment, it is necessary to provide the date of the installment being paid as a note in the payment item. This note establishes a link between the payment item and the installment, as the payment may be posted on a date different from the installment payment.
You can use the procedure below to specify the number of days in the past to consider when looking for the corresponding payment item created for the installment payment.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Configure Localization Parameters .
2. Choose the localization country Argentina and the parameter group TAX_MANAGER.3. Configure the parameter as described below:
Table 30:
Parameter Subgroup Parameter Name Parameter Value
GITP INSTALMENT_PAYMENT_RANGE Enter the number of days to consider when looking for the corresponding payment item created for an installment payment.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Argentina C U S T O M E R 35
NoteFor more information about the parameter, see the corresponding documentation in the system.
3.2.6.4 Specify Minimum Rate Limit for Account Holders in Multilateral Agreements
Use
For gross income tax perception (GITP), there is a minimum rate for tax calculation in case the account holder is registered in a multilateral agreement. In case the rate defined for the multilateral agreement is below the specified minimum rate, the tax is not calculated.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Configure Localization Parameters .
2. Choose the localization country Argentina and the parameter group TAX_MANAGER.3. Configure the parameter as described below:
Table 31:
Parameter Subgroup Parameter Name Parameter Value
GITP LOW_LIMIT_SPECIAL_RATE Enter the minimum rate for tax calculation for account holders registered in a multilateral agreement.
NoteFor more information about the parameter, see the corresponding documentation in the system.
3.2.7 Configuration for Taxes on Interest on Arrears
3.2.7.1 Introduction
In Argentina, banks collect taxes (VAT and VATP) on each type of interest on arrears (IoA) item.
This section describes how to configure the system to calculate these taxes.
36 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Argentina
3.2.7.2 Create Condition Types for Tax on Interest on Arrears
Use
You define condition types for tax on interest on arrears (IoA) for the following items:
● Condition types for settlement:○ VAT on compensatorio○ VATP on compensatorio○ VAT on compensatorio over taxes○ VATP on compensatorio over taxes○ VAT on punitorio○ VATP on punitorio○ VAT on punitorio over taxes○ VATP on punitorio over taxes
● Inpayment agreement condition types for repayment:○ VAT on compensatorio○ VATP on compensatorio○ VAT on compensatorio over taxes○ VATP on compensatorio over taxes○ VAT on punitorio○ VATP on punitorio○ VAT on punitorio over taxes○ VATP on punitorio over taxes
This section describes how you create these condition types.
Note● Do not assign the condition types for tax on IoA settlement to your condition group. The financial condition
will be used by the tax manager.● Do not assign the condition types for IoA repayment to your condition group for inpayment agreement. If
you do that, your condition for IoA repayment will be valid for the whole loan period. The financial condition for IoA repayment has to be created only on the day of the repayment, and it is valid only for that specific day. This financial condition is automatically created when a repayment occurs in an overdue loan account.
Procedure
Create Condition Types for Tax on IoA Settlement
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Conditions Define Condition Type .
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Argentina C U S T O M E R 37
2. Enter the following data:
Table 32:
Field Entry
Condit. Type Enter a code for your condition type, for example, 999939.
Condition Type Name Enter a name for your condition type, for example, VAT on IoA Punitorio Cap + Int.
Condition Category 105020
Posting Sign Debit Memo
Screen Sequence 105021
Calc. Category 1010
Update Category Enter an update category that is relevant for the tax on IoA type. For each financial condition, you must use a different update category as follows:
○ GA30: VAT on Compensatorio
○ GA40: VATP on Compensatorio
○ GA50 : VAT on Compensatorio over Taxes
○ GA60 : VATP on Compensatorio over Taxes
○ GA70: VAT on Punitorio
○ GA80: VATP on Punitorio
○ GA90: VAT on Punitorio over Taxes
○ GAA0: VATP on Punitorio over Taxes
Calc. Basis Leave field blank.
Posting Type Enter 10 or choose your own posting type for IoA.
PstingType PAdj Enter 10 or choose your own posting type for IoA.
PstgType NgAdj. Enter 13 or choose your own posting type for IoA.
ProcResCat Leave field blank.
Proc. Res.Positive Leave field blank.
ProcResultCategNeg Leave field blank.
Process Result Type Leave field blank.
Determ. Time StdCon. Use Conditions for Interest Fixing
Determ. Time Ind.Con Use Conditions at Calculation Time
38 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Argentina
Field Entry
Ref. Cond. Type Leave field blank.
Cond. Determin Selected
Number Calendar 3
Tiered/IntAllow Selected
Exch.rate type Leave field blank.
Amt Limit PayCurr Deselected
Waiver Method Leave field blank.
Incl. Cond. Selected
Totaled Based on Detailed Results
Intercomp. Loan Deselected
Bal. Time Type Leave field blank.
Charge Event Cat. Event Charge
Restart Info. Overlap (if you want to have grace period for the product)
Overlap N (days of grace period)
RefIntRatAssign All Reference Interest Rates
One-Time Cond. Deselected
AggregateCalBas Deselected
Seasonal Limit No Reference to Seasonal Limit
Event AccountBilling Deselected
3. Choose Enter.4. In the Dialog Structure, double-click the Amount Category node and enter the following data:
Table 33:
Field Entry
Amt Categ. 105020
Perc. Fee No Percentage Charge
Other columns Leave all checkboxes deselected.
5. Choose Enter.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Argentina C U S T O M E R 39
6. In the Dialog Structure double-click the Date Category node and enter the following data:
Table 34:
Field Entry
Date Cat 225010: Due Date
7. Save your entries.
Create Condition Type for Tax on IoA Repayment
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Conditions Define Condition Type .
2. Enter the following data:
Table 35:
Field Entry
Condit. Type Enter a code for your condition type, for example, 999998.
Condition Type Name Enter a name for your condition type, for example, VAT on Comp.
Condition Category 160000
Posting Sign Debit Memo
Screen Sequence 160001
Calc. Category 1555
Update Category Enter an update category that is relevant for the tax on IoA type. For each financial condition, you must use a different update category as follows:
○ GA31: VAT on Compensatorio
○ GA41: VATP on Compensatorio
○ GA51 : VAT on Compensatorio over Taxes
○ GA61 : VATP on Compensatorio over Taxes
○ GA71: VAT on Punitorio
○ GA81: VATP on Punitorio
○ GA91: VAT on Punitorio over Taxes
○ GAA1: VATP on Punitorio over Taxes
Calc. Basis Leave field blank.
Posting Type Enter C8 or choose your own posting type for IoA.
PstingType PAdj 16
40 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Argentina
Field Entry
PstgType NgAdj. 13
ProcResCat Leave field blank.
Proc. Res.Positive Leave field blank.
ProcResultCategNeg Leave field blank.
Process Result Type Leave field blank.
Determ. Time StdCon. Use Conditions at Calculation Time
Determ. Time Ind.Con Condition Determination Timepoint as Standard Conditions
Ref. Cond. Type Leave field blank.
Cond. Determin Deselected
Number Calendar Leave field blank.
Tiered/IntAllow Deselected
Exch.rate type M
Amt Limit PayCurr Deselected
Waiver Method Leave field blank.
Incl. Cond. Deselected
Totaled Based on Detailed Results
Intercomp. Loan Deselected
Bal. Time Type Leave field blank.
Charge Event Cat. Not Defined
Restart Info. Save Restart Information
Overlap Leave field blank.
RefIntRatAssign Leave field blank.
One-Time Cond. Deselected
AggregateCalBas Deselected
Seasonal Limit No Reference to Seasonal Limit
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Argentina C U S T O M E R 41
Field Entry
Event AccountBilling Deselected
3. Choose Enter.4. In the Dialog Structure, double-click the Amount Category node and enter the following data:
Table 36:
Field Entry
Amt Categ. 160000
Perc. Fee No Percentage Charge
Capitaliz. Selected
DeferralPermittd Selected
Other columns Leave all checkboxes deselected.
5. Choose Enter.6. In the Dialog Structure, double-click the Date Category node and enter the following data:
Table 37:
Field Entry
Date Cat 225010: Due Date
7. Choose Enter.8. In the Dialog Structure, double-click the Waiver node and enter the following data:
Table 38:
Field Entry
Posting Type W1
PstgType NgAdj. W2
PstingType PAdj. W1
ProcResCat Leave field blank.
Proc. Res.Positive Leave field blank.
ProcResultCategNeg Leave field blank.
9. Choose Enter.10. Save your entries.
42 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Argentina
3.2.7.3 Assign Condition Types to Condition Group Types
Use
To process financial condition types, you assign all condition types that are relevant for a given financial product to a condition group type. To execute the repayment conditions for loans, the standard system contains the condition group 240. To meet your customer-specific requirements, you can assign the condition types specific to Argentina to this standard condition group. Alternatively, you can use your own custom condition groups for loans repayment.
Prerequisites
You have created condition types for interest on arrears (IoA) repayment. For more information, see Create Condition Types for Tax on Interest on Arrears [page 37].
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Conditions Define Condition Group Type .
2. Select the condition group type 240 - Payment: Loans (or your custom condition group), double-click Condition Type in the Dialog Structure, and add the condition types that you created for IoA repayment.
3. Save your entries.
3.2.7.4 Tax Manager Configuration for Tax on IoA
3.2.7.4.1 Introduction
To customize tax manager according to the requirements for tax calculation for interest on arrears (IoA), follow the steps below.
NoteFor more information about the configuration settings for tax manager, see Configuration for Tax Manager [page 11].
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Argentina C U S T O M E R 43
3.2.7.4.2 Define Tax Item Types
Use
In this step, you create tax item types for the following:
Table 39:
Tax Item Types for Input Tax Item Types for Posting
● Punitorio● Compensatorio● Punitorio on Taxes● Compensatorio on Taxes
● VAT on punitorio● VATP on punitorio● VAT on compensatorio● VATP on compensatorio● VAT on punitorio over taxes● VATP on punitorio over taxes● VAT on compensatorio over taxes● VATP on compensatorio over taxes
Tax manager uses a tax item type with the following purposes:
● Map industry-specific transactions, for example, a taxable transaction type in banking services from SAP to a tax operation within tax manager
● Map a tax that tax manager calculates to a system-specific posting operation
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Define Tax Item Types .
2. Enter the following data:
Table 40:
Tax ItmTy. Description
Enter any ID for the tax item type for input, for example, 13. Enter a description of your choice, for example, IoA Punitorio.
Enter any ID for the tax item type for posting, for example, 500046.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, VAT on IoA: Punitorio.
3. Save your entries.
44 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Argentina
3.2.7.4.3 Assign Tax Item Types to Operations
Use
In this step, you assign the tax item types for taxes on interest on arrears (IoA) to the corresponding operation IDs. You make this assignment for the tax item types you created for input.
These assignments serve as a mapping between the transactions from the business landscape and the operations inside the tax manager.
Prerequisites
You have created the tax item types for input as described in Define Tax Item Types [page 44].
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Assign Tax Item Types to Operations .
2. Enter the mapping assignments for all relevant tax item types:
Table 41:
Tax ItmTy. Tax Op ID
Enter the code for your tax item type for punitorio 16
Enter the code for your tax item type for compensatorio 17
Enter the code for your tax item type for punitorio on taxes 18
Enter the code for your tax item type for compensatorio on taxes
19
3. Save your entries.
3.2.7.4.4 Assign Condition Types to Tax Item Types
Use
In this step, you assign the tax item types you created for input and posting to the corresponding condition types.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Argentina C U S T O M E R 45
Prerequisites
● You have created the condition type as described in Create Condition Types for Tax on Interest on Arrears [page 37].
● You have created the tax item types as described in Define Tax Item Types [page 44].
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Assign Transaction Types and Condition Types to Tax Item Types .
2. Enter the mapping assignments for all the relevant condition types.
Table 42: Condition Types for Input
CondTyp TranTy Tax ItmTy.
Enter the code of your condition type for punitorio.
Leave field blank. Enter the code of your tax item type for punitorio.
Enter the code of your condition type for compensatorio.
Leave field blank. Enter the code of your tax item type for compensatorio.
Enter the code of your condition type for punitorio on taxes.
Leave field blank. Enter the code of your tax item type for punitorio on taxes.
Enter the code of your condition type for compensatorio on taxes.
Leave field blank. Enter the code of your tax item type for compensatorio on taxes.
Table 43: Condition Types for Posting
CondTyp TranTy Tax ItmTy.
Enter the code of your condition type for punitorio.
Leave field blank. Enter the code of your tax item type for punitorio.
Enter the code of your condition type for compensatorio.
Leave field blank. Enter the code of your tax item type for compensatorio.
3. Save your entries.
3.2.7.4.5 Assign Posting Transactions to Operations
Use
In this step, you assign tax manager operations to the tax types and tax item types that you use for VAT and VATP on interest on arrears (IoA).
46 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Argentina
Prerequisites
You have created the tax item types for posting as described in Define Tax Item Types [page 44].
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Assign Posting Transactions to Operations .
2. Enter the mapping assignments for all tax operations delivered for taxes on IoA (see Settings Delivered As Standard for IoA [page 52], tax types for VAT and VATP, and tax item types for posting as follows:
Table 44:
Tax Op ID Tax Type Tax ItmTy.
16 Enter the code for your tax type for VAT.
Enter the code for your tax item type for VAT on compensatorio.
16 Enter the code for your tax type for VATP.
Enter the code for your tax item type for VATP on compensatorio.
17 Enter the code for your tax type for VAT.
Enter the code for your tax item type for VAT on compensatorio over taxes.
17 Enter the code for your tax type for VATP.
Enter the code for your tax item type for VATP on compensatorio over taxes.
18 Enter the code for your tax type for VAT.
Enter the code for your tax item type for VAT on punitorio.
18 Enter the code for your tax type for VATP.
Enter the code for your tax item type for VATP on punitorio.
19 Enter the code for your tax type for VAT.
Enter the code for your tax item type for VAT on punitorio over taxes.
19 Enter the code for your tax type for VATP.
Enter the code for your tax item type for VATP on punitorio over taxes.
3. Save your entries.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Argentina C U S T O M E R 47
3.2.7.4.6 Specify Tax Limits
Use
In Argentina, VATP is calculated only if the sum of the base amounts for the same type of interest on arrears (IoA) reaches a limit defined by law.
You maintain this limit for VATP calculation as described below.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Specify Tax Limits .
2. Enter the VATP limit for the combination of tax type for VATP and country AR as shown below:
Table 45:
Field Entry
Tax Limit ID 31
Start date 01.01.2000
End Date 31.12.9999
Minimum Amt Enter the current limit based on legislation, for example, 1.420,00.
Maximum Amt 0
Tax Type Enter the code of your tax type for VATP.
Country AR
Region Leave field empty.
Limit Appl BA Base Amount
C.key ARS
Exemp Rule Total Exempted
3. Save your entries.
48 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Argentina
3.2.7.4.7 Specify Tax Assignments
Use
Tax assignments specify the tax types that apply to a given tax operation within a country and region. If there is more than one tax type that applies to a given tax operation you can define the sequence of taxes in the tax assignment for that operation. If applicable, you can define specific classes to handle special cases for rate and limit determination according to the tax being calculated. You maintain the tax assignments as described below.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Specify Tax Assignments .
2. Enter tax types created for VAT and VATP in combination with all tax operations delivered for Argentina (see Settings Delivered As Standard for IoA [page 52]):
Table 46:
Field Entry
Country AR
Region Enter as required or leave blank.
Tax Op ID Enter a tax operation ID, which can be the following:
○ 16: Punitorio
○ 17: Compensatorio
○ 18: Punitorio over taxes
○ 17: Compensatorio over taxes
Tax Type Enter the code of your tax type for VAT or VATP.
Start date 01.01.2000
End Date 31.12.9999
Pred. Tax Type Leave field blank.
Rate Determiner For VAT, enter the standard class below or your custom rate determiner class:
○ /FSLAR/CL_VAT_DETERMINE_RATEFor VATP, enter the standard class below or your own custom rate determiner class:
○ /FSLAR/ CL_VAT_DETERMINE_RATE
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Argentina C U S T O M E R 49
Field Entry
Limit Determiner For VAT, leave this field blank.
For VATP, enter the standard class below or your custom limit determiner class:
○ /FSLAR/CL_VATP_DET_LIMIT_ARR
Reference Data Control /FSLAR/CL_ARGENTINA_DATA_CNTRL
3. Save your entries.
3.3 Master Data Settings
3.3.1 Introduction
To enable the system to process business partner master data in line with requirements in Argentina, you enter the master data described below.
3.3.2 Enter Tax Data for Business Partners
Use
To enable the system to process special tax rates and tax exemptions that apply to business partners in Argentina, you store the required special rates in the master data of the business partners.
Prerequisites
You have created a business partner with the Argentina Tax Payer role.
Procedure
1. Edit the business partner.On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Financial Services Business Partner Maintain Business Partner .
50 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Argentina
2. Enter the details of the rates and exemptions required for the business partner as follows:
Table 47:
Purpose Tab Page Area of Tab Page Data Entry
Define the tax classification of a business partner in a given country and region.
Control Tax Classification Enter the tax types that make up the tax classification of the business partner.
For example, if a given bank customer is Iva Responsable Inscripto (VAT registered), you have to configure the business partner to have tax type VAT with tax group value 01, which corresponds to Iva Responsable Inscripto.
Store the following:
○ Special tax rates (Padrón) for gross income tax (GIT) and gross income tax perception (GITP) that apply to a business partner per region
○ A fiscal risk that the government can define for business partners in a given region
Tax Details Special Tax Rates Enter the special tax rates (Pádron) for GIT and GITP.
NoteIf a business partner is not entitled to any special rates for GIT or GITP in a particular region, the system uses the general tax rate that you enter on region level in Customizing for Financial Services un
der General
Localization Settings
Tax Manager Specify
Tax Rates (see Specify Tax Rates [page 18]).
If required, enter the fiscal risk for the tax types that you enter in Special Tax Rates section of the Tax Details tab page.
Store tax exemptions or waivers for which a business partner is eligible.
Tax Details Tax Exemptions Enter the percentage waiver or exemption that applies to a particular tax type for a business partner.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Argentina C U S T O M E R 51
Example
Assume that one of your bank's customers is eligible for a tax waiver of GIT in Buenos Aires and has an exemption certificate for VAT perception (VATP) as follows:
● A lower rate of 1% for GIT in Buenos Aires● Tax exemption of 20% for VATP
To enable the system to process the tax calculations correctly, enter the following data on the Tax Details tab page of the Maintain Business Partner (BP) transaction:
Special Tax Rates
Table 48:
Tax Type Region Valid From Valid To Tax Rate Fiscal Risk
GIT 00 01.01.2000 31.12.9999 1.0 n/a
Tax Exemptions
Table 49:
Tax Type Country Region Valid From Valid To Exemption
VATP AR n/a 01.01.2000 31.12.9999 20%
3.4 Configuration for Interest on Arrears
3.4.1 Introduction
This section describes how to configure the system to process interest on arrears (IoA) in line with requirements in Argentina.
NoteFor more information about the business processes and functions related to IoA processing, see SAP Library at http://help.sap.com/bankingservices80loc Localizations for Banking Services from SAP ArgentinaAccount Management (FS-AM) Loans Business Transactions for Loans Interest on Arrears (Argentina) .
3.4.2 Settings Delivered As Standard for IoA
Calculation Bases
Calculation Bases for Interest on Arrears Calculation
52 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Argentina
For the calculation of interest on arrears (IoA), the standard delivery for Argentina contains the following calculation basis templates:
● LIOA_RC: Interest on Arrears Based on Periodic Calculation● LIOA_PC: Interest on Arrears Based on Calculation on Payment Date● LIOA_RC_AA: Interest on Arrears Based on Periodic Calculation + IOA on IOA● LIOA_PC_AA: Interest on Arrears Based on Calculation on Payment Date + IOA on IOA
If you want to create your own calculation bases, you can use the templates above for reference.
Calculation Bases for Taxes on IoA Calculation
For the calculation of taxes on IoA, the standard delivery for Argentina contains the following calculation basis templates:
● LIOA_RTX: Interest on Arrears Upon Taxes Based on Periodic Calculation● LIOA_PTX: Interest on Arrears Upon Taxes Based on Calculation on Payment Date● LIOA_RTXAA: Interest on Arrears Upon Taxes Based on Periodic Calculation + IOA on IOA● LIOA_PTXAA: Interest on Arrears Upon Taxes Based on Calculation on Payment Date + IOA on IOA
If you want to create your own calculation bases, you can use the templates above for reference.
Interest on Arrears Types
IoA Types for Interest on Arrears Calculation
For the calculation of IoA, the standard delivery for Argentina contains the following IoA types:
● APCI: Interest on Arrears Paym Date● ARCI: Interest on Arrears Regular
IoA Types for Taxes on IoA Calculation
For the calculation of taxes on IoA, the standard delivery for Argentina contains the following IoA types:
● APTX: Interest on Arrears Paym Date upon Taxes● ARTX: Interest on Arrears Regular upon Taxes
Tax Operations
For the calculation of taxes on IoA, the standard delivery for Argentina contains the following tax operations:
Table 50:
Tax Op ID Debit Oper Description
16 X IOA PUNITORIO
17 X IOA COMPENSATORIO
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Argentina C U S T O M E R 53
Tax Op ID Debit Oper Description
18 X IOA PUNITORIO UPON TAXES
19 X IOA COMPENSATORIO UPON TAXES
3.4.3 Configuration for Calculation Bases
3.4.3.1 Introduction
For the calculation of interest on arrears (IoA), you can use the calculation basis templates delivered for Argentina (see Settings Delivered As Standard for IoA [page 52]). However, if you want to create your own calculation bases, you must make the settings described below.
3.4.3.2 Create Interest on Arrears Type
Use
You define interest on arrears (IoA) types and associate them with a calculation class as described below. Note that the system includes the following template IoA types:
● APCI: Interest on Arrears Paym Date● ARCI: Interest on Arrears Regular● APTX: Interest on Arrears Paym Date upon Taxes● ARTX: Interest on Arrears Regular upon Taxes
You can use these templates to create your own IoA types.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Interest on Arrears Define IoA Types .
2. Choose New Entries and enter the following data:
Table 51:
Field Entry
IoA Type Enter a name for your interest on arrears type, for example, Z_IOA.
54 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Argentina
Field Entry
IoA Type Description Enter a description for your IoA type.
Interest on Arrears Calculation Class Enter one of the standard calculation classes below or your own custom calculation class:
○ /FSGLO/CL_IOA_CALCULATORCalculator for Interest on Arrears Based on Periodic Calculation
○ /FSGLO/CL_IOA_PAY_CALCULATORCalculator for Interest on Arrears Based on Payment Date
3. Save your entries.
3.4.3.3 Assign Turnover Classes to IoA Type
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Interest on Arrears Assign Turnover Classes to IoA Type .
2. Choose New Entries and enter the following data:
Table 52:
Field Entry
IoA Type Enter the ID of the IoA type that you created in the Define IoA Types Customizing activity (for example, Z_IOA).
Turn.Class Enter any turnover class that corresponds to the installment items whose amounts are used as the basis for IoA calculation, for example, interest (L013), deferral (L223), and capital (L023).
NoteDo not use the turnover class L053 (Insurance Int: Owed) for exponential calculation method. Instead, use the exponential calculation basis formula on the condition type, such as LIOA_PC_AA or LIOA_RC_AA).
3. Save your entries.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Argentina C U S T O M E R 55
3.4.3.4 Create Calculation Basis for IoA Type
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Foundation Cash flow Calculator Define Customer Calculation Bases and Display SAP Calculation Bases .
2. Enter the following data:
Table 53:
Field Entry
Calculation Basis Enter a name for your calculation basis (for example, Z_IOA).
Cal. Basis Description Enter any description as required.
3. On the Formula Edit screen, choose the IOA (Dispatch calculation basis for IoA) function.Your formula appears as IOA ( , ).
4. Place your cursor in the first field of the formula and choose the Constant pushbutton.5. Enter the IoA type that you created in the Define IoA Types Customizing activity (see Create Interest on
Arrears Type [page 347].6. Place your cursor in the second field of the formula and choose the String pushbutton.7. If you want to include posted IoA items in the calculation basis (that is, you want to charge IoA on IoA), enter X
in this field. Otherwise, leave this field blank.For example, if you used the IoA type Z_IOA, your formula can appear either as IOA( ‘Z_IOA’, ‘X’) or IOA(‘Z_IOA’, ‘’).
8. Save your entries.
3.4.4 Create Condition Types for Interest on Arrears
Use
You define condition types for interest on arrears (IoA) processing for the following:
● IoA settlement● IoA repayment
This section describes how you create these condition types.
Note● You must not maintain any date category for the pricing condition types for IoA. The IoA item is related to a
previous period, the period that is overdue.● You must maintain a date category for the repayment condition types for IoA.
56 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Argentina
Procedure
Create Condition Type for IoA Settlement
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Conditions Define Condition Type .
2. Enter the following data:
Table 54:
Field Entry
Condit. Type Enter a code for your condition type, for example, 999997.
Condition Type Name Enter a name for your condition type, for example, Interest on arrears for Argentina.
Condition Category 105020
Posting Sign Debit Memo
Screen Sequence 105021
Calc. Category 1010
Update Category Enter an update category that is relevant for the IoA type. For each IoA type, you must use a different update category as follows:
○ GIA0: Compensatorio
○ GA00: Punitorio
○ GA20 : Compensatorio on taxes
○ GA10 : Punitorio on taxes
Calc. Basis Enter any of the following IoA calculation basis templates or any other custom calculation basis you defined:
○ LIOA_RC○ LIOA_PC○ LIOA_RC_AA○ LIOA_PC_AA○ LIOA_RTX○ LIOA_PTX○ LIOA_RTXAA○ LIOA_PTXAA
Posting Type Enter 10 or choose your own posting type for IoA.
PstingType PAdj Enter 10 or choose your own posting type for IoA.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Argentina C U S T O M E R 57
Field Entry
PstgType NgAdj. Enter 13 or choose your own posting type for IoA.
ProcResCat Leave field blank.
Proc. Res.Positive Leave field blank.
ProcResultCategNeg Leave field blank.
Process Result Type Leave field blank.
Determ. Time StdCon. Use Conditions for Interest Fixing
Determ. Time Ind.Con Use Conditions at Calculation Time
Ref. Cond. Type Leave field blank.
Cond. Determin Selected
Number Calendar 3
Tiered/IntAllow Selected
Exch.rate type Leave field blank.
Amt Limit PayCurr Deselected
Waiver Method Leave field blank.
Incl. Cond. Selected
Totaled Based on Detailed Results
Intercomp. Loan Deselected
Bal. Time Type Leave field blank.
Charge Event Cat. Event Charge
Restart Info. Overlap (if you want to have grace period for the product)
Overlap N (days of grace period)
RefIntRatAssign All Reference Interest Rates
One-Time Cond. Deselected
AggregateCalBas Deselected
Seasonal Limit No Reference to Seasonal Limit
58 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Argentina
Field Entry
Event AccountBilling Deselected
3. Choose Enter.4. In the Dialog Structure, double-click the Amount Category node and enter the following data:
Table 55:
Field Entry
Amt Categ. 105020
Perc. Fee No Percentage Charge
Other columns Leave all checkboxes deselected.
5. Choose Enter.6. In the Dialog Structure, double-click the Waiver node and enter the following data:
Table 56:
Field Entry
Posting Type W1
PstgType NgAdj. W2
PstingType PAdj. W1
ProcResCat Leave field blank.
Proc. Res.Positive Leave field blank.
ProcResultCategNeg Leave field blank.
7. Choose Enter.8. Save your entries.
Create Condition Type for IoA Repayment
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Conditions Define Condition Type .
2. Enter the following data:
Table 57:
Field Entry
Condit. Type Enter a code for your condition type, for example, 999998.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Argentina C U S T O M E R 59
Field Entry
Condition Type Name Enter a name for your condition type, for example, IOA Repayment for Argentina.
Condition Category 160000
Posting Sign Debit Memo
Screen Sequence 160001
Calc. Category 1555
Update Category Enter an update category that is relevant for the IoA type. For each IoA type, you must use a different update category as follows:
○ GIA1: Compensatorio
○ GA01: Punitorio
○ GA21: Compensatorio on taxes
○ GA11: Punitorio on taxes
Calc. Basis Leave field blank.
Posting Type Enter C8 or choose your own posting type for IoA.
PstingType PAdj Enter 16 or choose your own posting type for IoA.
PstgType NgAdj. Enter 13 or choose your own posting type for IoA.
ProcResCat Leave field blank.
Proc. Res.Positive Leave field blank.
ProcResultCategNeg Leave field blank.
Process Result Type Leave field blank.
Determ. Time StdCon. Use Conditions at Calculation Time
Determ. Time Ind.Con Condition Determination Timepoint as Standard Conditions
Ref. Cond. Type Leave field blank.
Cond. Determin Deselected
Number Calendar Leave field blank.
Tiered/IntAllow Deselected
60 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Argentina
Field Entry
Exch.rate type M
Amt Limit PayCurr Deselected
Waiver Method Leave field blank.
Incl. Cond. Deselected
Totaled Based on Detailed Results
Intercomp. Loan Deselected
Bal. Time Type Leave field blank.
Charge Event Cat. Not Defined
Restart Info. Save Restart Information
Overlap Leave field blank.
RefIntRatAssign Leave field blank.
One-Time Cond. Deselected
AggregateCalBas Deselected
Seasonal Limit No Reference to Seasonal Limit
Event AccountBilling Deselected
3. Choose Enter.4. In the Dialog Structure, double-click the Amount Category node and enter the following data:
Table 58:
Field Entry
Amt Categ. 160000
Perc. Fee No Percentage Charge
Other columns Leave all checkboxes deselected.
5. In the Dialog Structure, double-click the Date Category node and enter the following data:
Table 59:
Field Entry
Date Cat 225010: Due Date
6. Choose Enter.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Argentina C U S T O M E R 61
7. In the Dialog Structure, double-click the Waiver node and enter the following data:
Table 60:
Field Entry
Posting Type W1
PstgType NgAdj. W2
PstingType PAdj. W1
ProcResCat Leave field blank.
Proc. Res.Positive Leave field blank.
ProcResultCategNeg Leave field blank.
8. Choose Enter.9. Save your entries.
3.4.5 Assign Condition Types to Condition Group Types
Use
To process financial condition types, you assign all condition types that are relevant for a given financial product to a condition group type. To execute the settlement and repayment conditions for loans, the standard system contains the condition groups 210 and 240, respectively. To meet your customer-specific requirements, you can assign the condition types specific to Argentina to these standard condition groups. Alternatively, you can use your own custom condition groups for loans settlement and loans repayment.
Prerequisites
You have created condition types for interest on arrears (IoA) settlement and IoA repayment. For more information, see Create Condition Types for Interest on Arrears [page 56].
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Conditions Define Condition Group Type .
2. Select the condition group type 210 - Loan Settlement (or your custom condition group), double-click Condition Type in the Dialog Structure, and add the condition types that you created for IoA settlement.
62 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Argentina
3. Select the condition group type 240 - Payment: Loans (or your custom condition group), double-click Condition Type in the Dialog Structure, and add the condition types that you created for IoA repayment.
4. Save your entries.
3.4.6 Create Condition Group and Condition for Interest on Arrears
Use
To process interest on arrears (IoA) settlement, you define a condition group and the corresponding condition.
NoteDo not assign the condition type for IoA repayment to your condition group for inpayment agreement. If you do that, your condition for IoA repayment will be valid for the whole loan period. The financial condition for IoA repayment has to be created only on the day of the repayment, and it is valid only for that specific day. This financial condition is automatically created when a repayment occurs in an overdue loan account.
Prerequisites
You have created condition types for IoA settlement. For more information, see Create Condition Types for Interest on Arrears [page 56].
Procedure
Create Condition Group for IoA Settlement
1. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Financial Services Account Management Current SettingsFinancial Conditions Condition Group Edit Condition Group .
2. On the Condition Group Edit screen, choose the Create Condition Group pushbutton in the left frame.3. Enter the following data:
Table 61:
Field Entry
Condition Group Type You can select the standard one (Settlement: Loan Acct) or create your own equivalent one.
Condition Group Enter any number.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Argentina C U S T O M E R 63
Field Entry
Condition Group Description Enter any description.
4. Choose Enter.5. Create the condition as described below.
Create Condition for IoA Settlement
1. On the Condition Group Edit screen (see above), choose the Condition (Create Condition) pushbutton and select the condition type you created for IoA settlement.
2. Enter the following data:
Table 62:
Field Entry
Currency ARS
Valid From Enter the start date of the validity period
3. On the Calculation tab page, enter the following data:
Table 63:
Field Entry
Description of Condition Enter any description
Int. Calc. Method (Interest Calculation Method) 360/360
Percentage Rate Debit interest rate
4. Save your entries.
3.4.7 Configure Loan Product Attributes for IoA
Use
To enable the system to process interest on arrears (IoA) in line with the requirements for Argentina, configure the product attributes for your loan account product as described in this section.
Prerequisites
● You have created a loan account product.● You have defined a condition group for interest on arrears. For more information, see Create Condition Group
and Condition for Interest on Arrears [page 63].
64 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Argentina
● You have created turnover classes for IoA. For more information, see .● You have created clearing categories for IoA in your Open Item Management System.
Procedure
1. Change your loan account product in Customizing for Financial Services, under Account ManagementProduct Management Product Definition Account Products Change Account Product .
2. In the product attributes structure, configure the product attributes as described below:
○ In Used Attributes Financial Conditions Condition Groups Condition Group , enter the condition groups you created for IoA.
○ Activate the product attribute Generate Number of Installments under Used Attributes Country-Specific Attributes General Localization Interest on Arrears .
○ Activate the product attribute Calculate Interest on Arrears under Used Attributes Country-Specific Attributes General Localization Interest on Arrears .
○ In Used Attributes General Settlement Attributes Relevant to Clearing Logical Turnover Class , assign the following logical turnover classes to real turnover classes:
Table 64:
Logical Turnover Class Real Turnover Class
GIA0 Enter the real turnover class created for IoA settlement.
GIA1 Enter the real turnover class created for IoA billing.
GIA2 Enter the real turnover class created for IoA repayment.
GA00 Enter the real turnover class created for IoA settlement.
GA01 Enter the real turnover class created for IoA billing.
GA02 Enter the real turnover class created for IoA repayment.
GA30 Enter the real turnover class created for IoA settlement.
GA31 Enter the real turnover class created for IoA billing.
GA32 Enter the real turnover class created for IoA repayment.
GA40 Enter the real turnover class created for IoA settlement.
GA41 Enter the real turnover class created for IoA billing.
GA42 Enter the real turnover class created for IoA repayment.
GA50 Enter the real turnover class created for IoA settlement.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Argentina C U S T O M E R 65
Logical Turnover Class Real Turnover Class
GA51 Enter the real turnover class created for IoA billing.
GA52 Enter the real turnover class created for IoA repayment.
GA60 Enter the real turnover class created for IoA settlement.
GA61 Enter the real turnover class created for IoA billing.
GA62 Enter the real turnover class created for IoA repayment.
GA10 Enter the real turnover class created for IoA settlement.
GA11 Enter the real turnover class created for IoA billing.
GA12 Enter the real turnover class created for IoA repayment.
GA20 Enter the real turnover class created for IoA settlement.
GA21 Enter the real turnover class created for IoA billing.
GA22 Enter the real turnover class created for IoA repayment.
3. Save and activate your product.
3.4.8 Configuration for Disbursement with IoA for Argentina
3.4.8.1 Introduction
This section describes the settings to configure the system to process interest on arrears on disbursement, in line with the requirements for Argentina.
3.4.8.2 Assign Transaction Types for OIM Payment Distribution Types
Prerequisites
To configure the relation between payment distribution usage category, payment distribution type, and open item management transaction type, you make the settings described in this section.
66 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Argentina
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Payment Distribution Assign Trans. Types for OIM System to Paymnt. Distr. Types .
2. Enter the following data:
Table 65:
Usage Cat. Trsn Type PD Type Desc.
008 GA01 Enter the same PD Type Desc. configured for this Trsn Type on Usage Cat. 003
008 GA11 Enter the same PD Type Desc. configured for this Trsn Type on Usage Cat. 003
008 GA21 Enter the same PD Type Desc. configured for this Trsn Type on Usage Cat. 003
008 GA31 Enter the same PD Type Desc. configured for this Trsn Type on Usage Cat. 003
008 GA41 Enter the same PD Type Desc. configured for this Trsn Type on Usage Cat. 003
008 GA51 Enter the same PD Type Desc. configured for this Trsn Type on Usage Cat. 003
008 GA61 Enter the same PD Type Desc. configured for this Trsn Type on Usage Cat. 003
008 GA71 Enter the same PD Type Desc. configured for this Trsn Type on Usage Cat. 003
008 GA81 Enter the same PD Type Desc. configured for this Trsn Type on Usage Cat. 003
008 GA91 Enter the same PD Type Desc. configured for this Trsn Type on Usage Cat. 003
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Argentina C U S T O M E R 67
Usage Cat. Trsn Type PD Type Desc.
008 GAA1 Enter the same PD Type Desc. configured for this Trsn Type on Usage Cat. 003
008 GAB1 Enter the same PD Type Desc. configured for this Trsn Type on Usage Cat. 003
008 GAC1 Enter the same PD Type Desc. configured for this Trsn Type on Usage Cat. 003
008 GIA1 Enter the same PD Type Desc. configured for this Trsn Type on Usage Cat. 003
008 GTX1 Enter the same PD Type Desc. configured for this Trsn Type on Usage Cat. 003
3. Save your entries.
3.5 Configuration for Gross Income Tax Perception on Loan Installment
3.5.1 Introduction
This section describes how to configure the system to calculate gross income tax perception (GITP) during installment payment.
NoteThe following configuration steps describe how to configure GITP on loan installment (using GITL tax type). They are complementary to the GITP tax type, which is related to deposits accounts and loans special operations.
68 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Argentina
3.5.2 Create Condition Types for GITP on Loan Installment
Use
You define condition types for gross income tax perception (GITP) on loan installment for the following items:
● Condition types for settlement:○ GITP on Loan Installment○ GITP on Loan Installments on Arrears○ GITP on Loan Installment IoA Limit
● Inpayment Agreement Condition Types for Repayment:○ GITP on Loan Installment○ GITP on Loan Installment in Arrears
This section describes how you create these condition types.
Note● Do not assign the condition types for GITP on Loan Installment Settlement to your condition group. The
financial condition is used by the tax manager.● The system automatically creates an individual financial condition for the GITP on Loan Installment in
arrears repayment condition type when a repayment occurs in an overdue loan account. So, you do not need to assign this condition type to your condition group for inpayment agreement.
Procedure
Create Condition Types for GITP on Loan Installment Settlement
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Conditions Define Condition Type
2. Enter the following data:
Table 66:
Field Entry
Condit. Type Enter a code for your condition type, for example, 990092
Condition Type Name Enter a name for your condition type, for example, GITP on Loan Installment
Condition Category 105010
Posting Sign Debit Memo
Screen Sequence 105021
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Argentina C U S T O M E R 69
Field Entry
Calc. Category 1555
Update Category Enter an update category that is relevant for the GITP Over Payment Loan Installment Type. For each financial conditions, you must use a different update category as follows:
○ GAC0: GITP on Loan Installment○ GAB0: GITP on Loan Installment in Arrears○ GAB0: GITP on Loan Installment IoA Limit
Calc. Basis Leave field blank
Posting Type Enter V5 or choose your own posting type for GITP on Loan Installment
PstingType PAdj Enter V5 or choose your own posting type for GITP on Loan Installment
PstgType NgAdj. Enter 13 or choose your own posting type for GITP on Loan Installment
ProcResCat Leave field blank
Proc. Res. Positive Leave field blank
ProcResultCategNeg Leave field blank
Process Result Type Leave field blank
Determ. Time StdCon. Use Conditions at Calculation Time
Determ. Time Ind.Con Condition Determination Timepoint as Standard Conditions
Ref. Cond. Type Leave field blank
Cond. Determin Selected
Number Calendar 3
Tiered/IntAllow Selected
Exch.rate type Leave field blank
Amt Limit PayCurr Deselected
Waiver Method Leave field blank
Incl. Cond. Selected
Totaled Based on Detailed Results
70 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Argentina
Field Entry
Intercomp. Loan Deselected
Bal. Time Type Leave field blank
Charge Event Cat. Not Defined
Restart Info. Save Restart Information
Overlap Leave field blank
RefIntRatAssign No Reference Interest
One-time Cond. Deselected
AggregateCalBas Deselected
Seasonal Limit No Reference to Seasonal Limit
Event AccountBilling Deselected
3. Choose Enter4. In the Dialog Structure, double-click the Amount Category note and enter the following data:
Table 67:
Field Entry
Amt Categ. 105020
Perc. Fee No Percentage Charge
Other columns Leave all checkboxes deselected
5. Choose Enter6. Save your entries.
Create Condition Type for GITP on Loan Installment Repayment
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Conditions Define Condition Type
2. Enter the following data:
Table 68:
Field Entry
Condit. Type Enter a code for your condition type, for example, 801101
Condition Category 160000
Posting Sign Debit Memo
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Argentina C U S T O M E R 71
Field Entry
Screen Sequence 160001
Calc. Category 1555
Update Category Enter an update category that is relevant for the GITP Over Payment of Loan Installment Type. For each financial condition, you must use a different update category as follows:
○ GAC1: GITP on Loan Installment○ GAB1: GITP on Loan Installment in Arrears
Calc. Basis Leave field blank
Posting Type Enter C8 or choose your own posting type for GITP on Loan Installment
PstingType PAdj Leave field blank
PstgType NgAdj. Leave field blank
ProcResCat Leave field blank
Proc. Res.Positive Leave field blank
ProcResultCategNeg Leave field blank
Process Result Type 00300041
Determ. Time StdCon. Use Conditions for Interest Fixing
Determ. Time Ind. Con Use Conditions at Calculation Time
Ref. Cond. Type 0
Cond. Determin Selected
Number Calendar 3
Tiered/IntAllow Selected
Exch.rate type M
Amt Limit PayCurr Deselected
Waiver Method Leave field blank
Incl. Cond. Selected
Totaled Based on Detailed Results
Intercomp. Loan Deselected
72 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Argentina
Field Entry
Bal.Time Type 0
Charge Event Cat. Not Defined
Restart Info. Save Restart Information
Overlap 0
RefIntRatAssign For Debit Balances
One-Time Cond. Deselected
AggregateCalBas Deselected
Seasonal Limit No Reference to Seasonal Limit
Event AccountBilling Deselect
3. Choose Enter4. In the Dialog Structure, double-click the Amount Category node and enter the following data:
Table 69:
Field Entry
Amt Categ. 160000
Perc. Fee No Percentage Charge
Capitaliz. Selected
DeferralPermittd Selected
Other columns Leave all checkboxes deselected
5. Choose Enter6. In the Dialog Structure, double-click the Date Category node and enter the following data:
Table 70:
Field Entry
Date Cat 220010: Calculation
Date Cat 225010: Due Date
7. Choose Enter8. Save your entries.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Argentina C U S T O M E R 73
3.5.3 Assign condition Types to Condition Group Types
Use
To process financial condition types, you assign all condition types that are relevant for your financial product to a condition group type. To execute the repayment conditions for loans, the standard system contains the condition group 240. To meet your system requirements, you can assign the condition types that are specific for Argentina to this standard condition group. Alternatively, you can use your own condition groups for loans repayment.
Prerequisites
You have created condition types for GITP on Loan Installment repayment in Create Condition Types for GITP on Loan Installment [page 69].
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Conditions Define Condition Group Type
2. Select the condition group type 240 - Payment: Loans (or your custom condition group type), double-click Condition Type in the Dialog Structure, and add the condition types that you created for GITP on Loan Installment Repayment.
3. Save your entries.
3.5.4 Tax Manager Configuration for GITP on Loan Installment
3.5.4.1 Introduction
To customize tax manager according to the requirements for tax calculation for gross income tax perception (GITP) on loan installment, follow the steps below.
NoteFor more information about the configuration settings for tax manager, see Configuration for Tax Manager [page 11].
74 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Argentina
3.5.4.2 Define Tax Item Types
Use
In this step, you create tax item types for input and for posting as follows:
Table 71:
Tax Item Types for Input Tax Item Types for Posting
● Installment charges receivable● Nominal interest receivable● Installment fees receivable● Insurance premium receivable● Installment IoA limit
● GITP on loan installment● GITP on loan installment in arrears
Tax manager uses a tax item type with the following purposes:
● Map industry-specific transactions, for example, a taxable transaction type in banking services from SAP to a tax operation within tax manager
● Map a tax that tax manager calculates to a system-specific posting operation
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Define Tax Item Types
2. Enter the following data:
Table 72:
Tax ItmTy. Description
Enter any ID for the tax item type for input, for example, 22. Enter a description of your choice, for example, Nominal Interst Receivable
Enter any ID for the tax item type for posting, for example, 500058
Enter a description of your choice, for example, GITP on Loan Installment
3. Save your entries.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Argentina C U S T O M E R 75
3.5.4.3 Assign Tax Item Types to Operations
Use
In this step, you assign the tax item types for gross income tax perception (GITP) on loan installment to the corresponding Tax Operation IDs. You make this assignment for the tax item types you created for input.
These assignments serve as a mapping between the transactions from the business landscape and the operations inside the tax manager.
Prerequisites
You have created the tax item types for input as described in Define Tax Item Types [page 75].
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localizations Settings Tax Manager Assign Tax Item Types to Operations
2. Enter the mapping assignments for all relevant tax item types:
Table 73:
Tax ItmTy. Tax Op ID
Enter the code for your input tax item type for Installment Charges Receivable.
11
Enter the code for your input tax item type for Nominal Interest Receivable.
22
Enter the code for your input tax item type for Installment Fees Receivable.
23
Enter the code for your input tax item type for Insurance Premium Receivable.
24
Enter the code for your input tax item type for Installment IoA Limit.
25
3. Save your entries.
76 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Argentina
3.5.4.4 Assign Condition Types to Tax Item Types
Use
In this step, you assign the tax item types you created for input and posting to the corresponding condition types.
Prerequisites
● You have created the condition type as described in Create Condition Types for GITP on Loan Installment [page 69].
● You have created the tax item types as described in Define Tax Item Types [page 75].
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Assign Transaction Types and condition Types to Tax Item Types
2. Enter the mapping assignments for all the relevant condition types.Condition Types for Input
Table 74:
CondTyp TranTy Tax ItmTy.
Enter the code of your condition type for installment charges receivable.
Leave field blank Enter the code of your tax item type for installment charges receivable.
Enter the code of your condition type for nominal interest receivable.
Leave field blank Enter the code of your tax item type for nominal interest receivable.
Enter the code of your condition type for installment fees receivable.
Leave field blank Enter the code of your tax item type for installment fees receivable.
Enter the code of your condition type for insurance premium receivable.
Leave field blank Enter the code of your tax item type for insurance premium receivable.
Enter the code of your condition type for installment IoA limit.
Leave field blank Enter the code of your tax item type for installment IoA limit.
Condition Types for Posting
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Argentina C U S T O M E R 77
Table 75:
CondTyp TranTy Tax ItmTy.
Enter the code of your condition type for GITP on loan installment.
Leave field blank Enter the code of your tax item type for GITP on loan installment.
Enter the code of your condition type for GITP on loan installment in arrears.
Leave field blank Enter the code of your tax item type for GITP on loan installment in arrears.
3. Save your entries.
NoteYou can define as many input condition types as necessary for each GITP on Loan Installment related tax item type.
For posting condition types you must define only one input condition type for GITP on Loan Installment and another input condition type for GITP Loan Installment in Arrears.
3.5.4.5 Assign Posting Transactions to Operations
Use
In this step, you assign tax manager operations to the tax types and tax item types that you use for gross income tax perception (GITP) on loan installment.
Prerequisites
You have created the tax item types for posting as described in Define Tax Item Types [page 75].
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Assign Posting Transactions to Operations
2. Enter the mapping assignments for all tax operations delivered for gross income tax perception over payments on loan installment and tax item types for posting as follows:Tax Item Type for GITP on Loan Installment
78 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Argentina
Table 76:
Tax Op ID Tax Type Tax ItmTy.
11 GITL Enter the code for your tax item type for GITP on Loan Installment.
22 GITL Enter the code for your tax item type for GITP on Loan Installment.
23 GITL Enter the code for your tax item type for GITP on Loan Installment.
24 GITL Enter the code for your tax item type for GITP on Loan Installment.
Tax Item Type for GITP on Loan Installment on Arrears
Table 77:
Tax Op ID Tax Type Tax ItmTy.
16 GITL Enter the code for your tax item type for GITP on Loan Installment on Arrears.
17 GITL Enter the code for your tax item type for GITP on Loan Installment on Arrears.
18 GITL Enter the code for your tax item type for GITP on Loan Installment on Arrears.
19 GITL Enter the code for your tax item type for GITP on Loan Installment on Arrears.
22 GITL Enter the code for your tax item type for GITP on Loan Installment on Arrears.
25 GITL Enter the code for your tax item type for GITP on Loan Installment on Arrears.
3. Save your entries.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Argentina C U S T O M E R 79
3.5.4.6 Specify Tax Rates
3.5.4.6.1 Specify Tax Rates
Use
In Argentina, Gross Income Tax Perception (GITP) rate is determined according to the region.
You maintain this rate for GITP on Loan Installment as described below.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Specify Tax Rates
2. Enter the GITP on loan installment (GITL) rate for each relevant combination of region and validity period as shown below:
Table 78:
Field Entry
Tax Rate ID Enter the tax limit ID, for example, 31
Start Date 01.01.2000
End Date 31.12.9999
Tax Rate Enter the current rate based on legislation, for example, 2,0000000000.
Tax Type GITL
Country AR
Region Enter as required, for example, 00.
3. Save your entries.
80 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Argentina
3.5.4.6.2 Tax Rate for Corrientes with Business Partner Tax Classification Registered
Use
In the province of Corrientes (region 04), gross income tax perception (GITP) has a specific rate when the business partner is classified as registered. For more information about the rates, see Define Business Partner Tax Classification [page 24].
These parameters specify the rate to be applied for Corrientes when the business partner is classified as registered and when the business partner is not classified as registered.
Procedure
NoteIf gross income tax perception (GITP) calculation for the province of Corrientes (region 04), you do not need to configure these parameters.
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Configure Localization Parameters
2. Choose the localization country ARGENTINA and the parameter group TAX_MANAGER.3. Configure the parameters as described below:
Table 79:
Parameter Subgroup Parameter Name Parameter Value
GITP CORRIENTES_REGISTERED_TAXRATE Enter the applicable rate for calculation in Corrientes with tax classification registered.
GITP CORRIENTES_OTH_TAXCLASS_TXRATE
Enter the applicable rate for calculation in Corrientes without tax classification registered.
For more information about the parameter, see the corresponding documetation in the system.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Argentina C U S T O M E R 81
3.5.4.7 Specify Tax Limits
Use
In Argentina, gross income tax perception (GITP) is calculated only if the sum of the base amounts reaches a limit defined by law.
You maintain this limit for GITP on Loan Installment as described below.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Specify Tax Limits
2. Enter the GITP on Loan Installment (Tax Type GITL) limit for each relevant combination of region and validity period as shown below:
Table 80:
Field Entry
Tax Limit ID Enter the tax limit ID, for example, 31
Start date 01.01.2000
End date 31.12.9999
Minimum Amt Enter the current limit based on legislation, for example, 200,00.
Maximum Amt 0
Tax Type GITL
Country AR
Region Enter as required, for example, 00.
Limit Appl BA Base Amount
C.key ARS
Exemp. Rule Total Exempted
3. Save your entries.
82 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Argentina
3.5.4.8 Specify Tax Assignments
Use
Tax assignments specify the tax types that apply to a given tax operation within a country and region. If applicable, you can define specific classes to handle special cases for rate and limit determination. You maintain the tax assignments as described below.
Prerequisites
You have configured the Argentina taxes on Interest on Arrears, see Configuration for Taxes on Interest on Arrears [page 36].
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Specify Tax Assignments
2. Enter GITL tax type with all tax operations delivered for Argentina for the required regions:
Table 81:
Field Entry
Country AR
Region Enter as required, for example, 00.
Tax Op ID Enter a tax operation ID, which can be the following:
○ 11: LOANS RECEIVABLES - CHARGES○ 16: IOA PUNITORIO○ 17: IOA COMPENSATORIO○ 18: IOA PUNITORIO UPON TAXES○ 19: IOA COMPENSATORIO UPON TAXES○ 22: LOANS RECEIVABLES - NOM. INT.○ 23: LOANS RECEIVABLES - FEES○ 24: LOANS RECEIVABLES - INSURANCE○ 25: LOANS RECEIVABLES - LIMIT
Tax Type GITL
Start Date 01.01.2000
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Argentina C U S T O M E R 83
Field Entry
End date 31.12.9999
Pred. Tax type Leave field blank
Rate Determiner Enter the standard class below or your custom rate determiner class:
○ /FSLAR/CL_GITL_DETERMINE_RATE
Limit Determiner Enter the standard class below or your custom limit determiner class:
○ /FSLAR/CL_GITL_DETERMINE_LIMIT
Reference Data Control /FSLAR/CL_ARGENTINA_DATA_CNTRL
3. Save your entries.
3.5.5 Configure Localization Parameters
Use
This section describes the necessary localization parameters that you need to configure.
Prerequisites
You have specified the business partner (BP) roles for gross income tax perception in Specify Business Partner Roles for Gross Income Tax Perception [page 28].
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Configure Localization Parameters .
2. Choose the localization country ARGENTINA and the parameter group TAX_MANAGER.
84 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Argentina
3. Configure the parameters as described below:
Table 82:
Parameter Subgroup Parameter Name Parameter Value
GITP BP_ROLE_SPECIAL_RATE Enter all BP partner roles that the system considers for GITP special tax rate rules.
For more information about the BP_ROLE_SPECIAL_RATE parameter, see the corresponding documentation in the system.
3.5.6 Configure Loan Product Attributes for GITP Calculation
Use
This session describes how to configure a product for a loan account that calculates GITP on its installments.
Procedure
1. Change your loan account product in Customizing for Financial Services, under Account Management Product Management Product Definition Change Account Product .
2. In the product attributes structure, under Used Attributes General Settlement Attributes Relevant to Clearing Logical Turnover Class ,assign the following logical turnover classes to real turnover classes:
Table 83:
Logical Turnover Class Real Turnover Class
GAB0 Enter the real turnover class created for GITP on loan installment in arrears settlement.
GAB1 Enter the real turnover class created for GITP on loan installment in arrears billing.
GAB2 Enter the real turnover class created for GITP on loan installment in arrears repayment.
GAC0 Enter the real turnover class created for GITP on loan installment settlement.
GAC1 Enter the real turnover class created for GITP on loan installment billing.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Argentina C U S T O M E R 85
Logical Turnover Class Real Turnover Class
GAC2 Enter the real turnover class created for GITP on loan installment repayment.
3. Save your entries.4. Activate your product.
86 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Argentina
4 Configuration Information for Brazil
4.1 Introduction
This section describes the configuration information that is necessary to meet legal requirements and conduct business according to common practices in Brazil.
The configuration information for Brazil comprises the following topics:
● Localization-specific implementation for Business Add-Ins (BAdIs)● Sample financial products● Branch calendars● Checkbook management● Tax calculation (withholding tax on corporate savings accounts; IOF on loans)● Payment processing● Payment advice● Compound interest on loans● Inflation adjustment on loan installments● Interest on arrears (IoA)
4.2 Activate Localization-Specific Implementations for Business Add-Ins
Use
To enable the localization for Brazil to meet legal and business requirements, you must activate certain implementations of country-specific Business Add-Ins (BAdIs).
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 87
Procedure
1. For each of the Brazil-specific BAdI implementations that you want to activate, follow the Customizing path listed on the following table:
Table 84:
Enhancement Implementation
BAdI Implementation
Description Financial Services Account Management
Product Management Payment Advice
Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) BAdI: Adjustment
of Payments
Customizing Path
/FSGLO/BCA_OR_DISB_CHECKS
/FSGLO/DISBURSEMENT_CHECKS
Implementation: Checks for Disbursement
Financial Services Account Management
Order Management Account Order
Disbursement (Loans) Business Add-Ins
(BAdIs) BAdI: Entry and Consistency
Checks
/FSGLO/BCA_OR_PAYF_CHECKS
/FSGLO/PAYOFF_CHECKS
Implementation: Checks for Payoff
Financial Services Account Management
Order Management Account Order Early
Payoff (Loans) Business Add-Ins (BAdIs)BAdI: Payment Receipt and Consistency
Checks
/FSGLO/BCA_SETTL_CALC
/FSGLO/COMPRESS_DETAILS_SETTL
Localization compress details
Financial Services Account Management
Product Management Settlement Business
Add-Ins (BAdIs) Enhancements in Calculation
Layer BAdI: Compress Settlement Details
/FSLBR/POSTPONE_SETTL_EXEC
/FSLBR/DETERM_DEFAULT_SAMPLE
Implementation: Payment Default upon Exceeding Committed Limit
Financial Services Account Management
Contract Management Account Business
Add-Ins (BAdIs) Country-Specific Settings
Brazil BAdI: Retrieval of Information About
Payment Default
88 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Enhancement Implementation
BAdI Implementation
Description Financial Services Account Management
Product Management Payment Advice
Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) BAdI: Adjustment
of Payments
Customizing Path
/FSGLO/EI_BA1_SP_SI_F8
/FSGLO/BD_SI_F8_LOAN_PLA_CHG
Loans Taken Implementation
Financial Services Bank Analyzer
Infrastructure Settings for Enterprise
Services Business Add-Ins (BAdIs)
Financial Instruments Analytical Source DataBAdI: LoanContractEventInChangeViewsBasedOnPric
eListAdaptationBulkChanged
/FSGLO/EI_BA1_SP_SI_F8
/FSGLO/BD_SI_F8_LOAN_PLA_CRE
Example Implementation Financial Services Bank Analyzer
Infrastructure Settings for Enterprise
Services Business Add-Ins (BAdIs)
Financial Instruments Analytical Source DataBAdI: LoanContractEventInChangeViewsBasedOnPric
eListAdaptationBulkCreated
/FSGLO/EI_BCA_CN_LC_SOUT
/FSGLO/CN_LC_PLADAPT_BLK
Implementation: InformOfContractPrice
Financial Services Account Management
Communication Between Logical Systems
Account Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) BAdIs
for Enterprise Services BAdIs for Business
Object LoanContract BAdI for InformOfContractPriceListAdaptationCreationA
sBulk
/FSGLO/EI_BCA_CN_LC_SOUT
/FSGLO/CN_LC_PLADAPT_CH_BLK
Badi Implementation for replicating loans taken to Bank Analyzer
Financial Services Account Management
Communication Between Logical Systems
Account Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) BAdIs
for Enterprise Services BAdIs for Business
Object LoanContract BAdI for InformOfContractPriceListAdaptationChangeAs
Bulk
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 89
Enhancement Implementation
BAdI Implementation
Description Financial Services Account Management
Product Management Payment Advice
Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) BAdI: Adjustment
of Payments
Customizing Path
/FSGLO/BCA_PO_SOUT
/FSGLO/PO_REQ_PAYM_ORD
BAdI Definition for Service Operation CollectivePaymentOrderRequest
Financial Services Account Management
Account Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) BAdIs
for Enterprise Services BAdIs for Business Object BankAccountContractPaymentTransactionOrde
rRequest BAdI for
ReadPaymentOrderRequest
/FSGLO/BCA_PO_SOUT
/FSGLO/PO_REQ_PAYM_ORD_BLK
BAdI implementation for RequestPaymentOrdersAsBulk
Financial Services Account Management
Account Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) BAdIs
for Enterprise Services BAdIs for Business Object BankAccountContractPaymentTransactionOrde
rRequest BAdI for
RequestPaymentOrdersAsBulk
2. Select the Active (IMG) checkbox that corresponds to the BAdI implementation.3. Choose the Finished pushbutton.
4.3 Sample Financial Products
4.3.1 Introduction
This section describes the sample financial products that are configured for use in Brazil. The financial products are templates that you can use to create and configure financial products to meet your requirements.
The guide comprises settings that are delivered as standard and settings that you must make in the areas of Customizing and master data.
The standard delivery for Brazil contains the following sample financial products:
● Checking Account [page 91]● Time Deposit [page 117]● Savings Account for Private Individuals and Nonprofit Organizations [page 126]● Savings Account for Corporates [page 139]● Loans Taken Account [page 171]
90 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
● Fund Pool Account [page 179]● Loans Given Account [page 183]
4.3.2 Checking Account
4.3.2.1 Introduction
The sample checking account allows you to meet legal requirements in Brazil.
NoteFor more information about the business processes and functions related to checking accounts for Brazil, see SAP Library at http://help.sap.com/bankingservices80loc Localizations for Banking Services from SAPBrazil Account Management (FS-AM) Deposits Checking Accounts .
4.3.2.2 Settings Delivered As Standard
Product Templates
The standard delivery for Brazil contains the following product template for checking accounts: _ACCT_C_BR.
Product Attributes
This section contains the product-specific attributes that are necessary to meet requirements in Brazil. You access the product attributes in Customizing for Financial Services under Account Management Product Management Product Definition Account Products Change Account Product .
Table 85:
Product Attribute Path in Product Attribute Description
Track with Settlement on Payoff Used Attributes Country-Specific
Attributes Brazil Taxes IOF
Checking Account Settlement Tracks
Suspended on Payment Default
Indicates a settlement track for the financial conditions that the system must suspend when a bank customer contract is in default and resume immediately after the contract ceases to be in default.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 91
Product Attribute Path in Product Attribute Description
Track with Settlement on Periodic Run Used Attributes Country-Specific
Attributes Brazil Taxes IOF
Checking Account Settlement Tracks
Suspended on Payment Default
Indicates a settlement track for the financial conditions that the system must suspend when a bank customer contract is in default and resume during the next periodic settlement after the contract ceases to be in default.
Calculation Bases
This section contains the calculation bases that are necessary to meet requirements in Brazil. You access the product attributes in Customizing for Financial Services under Account Management Product ManagementFinancial Conditions Define Customer Calculation Bases and Display SAP Calculation Bases .
Calculation Bases for IOF Calculation Aggregated Over the Total Debit Balance
Table 86:
Calculation Basis Description
IOF_ADD Use this calculation basis to enable the system to calculate additional financial operation tax (IOF) over the total debit balance.
IOF_REG Use this calculation basis to enable the system to calculate regular IOF over the total debit balance.
Calculation Bases for IOF Calculation Separated Over Committed Limit and Tolerated Limit
Table 87:
Calculation Basis Description
IOF_ADD_C Use this calculation basis to enable the system to calculate additional IOF over the committed limit.
IOF_REG_C Use this calculation basis to enable the system to calculate regular IOF over the committed limit.
IOF_ADD_T Use this calculation basis to enable the system to calculate additional IOF over the tolerated limit.
IOF_REG_T Use this calculation basis with a condition type to enable the system to calculate regular IOF over the tolerated limit.
92 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Localization Parameters
This section contains the parameter that is required to meet requirements in Brazil. You access the parameter in Customizing for Financial Services under General Localization Settings Configure Localization Parameters .
For more information about the parameter, see the corresponding documentation in the system.
Table 88:
Parameter Group Parameter Subgroup Parameter Name Parameter Value
IOF CHECKING_ACCOUNT MAX_DAYS 365
4.3.2.3 Configuration Steps in Customizing
4.3.2.3.1 Introduction
To use the product that you create on the basis of the sample financial product, you make the settings described below.
NoteBy using the settings described below, the system calculates IOF separately over the committed limit and over the tolerated limit. To configure the system to calculate IOF over the total debit balance with no distinction between the committed limit and the tolerated limit, you can follow the same steps analogously.
4.3.2.3.2 Define Settlement Types
Use
To enable the system to calculate the settlement results in alignment with requirements in Brazil, you define two separate settlement types; one for the calculation and postings of IOF over the committed limit, and another for the tolerated limit.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management SettlementDefine Settlement Types .
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 93
2. Enter the following data:
Table 89:
Sett. Type Settlement Type Session Capitalize
Enter any key for IOF settlement over the committed limit.
Enter any description. Definitive Deselected
Enter any key for IOF settlement over the tolerated limit.
Enter any description. Definitive Deselected
4.3.2.3.3 Define Settlement Tracks
Use
To enable the system to suspend the calculation and postings of IOF for contracts in payment default, you define two separate settlement tracks, one for each settlement type created in the previous step.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management SettlementExtended Settlement Define Settlement Tracks .
2. Enter the following data:
Table 90:
Track ID Name of Track CYT-Relev.
Enter any key for the settlement track for IOF over the committed limit.
Enter any name. Deselected
Enter any key for the settlement track for IOF over the tolerated limit.
Enter any name. Deselected
94 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
4.3.2.3.4 Create Posting Types
Use
You define the posting types, for example, settlement postings, that the system generates automatically when it calculates taxes on a checking account. You organize the postings internally in the system by means of posting types.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management Basic FunctionsMaintain Posting Types .
2. Create posting types for regular IOF and additional IOF, including the respective posting types for positive adjustment and negative adjustment, as follows:
Table 91:
Posting Type Credit Memo Process Desc. Posting Type
Enter any key for additional IOF.
Deselected 0140 Enter any description.
Enter any key for regular IOF.
Deselected 0140 Enter any description.
Enter any key for plus additional IOF.
Deselected 0090 Enter any description.
Enter any key for minus additional IOF.
Selected 0090 Enter any description.
Enter any key for plus regular IOF.
Deselected 0090 Enter any description.
Enter any key for minus regular IOF.
Selected 0090 Enter any description.
4.3.2.3.5 Maintain and Assign Transaction Types for Payment Items
Use
To enable the system to calculate and adjust the postings of regular IOF and additional IOF, you define the transaction types that the system uses to control the processing of payment items.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 95
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management Basic FunctionsTransaction Types and Transaction Type Groups Maintain and Assign Transaction Types for Payment
Items .2. Enter transaction types for regular IOF and additional IOF, including the respective transaction types for credit
and debit from adjustment, as follows:
Table 92:
Transaction Type
Description Trans. Type
Item Type Reversal Display Payment Notes
Other P/R
TT Group Posting Chec
Business Trans. Code
TTGroup Pst Ctrl Rules
TT Grp CrcyExc
Enter any key for regular IOF.
Enter any description.
04 Selected Selected A 0900 1100 808 Internal
Enter any key for additional IOF.
Enter any description.
04 Selected Selected A 0900 1100 808 Internal
Enter any key for credit from adjustment of regular IOF.
Enter any description.
04 Selected Selected 0900 1100 817
Enter any key for debit from adjustment of regular IOF.
Enter any description.
04 Selected 1900 1100 817
Enter any key for credit from adjustment of additional IOF.
Enter any description.
04 Selected Selected 0900 1100 817
96 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Transaction Type
Description Trans. Type
Item Type Reversal Display Payment Notes
Other P/R
TT Group Posting Chec
Business Trans. Code
TTGroup Pst Ctrl Rules
TT Grp CrcyExc
Enter any key for debit from adjustment of additional IOF.
Enter any description.
04 Selected 1900 1100 817
4.3.2.3.6 Assign Posting Types to Transaction Types
Use
To enable the system to post items in the corresponding accounts, you must assign posting types to transaction types in the correct sequence.
Prerequisites
You have defined the posting types and transaction types that you require in your system (see Create Posting Types [page 95] and Maintain and Assign Transaction Types for Payment Items [page 95]).
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management Basic FunctionsAssign Posting Types to Transaction Types .
2. Create the following entries to assign the posting types to the transaction types you created in the previous steps:
Table 93:
PT (Posting Type) TranTy (Transaction Type)
Enter the posting type that you have created for additional IOF.
Enter the transaction type that you have created for additional IOF.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 97
PT (Posting Type) TranTy (Transaction Type)
Enter the posting type that you have created for regular IOF.
Enter the transaction type that you have created for regular IOF.
Enter the posting type that you have created for minus additional IOF.
Enter the transaction type that you have created for adjustment of debit from additional IOF.
Enter the posting type that you have created for plus additional IOF.
Enter the transaction type that you have created for adjustment of credit from additional IOF.
Enter the posting type that you have created for minus regular IOF.
Enter the transaction type that you have created for adjustment of debit from regular IOF.
Enter the posting type that you have created for plus regular IOF.
Enter the transaction type that you have created for adjustment of credit from regular IOF.
4.3.2.3.7 Create Financial Condition Types
Use
You create condition types to enable the system to calculate regular IOF and additional IOF separately over the committed limit and the tolerated limit on a checking account.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Condition Define Condition Type .
2. Create the following condition types as described in the subsections below.
Condition Type for Regular IOF Over Committed Limit
Table 94:
Field Entry
Condition Type Enter any name.
Condition Category 105020
Settlement Interest
Posting Sign Debit Memo
98 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Field Entry
Screen Sequence 105021
Debit Interest
Calculation Category 1010
Balance Interest Calculation
Update Category 1011
Interest: To be Capitalized
Calculation Basis IOF_REG_C
Posting Type Enter the posting type that you have created for regular IOF.
Posting Type Adj Enter the posting type that you have created for plus regular IOF.
Posting Type NgAdj Enter the posting type that you have created for minus regular IOF.
RefIntRatAssign For Debit Balances
Under Amount Category, enter the following data:
Table 95:
Field Entry Optional/Mandatory
Amount Category 105020
(Debit Interest)
Mandatory
Condition Type for Regular IOF Over Tolerated Limit
Table 96:
Field Entry
Condition Type Enter any name.
Condition Category 105020
Settlement Interest
Posting Sign Debit Memo
Screen Sequence 105023
Overdraft Interest
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 99
Field Entry
Calculation Category 1010
Balance Interest Calculation
Update Category 1011
Interest: To be Capitalized
Calculation Basis IOF_REG_T
Posting Type Enter the posting type that you have created for regular IOF.
Posting Type Adj Enter the posting type that you have created for plus regular IOF.
Posting Type NgAdj Enter the posting type that you have created for minus regular IOF.
RefIntRatAssign For Overdraft Balances
Under Amount Category, enter the following data:
Table 97:
Field Entry Optional/Mandatory
Amount Category 105040
(Overdraft Interest)
Mandatory
Condition Type for Additional IOF Over Committed Limit
Table 98:
Field Entry
Condition Type Enter any name.
Condition Category 105020
Settlement Interest
Posting Sign Debit Memo
Screen Sequence 105021
Debit Interest
Calculation Category 1010
Balance Interest Calculation
100 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Field Entry
Update Category 1011
Interest: To be Capitalized
Calculation Basis IOF_ADD_C
Posting Type Enter the posting type that you have created for regular IOF.
Posting Type Adj Enter the posting type that you have created for plus regular IOF.
Posting Type NgAdj Enter the posting type that you have created for minus regular IOF.
RefIntRatAssign For Debit Balances
Under Amount Category, enter the following data:
Table 99:
Field Entry Optional/Mandatory
Amount Category 105020
(Debit Interest)
Mandatory
Condition Type for Additional IOF Over Tolerated Limit
Table 100:
Field Entry
Condition Type Enter any name.
Condition Category 105020
Settlement Interest
Posting Sign Debit Memo
Screen Sequence 105023
Overdraft Interest
Calculation Category 1010
Balance Interest Calculation
Update Category 1011
Interest: To be Capitalized
Calculation Basis IOF_ADD_T
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 101
Field Entry
Posting Type Enter the posting type that you have created for regular IOF.
Posting Type Adj Enter the posting type that you have created for plus regular IOF.
Posting Type NgAdj Enter the posting type that you have created for minus regular IOF.
RefIntRatAssign For Overdraft Balances
Under Amount Category, enter the following data:
Table 101:
Field Entry Optional/Mandatory
Amount Category 105040
(Overdraft Interest)
Mandatory
4.3.2.3.8 Assign Financial Condition Types to Condition Group Type
Use
To process financial condition types, you assign all condition types that are relevant for a given financial product to a condition group type. To meet country-specific and customer-specific requirements, you assign the Brazil-specific condition types to the standard condition group for settlement on checking accounts.
Prerequisites
You have created the financial condition types, for example, for additional IOF and regular IOF, that you require for your financial product (see Create Financial Condition Types [page 98]).
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Conditions Define Condition Group Types .
102 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
2. Select the 1 - Settlement: Current Acct condition group type, double click Condition Type in the left frame, and add the condition types that you created for additional IOF and regular IOF (see Create Financial Condition Types [page 98]).
3. Enter the following data:
Table 102:
Field Entry
Condition Type for Regular IOF Over Committed Limit
Enter the condition type that you have created for regular IOF over the committed limit.
Condition Type for Regular IOF Over Tolerated Limit
Enter the condition type that you have created for regular IOF over the tolerated limit.
Condition Type for Additional IOF Over Committed Limit
Enter the condition type that you have created for additional IOF over the committed limit.
Condition Type for Additional IOF Over Tolerated Limit
Enter the condition type that you have created for additional IOF over the tolerated limit.
4.3.2.3.9 Create Product and Configure Attributes
4.3.2.3.9.1 Create Checking Account Product
Use
To use the product that you create on the basis of the sample financial product, you make the settings described below.
Prerequisites
You have performed all previous configuration steps listed in Configuration Steps in Customizing [page 93] and created the financial conditions that are described in Master Data Settings [page 108].
Procedure
1. Create your own checking account product in Customizing for Financial Services under Account Management Product Management Product Definition Account Products Create Account Product .
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 103
2. Enter the following data:
Table 103:
Field Entry
New Product Enter the technical name of your product.
Template Product _ACCT_C_BR
Product Version 0001
3. Choose Enter.4. On the Product Create: Administration screen, enter a description and validity period for the product and
choose Enter.
5. In the product attribute structure, choose Financial Conditions Condition Groups Condition Group .6. Enter the IDs that you want to use for the following condition groups (see Master Data Settings [page 108]):
○ Settlement○ Transactions○ Events
7. Complete the master data settings described below and then save and activate your product.
4.3.2.3.9.2 Configure Attributes for Checking Account Product
Use
To enable the system to perform and control the calculation of taxes correctly, the system uses a set of product attributes for checking accounts. In this section, you configure the product that you created based on the sample product to meet requirements in Brazil.
Prerequisites
You have configured settlement types (see Define Settlement Types [page 93]), settlement tracks (see Define Settlement Tracks [page 94]), and condition groups (see Create Condition Group and Conditions for Settlement [page 109]).
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Product Definition Account Products Create Account Product .
2. To meet requirements in Brazil, configure the product attributes in the tables below.
Financial Conditions
104 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Condition Group for IOF Over Committed Limit
Table 104:
Name of Product Attribute Path to Product Attribute Entry
Condition Group Category Used Attributes Financial
Conditions Condition Groups
1 - Settlement
Settlement Type Used Attributes Financial
Conditions Condition Groups
Enter the settlement type that you have created for IOF settlement over the committed limit (see Define Settlement Types [page 93]).
Condition Group Type Used Attributes Financial
Conditions Condition Groups
1 - Settlement: Current Acct
Condition Group Used Attributes Financial
Conditions Condition Groups
Enter the condition group that you have created for IOF over the committed limit (see Create Condition Group and Conditions for Settlement [page 109]).
Condition Group for IOF Over Tolerated Limit
Table 105:
Name of Product Attribute Path to Product Attribute Entry
Condition Group Category Used Attributes Financial
Conditions Condition Groups
1 - Settlement
Settlement Type Used Attributes Financial
Conditions Condition Groups
Enter the settlement type that you have created for IOF settlement over the tolerated limit (see Define Settlement Types [page 93]).
Condition Group Type Used Attributes Financial
Conditions Condition Groups
1 - Settlement: Current Acct
Condition Group Used Attributes Financial
Conditions Condition Groups
Enter the condition group that you have created for IOF over the tolerated limit (see Create Condition Group and Conditions for Settlement [page 109]).
Extended Settlement
Settlement Track for IOF Over Committed Limit
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 105
Table 106:
Name of Product Attribute Path to Product Attribute Entry
Track Identification Number Used Attributes Extended
Settlement Settlement Tracks
Enter the settlement track that you have created for IOF over the committed limit (see Define Settlement Tracks [page 94]).
Periodically Used Attributes Extended
Settlement Settlement Tracks
Selected
Period ID Used Attributes Extended
Settlement Settlement Tracks
Enter a period ID as per business requirements.
Settlement Track for IOF Over Tolerated Limit
Table 107:
Name of Product Attribute Path to Product Attribute Entry
Track Identification Number Used Attributes Extended
Settlement Settlement Tracks
Enter the settlement track that you have created for IOF over the tolerated limit (see Define Settlement Tracks [page 94]).
Periodically Used Attributes Extended
Settlement Settlement Tracks
Selected
Period ID Used Attributes Extended
Settlement Settlement Tracks
Enter a period ID as per business requirements.
Country-Specific Attributes
Table 108:
Name of Product Attribute Path to Product Attribute Entry
Track with Settlement on Payoff Used Attributes Country-Specific
Attributes Brazil Taxes IOF
Checking Account Settlement Tracks
Suspended on Payment Default
● Set the traffic light to green.● Close the padlock.● Enter the settlement track that you
have created for IOF over the committed limit (see Define Settlement Tracks [page 94])
● Set the field modification to Hidden.
106 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Name of Product Attribute Path to Product Attribute Entry
Track with Settlement on Periodic Run Used Attributes Country-Specific
Attributes Brazil Taxes IOF
Checking Account Settlement Tracks
Suspended on Payment Default
● Set the traffic light to green.● Close the padlock.● Enter the settlement track that you
have created for IOF over the tolerated limit (see Define Settlement Tracks [page 94])
● Set the field modification to Hidden.
Save Product
Save and activate your product.
4.3.2.3.10 Define Job Nets
Use
To ensure the system calculates IOF correctly for checking accounts, you define the reports that need to be executed during the end-of-day processing, as described below.
Prerequisites
You have created at least one checking account product using the template delivered by SAP (_ACCT_C_BR).
Procedure
1. Define the report execution in Customizing for Financial Services under Account Management End-of-Day Processing Define Job Nets .
2. Double-click Process Flow Template to access this view, choose a process flow, and double-click Reports of the Process Flow Template.
3. Click the New Entries pushbutton to add a line for the Postpone Settlement Execution Date report, and enter the following data:
Table 109:
Field Entry
Report No. Enter any number.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 107
Field Entry
Report /FSLBR/POSTPONE_SETTL_EXEC_PP
4. Double-click Predecessors <-> Successors, and click the New Entries pushbutton.5. Enter the following data to ensure that the Postpone Settlement Execution Date report runs after the change
of the posting date for payment transactions:
Table 110:
Field Entry
Report No. (First Column) 60
Report No. (Second Column) Enter the report number you created in step 3.
6. Click the New Entries pushbutton again and enter the following data to ensure that the Postpone Settlement Execution Date report runs before the change of the posting date for end-of-day processing:
Table 111:
Field Entry
Report No. (First Column) Enter the report number you created in step 3.
Report No. (Second Column) 150
7. Click the New Entries pushbutton again and enter the following data to ensure that the Postpone Settlement Execution Date report runs before the account settlement:
Table 112:
Field Entry
Report No. (First Column) Enter the report number you created in step 3.
Report No. (Second Column) 130
8. Save your entries.
4.3.2.4 Master Data Settings
4.3.2.4.1 Introduction
To use the checking account product that you create based on the sample product for Brazil, you enter the master data described below.
108 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
4.3.2.4.2 Create Condition Group and Conditions for Settlement
Use
To calculate IOF and interest over checking account limits, you define condition groups and the corresponding conditions.
Prerequisites
1. You have created the financial condition types for additional IOF and regular IOF (see Create Financial Condition Types [page 98]).
2. You have assigned the financial condition types to a condition group type (see Assign Financial Condition Types to Condition Group Type [page 102]).
Procedure
Create Condition Group for IOF Over Committed Limit
1. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Financial Services Account Management Current SettingsFinancial Conditions Condition Group Edit Condition Group .
2. On the Condition Group Edit screen, choose the Create Condition Group pushbutton in the left frame.3. Enter the following data:
Table 113:
Field Entry
Condition Group Type Settlement: Current Account
Condition Group Any number
Condition Group Description Any description
4. Choose Enter.5. Create the conditions described below.
Create Condition for Additional IOF
1. On the Condition Group Edit screen (see above), choose the Condition (Create Condition) pushbutton and select the condition for additional IOF over the committed limit that you previously created (see Create Financial Condition Types [page 98]).
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 109
2. Enter the following data:
Table 114:
Field Entry
Currency BRL
Valid From Start date of the validity period
3. On the Calculation tab page, enter the following data:
Table 115:
Field Entry
Description of Condition Any description
Rounding Category Round to the Nearest
Percentage Rate 0.38
Int. Calc. Method (Interest Calculation Method) 1/1
Rounding Unit 0
Interest Calc. (Exponential/Linear Interest Calculation) Straight-line
Create Condition for Regular IOF
1. On the Condition Group Edit screen (see above), choose the Condition (Create Condition) pushbutton and select the condition for regular IOF over the committed limit that you previously created (see Create Financial Condition Types [page 98]).
2. Enter the following data:
Table 116:
Field Entry
Currency BRL
Valid From Start date of the validity period
3. On the Calculation tab page, enter the following data:
Table 117:
Field Entry
Description of Condition Any description
Rounding Category Round to the Nearest
IntRateTimeUnit (Time Unit for Interest Rate) Interest Rate per Annum
110 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Field Entry
Percentage Rate 1.5
Int. Calc. Method (Interest Calculation Method) 365/365
Rounding Unit 0
Interest Calc. (Exponential/Linear Interest Calculation) Straight-line
Create Condition Group for IOF Over Tolerated Limit
1. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Financial Services Account Management Current SettingsFinancial Conditions Condition Group Edit Condition Group .
2. On the Condition Group Edit screen, choose the Create Condition Group pushbutton in the left frame.3. Enter the following data:
Table 118:
Field Entry
Condition Group Type Settlement: Current Account
Condition Group Any number
Condition Group Description Any description
4. Choose Enter.5. Create the conditions described below.
Create Condition for Additional IOF
1. On the Condition Group Edit screen (see above), choose the Condition (Create Condition) pushbutton and select the condition for additional IOF over the tolerated limit that you previously created (see Create Financial Condition Types [page 98]).
2. Enter the following data:
Table 119:
Field Entry
Currency BRL
Valid From Start date of the validity period
3. On the Calculation tab page, enter the following data:
Table 120:
Field Entry
Description of Condition Any description
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 111
Field Entry
Rounding Category Round to the Nearest
Percentage Rate 0.38
Int. Calc. Method (Interest Calculation Method) 1/1
Rounding Unit 0
Interest Calc. (Exponential/Linear Interest Calculation) Straight-line
Create Condition for Regular IOF
1. On the Condition Group Edit screen (see above), choose the Condition (Create Condition) pushbutton and select the condition for regular IOF over the tolerated limit that you previously created (see Create Financial Condition Types [page 98]).
2. Enter the following data:
Table 121:
Field Entry
Currency BRL
Valid From Start date of the validity period
3. On the Calculation tab page, enter the following data:
Table 122:
Field Entry
Description of Condition Any description
Rounding Category Round to the Nearest
IntRateTimeUnit (Time Unit for Interest Rate) Interest Rate per Annum
Percentage Rate 1.5
Int. Calc. Method (Interest Calculation Method) 365/365
Rounding Unit 0
Interest Calc. (Exponential/Linear Interest Calculation) Straight-line
Create Condition Group for Interest
Create Condition for Debit Interest
1. On the Condition Group Edit screen (see above), choose the Condition (Create Condition) pushbutton and select Debit Interest (105100).
112 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
2. Enter the following data:
Table 123:
Field Entry
Currency BRL
Valid From Start date of the validity period
3. On the Calculation tab page, enter the following data:
Table 124:
Field Entry
Description of Condition Any description
Rounding Category Round to the Nearest
IntRateTimeUnit (Time Unit for Interest Rate) Interest Rate per Annum
Percentage Rate 103.97
Int. Calc. Method (Interest Calculation Method) 360/360
Rounding Unit 0
Interest Calc. (Exponential/Linear Interest Calculation) Straight-line
Create Condition for Overdraft Interest
1. On the Condition Group Edit screen (see above), choose the Condition (Create Condition) pushbutton and select Overdraft Interest (105120).
2. Enter the following data:
Table 125:
Field Entry
Currency BRL
Valid From Start date of the validity period
3. On the Calculation tab page, enter the following data:
Table 126:
Field Entry
Description of Condition Any description
Rounding Category Round to the Nearest
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 113
Field Entry
IntRateTimeUnit (Time Unit for Interest Rate) Interest Rate per Annum
Percentage Rate 103.97
Int. Calc. Method (Interest Calculation Method) 365/365
Rounding Unit 0
Interest Calc. (Exponential/Linear Interest Calculation) Straight-line
4. Save your entries.
4.3.2.4.3 Create Condition Group and Conditions for Transactions
Use
You define the condition group and conditions that you use for transactions related to checking accounts as follows:
Procedure
Create Condition Group for Transactions
1. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Financial Services Account Management Current SettingsFinancial Conditions Condition Group Edit Condition Group .
2. On the Condition Group Edit screen, choose the Create Condition Group pushbutton in the left frame.3. Enter the following data:
Table 127:
Field Entry
Condition Group Type Transaction: Current Account
Condition Group Any number
Condition Group Description Any description
4. Choose Enter.5. Create the conditions described below.
Create Condition for the Value Date
114 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
1. On the Condition Group Edit screen (see above), choose the Condition (Create Condition) pushbutton and select Value Date (205010).
2. Enter the following data:
Table 128:
Field Entry
Currency BRL
Valid From Start date of the validity period
3. On the Calculation tab page, enter the following data:
Table 129:
Field Entry
Description of Condition Any description
Value Date Def. (Value Date Definition Category) No Value Date Calculation
Type of Days Calendar days
Number of Days 0
Working Day Shift No shift
Tolerance Days Val.Dte.Min 3
Tolerance Days Val.Dte.Max 3
Create Condition for the Transaction Charge
1. On the Condition Group Edit screen (see above), choose the Condition (Create Condition) pushbutton and select Transaction Charge (115050).
2. Enter the following data:
Table 130:
Field Entry
Currency BRL
Transaction Type 020000
Valid From Start date of the validity period
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 115
3. On the Calculation tab page, enter the following data:
Table 131:
Field Entry
Description of Condition Any description
Rounding Cat. (Rounding Category) Round to the Nearest
Tiered/Interval No Tiered/Interval
Amount 2.00
4. Save your entries.
4.3.2.4.4 Create Condition Group and Conditions for Events
Use
You define the condition group and condition that the system uses when a certain event occurs. For example, if a customer creates a new standing order or changes the parameters of an existing standing order, you want the system to calculate a charge directly on the checking account. You create the condition group and conditions as follows:
Procedure
Create Condition Group for Events
1. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Financial Services Account Management Current SettingsFinancial Conditions Condition Group Edit Condition Group .
2. On the Condition Group Edit screen, choose the Create Condition Group pushbutton in the left frame.3. Enter the following data:
Table 132:
Field Entry
Condition Group Type Events: Checking Account
Condition Group Any number
Condition Group Description Any description
4. Choose Enter.5. Create the condition described below.
Create Condition for Direct Charge
116 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
1. On the Condition Group Edit screen (see above), choose the Condition (Create Condition) pushbutton and select Direct Charge (Fixed Amt) (115060).
2. Enter the following data:
Table 133:
Field Entry
Currency BRL
Valid From Start date of the validity period
3. On the Calculation tab page, enter the following data:
Table 134:
Field Entry
Description of Condition Any description
Amount 5.00
4. Save your entries.
4.3.2.5 Business Add-Ins and Interfaces
Localization-Specific Business Add-Ins (BAdIs)
The Business Add-In (BAdI) for checking accounts is specific to the Brazil localization and is provided with a default implementation. The default implementation can be redefined by customer-specific implementations, as required.
You can access that BAdI in Customizing for Financial Services under Account Management Contract Management Account Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) Country-Specific Settings Brazil .
BAdI: Retrieval of Information About Payment Default
You can use this BAdI to determine whether a bank customer contract is in default.
The default implementation determines that a bank customer contract is in default when the account balance exceeds the committed limit. In addition, it sets a 30-day grace period before setting the payment default.
4.3.3 Time Deposit
4.3.3.1 Introduction
The sample time deposit products for Brazil enable you to calculate financial operation tax (IOF), withholding tax (IRRF), and interest when bank customers withdraw funds from time deposit accounts.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 117
NoteFor more information about the business processes and functions related to time deposits for Brazil, see SAP Library at http://help.sap.com/bankingservices80loc Localizations for Banking Services from SAPBrazil Account Management (FS-AM) Deposits Time Deposits .
4.3.3.2 Settings Delivered As Standard
Product Templates
The standard delivery for Brazil contains the following product templates for time deposits:
● Time deposits allowing early withdrawals (_BR_TD)● Time deposits not allowing early withdrawals (_BR_TD_EWN)
Product Attributes
This section contains the product-specific attributes that are necessary to meet requirements in Brazil. You access the product attributes in Customizing for Financial Services under Account Management Product Management Product Definition Account Products Change Account Product .
Table 135:
Name of Product Attribute Path to Product Attribute Description of Product Attribute
Condition Type for Regressive IOF Used Attributes Country-Specific
Attributes Brazil Taxes
Regressive IOF Condition Type for
Regressive IOF
Indicates the condition type that the system uses to calculate regressive IOF.
Condition Type for Regressive IOF Calc. Base
Used Attributes Country-Specific
Attributes Brazil Taxes
Regressive IOF Condition Type for
Regressive IOF Calc. Base
Indicates the condition type that the system uses to determine base amount for calculating regressive IOF.
Definition of Start Date for Calculation Used Attributes Country-Specific
Attributes Brazil Taxes
Withholding Tax Definition of Start
Date for Calculation
Indicates the start date for the calculation of withholding tax (IRRF).
118 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Name of Product Attribute Path to Product Attribute Description of Product Attribute
Condition Type for Withholding Tax Used Attributes Country-Specific
Attributes Brazil Taxes
Withholding Tax Condition Type for
Withholding Tax
Indicates the condition type that the system uses to calculate withholding tax (IRRF).
Condition Type for IRRF Calculation Base Used Attributes Country-Specific
Attributes Brazil Taxes
Withholding Tax Condition Type for
IRRF Calculation Base
Indicates the condition type that the system uses to determine the base amount for calculating withholding tax (IRRF).
NoteFor more information about the product attributes, see the documentation for each attribute in the system.
4.3.3.3 Configuration Steps in Customizing
Use
To use the time deposit product that you create on the basis of the sample financial products (_BR_TD or _BR_TD_EWN) for Brazil, you make the settings described below.
Procedure
Create Time Deposit Product
1. Create your own checking account product in Customizing for Financial Services under Account Management Product Management Product Definition Account Products Create Account Product .
2. Enter the following data:
Table 136:
Field Entry
New Product Enter the technical name of your product.
Template Product _BR_TD or _BR_TD_EWN
Product Version 0001
3. Choose Enter.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 119
4. On the Product Create: Administration screen, enter a description and validity period for the product and choose Enter.
5. In the product attributes structure, choose Financial Conditions Condition Groups Condition Group .6. Enter the IDs that you want to use for the following condition groups (see Master Data Settings [page 120]):
○ Settlement○ Transactions○ Events
7. Complete the master data settings described below and then save and activate your product.
4.3.3.4 Master Data Settings
4.3.3.4.1 Introduction
To use the time deposit products that you create based on the sample products for Brazil, you enter the master data described below.
4.3.3.4.2 Enter Tax Rates
Use
To enable the system to calculate the correct amount of financial operation tax (IOF) and withholding tax (IRRF) on time deposit accounts, you enter the applicable rates for each type of tax.
Procedure
Enter Tax Rates for Regressive IOF
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Conditions Country-Specific Settings Brazil Taxes Enter Regressive Tax Rates for IOF .
2. Enter the legally defined IOF rates along with the effective date and the validity period for each rate.
Enter Tax Rates for Progressive IRRF
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Conditions Country-Specific Settings Brazil Taxes Enter Progressive Tax Rates for IRRF .
2. Enter the legally defined IRRF rates along with the effective date and the validity period for each rate.
120 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
4.3.3.4.3 Create Condition Group and Conditions for Settlement
Use
To determine how the system calculates fixed and variable interest for time deposits, you define a condition group and the corresponding conditions.
Prerequisites
If you want to use a variable rate of interest, you must have entered the CDI (Intrabank rate for investment funds) percentage rates on the SAP Easy Access screen under Financial Services Account Management Current Settings Financial Conditions Reference Interest Rates Edit Reference Interest Rates .
Procedure
Create Condition Group for Settlement
1. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Financial Services Account Management Current SettingsFinancial Conditions Condition Group Edit Condition Group .
2. On the Condition Group Edit screen, choose the Create Condition Group pushbutton in the left frame.3. Enter the following data:
Table 137:
Field Entry
Condition Group Type Settlement: Time Deposit
Condition Group Any number
Condition Group Description Any description
4. Choose Enter.5. Create the conditions described below.
Create Condition for Fixed Interest
1. On the Condition Group Edit screen (see above), choose the Condition (Create Condition) pushbutton and select Credit Int. TDep. BR Var. (105117).
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 121
2. Enter the following data:
Table 138:
Field Entry
Currency BRL
Valid From Start date of the validity period
3. On the Calculation tab page, enter the following data:
Table 139:
Field Entry
Description of Condition Any description
Rounding Category Round to the Nearest
IntRateTimeUnit (Time Unit for Interest Rate) Interest rate per Annum
Percentage Rate 10
Int. Calc. Method (Interest Calculation Method) Act/360
Rounding Unit 0
Interest Calc. (Exponential/Linear Interest Calculation) Exponential
Int.Stllm.Freq (Interest Settlement Frequency) Annual Interest
Create Condition for Variable Interest
1. On the Condition Group Edit screen (see above), choose the Condition (Create Condition) pushbutton and select BR Credit Int. TDep. Var. (105117).
2. Enter the following data:
Table 140:
Field Entry
Currency BRL
Valid From Start date of the validity period
3. On the Calculation tab page, enter the following data:
Table 141:
Field Entry
Description of Condition Any description
122 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Field Entry
Rounding Category Round to the Nearest
IntRateTimeUnit (Time Unit for Interest Rate) Interest rate per Annum
Ref.Int.Rate (Reference Interest Rate) CDI
Int. Calc. Method (Interest Calculation Method) ActW/252
Int. Calendar BR
Rounding Unit 0
Interest Calc. (Exponential/Linear Interest Calculation) Exponential
Int.Stllm.Freq (Interest Settlement Frequency) Annual Interest
4. In the Adjustment Date section of the Adjustment tab page, enter the following data:
Table 142:
Field Entry
Frequency Cat. Periodic
Repet. Period 1
Repet. Unit Days
RefDatStartDate At Start of Term
Shift Number 0
Work. Day Shift No Shift
Calendar for Working Day Shift BR
5. In the Fixing Date section of the Adjustment tab page, enter the following data:
Table 143:
Field Entry
Frequency Cat. Relative
Ref. Date Catg Adjustment
+/-Working Days 0
Work. Day Shift No Shift
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 123
Field Entry
Calendar for Working Day Shift BR
6. Save your entries.
4.3.3.4.4 Create Condition Group and Conditions for Transactions
Use
You define the condition group and conditions that you use for transactions related to time deposits.
Procedure
Create Condition Group for Transactions
1. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Financial Services Account Management Current SettingsFinancial Conditions Condition Group Edit Condition Group .
2. On the Condition Group Edit screen, choose the Create Condition Group pushbutton in the left frame.3. Enter the following data:
Table 144:
Field Entry
Condition Group Type Transaction: Time Deposit
Condition Group Any number
Condition Group Description Any description
4. Choose Enter.5. Create the condition described below.
Create Condition for the Value Date
1. On the Condition Group Edit screen (see above), choose the Condition (Create Condition) pushbutton and select Value Date (205010).
124 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
2. Enter the following data:
Table 145:
Field Entry
Currency BRL
Valid From Start date of the validity period
3. Save your entries.
4.3.3.4.5 Create Condition Group and Conditions for Events
Use
You define the condition group and condition that the system uses when a certain event occurs, for example, when a bank customer makes an early withdrawal from a time deposit account.
Procedure
Create Condition Group for Events
1. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Financial Services Account Management Current SettingsFinancial Conditions Condition Group Edit Condition Group .
2. On the Condition Group Edit screen, choose the Create Condition Group pushbutton in the left frame.3. Enter the following data:
Table 146:
Field Entry
Condition Group Type Events: Time Deposit
Condition Group Any number
Condition Group Description Any description
4. Choose Enter.5. Create the condition described below.
Create Condition for Direct Charge
1. On the Condition Group Edit screen (see above), choose the Condition (Create Condition) pushbutton and select Admin Charge EWTD (115500).
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 125
2. Enter the following data:
Table 147:
Field Entry
Currency BRL
Valid From Start date of the validity period
3. On the Calculation tab page, enter the following data:
Table 148:
Field Entry
Description of Condition Any description
Payment Currency BRL
Amount 500.00
4. Save your entries.
4.3.4 Multidate Savings Account
4.3.4.1 Introduction
The sample account product for multidate savings accounts allows you to meet legal requirements in Brazil, such as calculating interest as outlined in Brazilian law number 12.703 from 2012.
NoteFor more information about the business processes and functions related to savings accounts for Brazil, see SAP Library at http://help.sap.com/bankingservices80loc Localizations for Banking Services from SAPBrazil Account Management (FS-AM) Deposits Savings Accounts .
CautionFor accrual purposes, the system uses the daily base rate of Selic interest rate, which can generate slight differences between the accrued amount and the settled amount.
126 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
4.3.4.2 Settings Delivered As Standard
Product Templates
The standard delivery for Brazil includes a product template for multidate savings accounts called: _BR_ACCSPR.
Settings for Interest Calculation
To meet requirements in Brazil for interest calculation on multidate savings accounts, the standard delivery includes the following settings:
● Posting types, transaction types, and corresponding assignments● Condition group types and financial condition types● Calculation bases
The settings enable the calculation of base and additional interest, separated into interest on deposits made before May 4, 2012 and interest on deposits made as of that date.
4.3.4.3 Master Data Settings
4.3.4.3.1 Introduction
To use the multidate savings account product that you create based on the sample product for Brazil, you enter the master data described below.
4.3.4.3.2 Create Condition Group and Financial Conditions for Settlement
Use
To define base and additional rates for interest calculation on multidate savings accounts, you must create a condition group and the corresponding conditions for settlement, taking into account separate conditions for deposits made before May 4, 2012 and as of that date.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 127
Prerequisites
You have entered the base interest percentage rates for final period reference rate (TR) and Selic rate target on the SAP Easy Access screen, under Financial Services Account Management Current Settings Financial Conditions Reference Interest Rates Edit Reference Interest Rates .
Procedure
Create Condition Group for Settlement
1. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Financial Services Account Management Current SettingsFinancial Conditions Condition Group Edit Condition Group .
2. On the Condition Group Edit screen, choose the Create Condition Group pushbutton in the left frame.3. Enter the following data:
Table 149:
Field Entry
Condition Group Type Enter Settlement Private Saving or any custom condition group type that you have created for this purpose.
Condition Group Enter any number.
Condition Group Description Enter any description.
4. Choose Enter.5. Create the conditions described below.
Create Financial Condition for Base Interest Calculation (Before May 4, 2012)
1. On the Condition Group Edit screen (see above), choose the Condition (Create Condition) pushbutton and select Cr. Base Priv Pre 05.12 or any custom condition that you have created for this purpose.
2. Enter the following data:
Table 150:
Field Entry
Currency BRL
Valid From Start date of the validity period
128 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
3. On the Calculation tab page, enter the following data:
Table 151:
Field Entry
Description of Condition Enter any description.
Int. Calc. Method (Interest Calculation Method) 365/365
Ref. Int. Rate (Reference Interest Rate) TR
4. On the Adjustment tab page, enter the following data:
Table 152:
Field Entry
Frequency Cat. Periodic
Repet. Period 1
Repet. Unit Days
RefDatStartdate At start of settlement period
Table 153:
Field Entry
Frequency Cat. Relative
Ref. Date Catg Adjustment
Working Days 2
5. Choose Enter.
Create Financial Condition for Additional Interest Calculation (Before May 4, 2012)
1. On the Condition Group Edit screen (see above), choose the Condition (Create Condition) pushbutton and select Cr. Add. Priv Pre 05.12 or any custom condition that you have created for this purpose.
2. Enter the following data:
Table 154:
Field Entry
Currency BRL
Valid From Start date of the validity period
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 129
3. On the Calculation tab page, enter the following data:
Table 155:
Field Entry
Description of Condition Enter any description.
Int. Calc. Method (Interest Calculation Method) 365/365
Percentage Rate 0.5
4. Save your entries.
Create Financial Condition for Base Interest Calculation (as of May 4, 2012)
1. On the Condition Group Edit screen (see above), choose the Condition (Create Condition) pushbutton and select Cr. Base Priv Post 05.12 or any custom condition that you have created for this purpose.
2. Enter the following data:
Table 156:
Field Entry
Currency BRL
Valid From Start date of the validity period
3. On the Calculation tab page, enter the following data:
Table 157:
Field Entry
Description of Condition Enter any description.
Int. Calc. Method (Interest Calculation Method) 365/365
Ref. Int. Rate (Reference Interest Rate) TR
4. On the Adjustment tab page, enter the following data:
Table 158:
Field Entry
Frequency Cat. Periodic
Repet. Period 1
Repet. Unit Days
RefDatStartdate At start of settlement period
130 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Table 159:
Field Entry
Frequency Cat. Relative
Ref. Date Catg Adjustment
Working Days 2
5. Choose Enter.
Create Financial Condition for Additional Interest Calculation (as of May 4, 2012)
1. On the Condition Group Edit screen (see above), choose the Condition (Create Condition) pushbutton and select Cr. Add. Priv Post 05.12 or any custom condition that you have created for this purpose.
2. Enter the following data:
Table 160:
Field Entry
Currency BRL
Valid From Start date of the validity period
3. On the Calculation tab page, enter the following data:
Table 161:
Field Entry
Description of Condition Enter any description.
Int. Calc. Method (Interest Calculation Method) 365/365
Ref. Int. Rate (Reference Interest Rate) SELIC
Relative Markup/Markdown Selected
Markup/Markdown Percentage 70
4. Save your entries.
4.3.4.3.3 Create Condition Group and Conditions for Transactions
Use
You define the condition group and conditions that you use for transactions related to private and nonprofit savings accounts.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 131
Procedure
Create Condition Group for Transactions
1. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Financial Services Account Management Current SettingsFinancial Conditions Condition Group Edit Condition Group .
2. On the Condition Group Edit screen, choose the Create Condition Group pushbutton in the left frame.3. Enter the following data:
Table 162:
Field Entry
Condition Group Type Enter Trans. Savings Multi-Date or any custom condition that you have created for this purpose.
Condition Group Enter any number.
Condition Group Description Enter any description.
4. Choose Enter.5. Create the conditions described below.
Create Condition
1. On the Condition Group Edit screen (see above), choose the Condition (Create Condition) pushbutton and select Value Date.
2. Enter the following data:
Table 163:
Field Entry
Currency BRL
Valid From Start date of the validity period
End Date 31.12.9999
3. Save your entries.
4.3.4.4 Configuration Steps in Customizing
4.3.4.4.1 Introduction
This section describes how to configure the system to deal with the specific requirements of multidate savings accounts in Brazil.
132 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
4.3.4.4.2 Create Savings Account Product and Configure Attributes
Use
To use the multidate savings account, you must create a product based on the product template delivered by SAP for Brazil (_BR_ACCSPR) and make the settings described below.
Prerequisites
You have created the condition groups and corresponding financial conditions that you use for:
● Settlement (see Create Condition Group and Financial Conditions for Settlement [page 127])● Transaction (see Create Condition Group and Conditions for Transactions [page 131])
Procedure
1. Create your own multidate savings account product in Customizing for Financial Services under Account Management Product Management Product Definition Account Products Create Account Product .
2. Enter the following data:
Table 164:
Field Entry
New Product Enter the technical name of your product.
Template Product _BR_ACCSPR
Product Version Latest version
3. Choose Enter.4. On the Product Create: Administration screen, enter a description and validity period for the product and
choose Enter.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 133
5. In the product attributes structure, configure the product attributes in the table below:
Table 165:
Product Attribute Path in Product Attribute Tree Description
Condition Group Used Attributes Financial
Conditions Condition Groups
Enter the IDs that you want to use for the following condition groups:
○ Settlement○ Transaction
Condition Type for Base Interest Before 2012–05–04
Used Attributes Country-Specific
Attributes Brazil Savings Account
Savings Multi-Date
Enter the condition type that you use to calculate the base interest of savings accounts for deposits made before May 4, 2012.
Condition Type for Add. Interest Before 2012–05–04
Used Attributes Country-Specific
Attributes Brazil Savings Account
Savings Multi-Date
Enter the condition type that you use to calculate the additional interest of savings accounts for deposits made before May 4, 2012.
Condition Type for Base Interest as of 2012–05–04
Used Attributes Country-Specific
Attributes Brazil Savings Account
Savings Multi-Date
Enter the condition type that you use to calculate the base interest of savings accounts for deposits made as of May 4, 2012.
Condition Type for Add. Interest as of 2012–05–04
Used Attributes Country-Specific
Attributes Brazil Savings Account
Savings Multi-Date
Enter the condition type that you use to calculate the additional interest of savings accounts for deposits made as of May 4, 2012.
6. Save and activate your product.
4.3.4.4.3 Define Job Nets
Use
To ensure the system calculates interest correctly multidate savings accounts, you define the reports that need to be executed during the end-of-day processing, as described below.
Prerequisites
You have created at least one savings account product using the template delivered by SAP (_BR_ACCSPR).
134 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Procedure
1. Define the report execution in Customizing for Financial Services under Account Management End-of-Day Processing Define Job Nets .
2. Double-click Usable Reports to access this view, click the New Entries pushbutton, and enter the following data:
Table 166:
Field Entry
Report /FSLBR/SAV_CREATE_INFOITEM_PP
Description Calculate Multidate Balance
Restart Mode Choose the appropriate value.
3. Choose Enter.4. Double-click Process Flow Template to access this view, choose a process flow, and double-click Reports of
the Process Flow Template.5. Click the New Entries pushbutton to add a line for the Calculate Multidate Balance report, and enter the
following data:
Table 167:
Field Entry
Report No. Enter any number.
Report /FSLBR/SAV_CREATE_INFOITEM_PP
6. Double-click Predecessors <-> Successors, and click the New Entries pushbutton.7. Enter the following data to ensure that the Calculate Multidate Balance report runs after the change of the
posting date for payment transactions:
Table 168:
Field Entry
Report No. (First Column) 60
Report No. (Second Column) Enter the report number you created in step 5.
8. Click the New Entries pushbutton again and enter the following data to ensure that the Calculate Multidate Balance report runs before the change of the posting date for end-of-day processing:
Table 169:
Field Entry
Report No. (First Column) Enter the report number you created in step 5.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 135
Field Entry
Report No. (Second Column) 150
9. Double-click Reports of the Process Flow Template, click the New Entries pushbutton to add a line for the Accrue/Defer Account Results report, and enter the following data:
Table 170:
Field Entry
Report No. Enter any number.
Report RBCA_ACCRUE_RUN_PP
Var. Use a variant that selects the multidate savings account products.
10. Repeat steps 6–8 for the Accrue/Defer Account Results report, this time using the report number you created in step 9.
11. Double-click Reports of the Process Flow Template, click the New Entries pushbutton to add a line for the Account Settlement report, and enter the following data:
Table 171:
Field Entry
Report No. Enter any number.
Report RBCA_SETTLE_RUN_PP
Var. Use a variant that selects the multidate savings account products.
12. Double-click Predecessors <-> Successors, and click the New Entries pushbutton.13. Enter the following data to ensure that the Account Settlement report runs after the change of the posting
date for end-of-day processing for multidate savings accounts:
Table 172:
Field Entry
Report No. (First Column) 150
Report No. (Second Column) Enter the report number you created in step 11.
14. Save your entries.
136 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
4.3.4.4.4 Configure Localization Parameters
Use
This section contains the parameters that are necessary to meet requirements for multidate savings accounts in Brazil.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Configure Localization Parameters .
2. Choose the localization country Brazil and the parameter group SAVINGS_ACCOUNT_PRIVATE.3. Configure the parameters as required, as described below:
Table 173:
Parameter Subgroup Parameter Name Parameter Value
SELIC SELIC_RATE_BARRIER Enter the percentage value for Selic interest rate target above which the system changes the calculation formula for additional interest rate on multidate savings accounts (applicable to deposits made as of May 4, 2012). For example: 8.5.
TRANSACTION_TYPE CREDIT_INTEREST_PRE_05_2012 Enter the credit transaction types that you use to calculate base and additional interest on multidate savings accounts for deposits made before May 4, 2012.
TRANSACTION_TYPE CREDIT_MD_BALANCE_PRE_05_2012 Enter the transaction type that you use for credit info items to calculate the balance of multidate savings accounts for deposits made before May 4, 2012.
TRANSACTION_TYPE CREDIT_MD_BALANCE_POS_05_2012 Enter the transaction type that you use for credit info items to calculate the balance of multidate savings accounts for deposits made as of May 4, 2012.
TRANSACTION_TYPE DEBIT_MD_BALANCE_PRE_05_2012 Enter the transaction type that you use for debit info items to calculate the balance of multidate savings accounts for deposits made before May 4, 2012.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 137
Parameter Subgroup Parameter Name Parameter Value
TRANSACTION_TYPE DEBIT_MD_BALANCE_POS_05_2012 Enter the transaction type that you use for debit info items to calculate the balance of multidate savings accounts for deposits made as of May 4, 2012.
NoteFor more information about the parameters, see the documentation for each parameter in the system.
4.3.4.4.5 Create Legal Forms for Business Partner Checks
Use
To enable the sample implementation for the business partner check function, you must create a legal form for multidate savings accounts.
NoteFor more information about the business processes related to business partner checks for savings accounts, see SAP Library at http://help.sap.com/bankingservices80loc Localizations for Banking Services from SAP Brazil Account Management (FS-AM) Deposits Savings Accounts Master Data for Savings Accounts Business Partner Checks for Savings Accounts .
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Cross-Application Components, choose SAP Business Partner Business PartnerOrganizations Maintain Legal Forms .Enter the following data:
Table 174:
Field Entry
Legal Form 20
Description Enter a description for nonprofit company and natural person.
138 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Field Entry
Short Description Enter a short description for nonprofit company and natural person.
2. Save your entries.
4.3.5 Corporate Savings Account
4.3.5.1 Introduction
This section describes how to configure the system to process corporate savings accounts in line with the regulations. It covers the settings required for the following:
● Operational banking (see Configuration for Account Management [page 139])● Integration with analytical banking (see Integration Between Account Management and Bank Analyzer [page
166])● Analytical banking (see Configuration for Bank Analyzer [page 168])
NoteFor more information about the business processes and functions related to savings accounts for Brazil, see SAP Library at http://help.sap.com/bankingservices80loc Localizations for Banking Services from SAPBrazil Account Management (FS-AM) Deposits Savings Accounts .
4.3.5.2 Configuration for Account Management
4.3.5.2.1 Introduction
The sample account product for corporate savings accounts allows you to meet legal requirements in Brazil, such as calculating interest as outlined in Brazilian law number 12.703 from 2012.
4.3.5.2.2 Settings Delivered As Standard
Product Templates
The standard delivery for Brazil includes a product template for corporate savings accounts called: _SBR_DEPTC.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 139
Settings for Interest and Tax Calculation
To meet requirements in Brazil for interest and tax calculation on corporate savings accounts, the standard delivery includes the following settings:
● Non-balance-changing (NBC) transaction types● NBC posting categories● Assignment of NBC transaction types and NBC posting categories● Turnover classes to calculate interest● Own check result for invalid payment items● Error type for invalid posting period● Assignment of own check result to error type● Main rule set for error type● Payment note types
The settings enable the calculation of withholding tax, and base and additional interest, segregated for deposits made before May 4, 2012 and as of that date.
4.3.5.2.3 Configuration Steps in Customizing
4.3.5.2.3.1 Introduction
This section describes how to configure the system to deal with the specific requirements of corporate savings accounts in Brazil.
NoteYou must define all transaction types used to post payment items to corporate savings accounts with Own Check selected.
4.3.5.2.3.2 Create Condition Types and Condition Group Types for Settlement
Use
To define additional and base rates for interest calculation on corporate savings accounts, you create condition types and condition group types for settlement.
140 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Prerequisites
● You have created the transaction types for deposits made before and as of May 4, 2012 that you use to calculate base and additional interest and withholding tax. You define the transaction types in Customizing for Financial Services Financial Services under Account Management Item Management Basic FunctionsTransaction Types and Transaction Types Groups Maintain and Assign Transaction Types for Payment Items .
● You have created the posting types for deposits made before and as of May 4, 2012 that you use to calculate base and additional interest and withholding tax. You define the posting types in Customizing for Financial Services under Account Management Item Management Basic Functions Maintain Posting Types .
● You have assigned such transaction types to the corresponding posting types in Customizing for Financial Services under Account Management Item Management Basic Functions Assign Posting Types to Transaction Types .
Procedure
Create Condition Type for Base Interest for Settlement (Before May 4, 2012)
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management -> Product Management -> Financial Conditions -> Define Condition Type.
2. Enter the following data:
Table 175:
Field Entry
Condition Type Name Enter a name for your condition type, for example, Cr. Corp. Base Pre 04.05.2012.
Condition Category 105020
Posting Sign Credit
Screen Sequence 105022
Calc. Category 1010
Update Category 1011
Calc. Basis CSA_BB0305
Posting Type Enter the posting type that you have created for base interest before 2012–05–04, as previously described in Prerequisites.
PstingType PAdj 17
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 141
Field Entry
PstgType NgAdj. 14
ProcResCat 00004100
Proc. Res.Positive 00004102
ProcResultCategNeg 00004101
Process Result Type 00200010
Determ. Time StdCon. Use Conditions at Calculation Time
Determ. Time Ind.Con Condition Determination Timepoint as Standard Conditions
Cond. Determin Selected
Exch.Rate Type M
Totaled Base on Detailed Results
Charge Event Cat. Not Defined
Restart Info. Save Restart Information
RefIntRatAssign For Credit Balances
Seasonal Limit No Reference to Seasonal Limit
3. Choose Enter.4. Double click the Amount Category folder and enter the following data:
Table 176:
Field Entry
Amt Categ. 105030
5. Choose Enter.6. Save your entries.
Create Condition Type for Additional Interest for Settlement (Before May 4, 2012)
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management -> Product Management -> Financial Conditions -> Define Condition Type.
142 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
2. Enter the following data:
Table 177:
Field Entry
Condition Type Name Enter a name for your condition type, for example, Cr. Corp. Add Pre 04.05.2012.
Condition Category 105020
Posting Sign Credit
Screen Sequence 105022
Calc. Category 1010
Update Category 1011
Calc. Basis CSA_BB0305
Posting Type Enter the posting type that you have created for additional interest before 2012–05–04, as previously described in Prerequisites.
PstingType PAdj 17
PstgType NgAdj. 14
ProcResCat 00004100
Proc. Res.Positive 00004102
ProcResultCategNeg 00004101
Process Result Type 00200010
Determ. Time StdCon. Use Conditions at Calculation Time
Determ. Time Ind.Con Condition Determination Timepoint as Standard Conditions
Cond. Determin Selected
Exch.Rate Type M
Totaled Base on Detailed Results
Charge Event Cat. Not Defined
Restart Info. Save Restart Information
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 143
Field Entry
RefIntRatAssign For Credit Balances
Seasonal Limit No Reference to Seasonal Limit
3. Choose Enter.4. Double click the Amount Category folder and enter the following data:
Table 178:
Field Entry
Amt Categ. 220010
5. Choose Enter.6. Save your entries.
Create Condition Type for Base Interest for Settlement (as of May 4, 2012)
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management -> Product Management -> Financial Conditions -> Define Condition Type.
2. Enter the following data:
Table 179:
Field Entry
Condition Type Name Enter a name for your condition type, for example, Cr. Corp. Base Pre 04.05.2012.
Condition Category 105020
Posting Sign Credit
Screen Sequence 105022
Calc. Category 1010
Update Category 1011
Calc. Basis CSA_BB0305
Posting Type Enter the posting type that you have created for base interest as of 2012–05–04, as previously described in Prerequisites.
PstingType PAdj 17
PstgType NgAdj. 14
ProcResCat 00004100
144 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Field Entry
Proc. Res.Positive 00004102
ProcResultCategNeg 00004101
Process Result Type 00200010
Determ. Time StdCon. Use Conditions at Calculation Time
Determ. Time Ind.Con Condition Determination Timepoint as Standard Conditions
Cond. Determin Selected
Exch.Rate Type M
Totaled Base on Detailed Results
Charge Event Cat. Not Defined
Restart Info. Save Restart Information
RefIntRatAssign For Credit Balances
Seasonal Limit No Reference to Seasonal Limit
3. Choose Enter.4. Double click the Amount Category folder and enter the following data:
Table 180:
Field Entry
Amt Categ. 105030
5. Choose Enter.6. Save your entries.
Create Condition Type for Additional Interest for Settlement (as of May 4, 2012)
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management -> Product Management -> Financial Conditions -> Define Condition Type.
2. Enter the following data:
Table 181:
Field Entry
Condition Type Name Enter a name for your condition type, for example, Cr. Corp. Add Pre 04.05.2012.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 145
Field Entry
Condition Category 105020
Posting Sign Credit
Screen Sequence 105022
Calc. Category 1010
Update Category 1011
Calc. Basis CSA_BB0305
Posting Type Enter the posting type that you have created for additional interest as of 2012–05–04, as previously described in Prerequisites.
PstingType PAdj 17
PstgType NgAdj. 14
ProcResCat 00004100
Proc. Res.Positive 00004102
ProcResultCategNeg 00004101
Process Result Type 00200010
Determ. Time StdCon. Use Conditions at Calculation Time
Determ. Time Ind.Con Condition Determination Timepoint as Standard Conditions
Cond. Determin Selected
Exch.Rate Type M
Totaled Base on Detailed Results
Charge Event Cat. Not Defined
Restart Info. Save Restart Information
RefIntRatAssign For Credit Balances
Seasonal Limit No Reference to Seasonal Limit
3. Choose Enter.
146 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
4. Double click the Amount Category folder and enter the following data:
Table 182:
Field Entry
Amt Categ. 220010
5. Choose Enter.6. Save your entries.
Create Condition Group Type for Settlement
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management -> Product Management -> Financial Conditions -> Define Condition Group Type.
2. Enter the following data:
Table 183:
Field Entry
Con.Gr.Typ. Enter any number.
Condition Group Type Description Enter any description.
Con.Gr.Cat. 1
B Selected
Corresp. Ind. Conds Indicator Not Set
RCategory 0090 - Generic
3. Choose Enter.4. Double click the Condition Type folder and enter the following data:
Table 184:
Field Entry
CondTyp Enter the condition type that you have previously created in Create Condition Type for Base Interest for Settlement (Before May 4, 2012).
CondTyp Enter the condition type that you have previously created in Create Condition Type for Additional Interest for Settlement (Before May 4, 2012).
CondTyp Enter the condition type that you have previously created in Create Condition Type for Base Interest for Settlement (as of May 4, 2012).
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 147
Field Entry
CondTyp Enter the condition type that you have previously created in Create Condition Type for Additional Interest for Settlement (as of May 4, 2012).
5. Choose Enter.6. Save your entries.
4.3.5.2.3.3 Create Condition Types for Withholding Tax Calculation for Tax Manager
Use
The system uses tax manager to calculate withholding tax. To post the results of this calculation, tax manager uses two financial conditions, one for deposits made before May 4, 2012 and another for deposits made as of that date.
NoteFor more information about how to configure tax manager to calculate withholding tax on corporate savings accounts, see Withholding Tax on Corporate Savings Accounts [page 211].
Prerequisites
● You have created the transaction types for deposits made before and as of May 4, 2012 that you use to calculate withholding tax. You define the transaction types in Customizing for Financial Services under
Account Management Item Management Basic Functions Transaction Types and Transaction Types Groups Maintain and Assign Transaction Types for Payment Items .
● You have created the posting types for deposits made before and as of May 4, 2012 that you use to calculate withholding tax. You define the posting types in Customizing for Financial Services under Account Management Item Management Basic Functions Maintain Posting Types .
● You have assigned such transaction types to the corresponding posting types in Customizing for Financial Services under Account Management Item Management Basic Functions Assign Posting Types to Transaction Types .
Procedure
Create Condition Type for Withholding Tax (Before May 4, 2012)
148 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Conditions Define Condition Type
2. Enter the following data:
Table 185:
Field Entry
Condition Type Name Enter a name for your condition type, for example, Withholding Tax Corp. Sav. Pre 04.05.2012.
Condition Category 105020
Posting Sign Debit Memo
Screen Sequence 105021
Calc. Category 1010
Update Category 1011
Calc. Basis
Posting Type Enter the posting type that you have created for withholding tax before 2012-05-04, as previously described in Prerequisites.
PstingType PAdj 16
PstgType NgAdj. 13
ProcResCat 00004103
Proc. Res.Positive 00004105
ProcResultCategNeg 00004104
Process Result Type 00200030
Determ. Time StdCon. Use Conditions at Calculation Time Determ.
Time Ind.Con Condition Determination Timepoint as Standard Conditions
Cond. Determin Selected
Exch.Rate Type M
Totaled Base on Detailed Results
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 149
Field Entry
Charge Event Cat. Not Defined
Restart Info. Save Restart Information
RefIntRatAssign For Credit Balances
Seasonal Limit No Reference to Seasonal Limit
3. Choose Enter.4. Save your entries.
Create Condition Type for Withholding Tax (as of May 4, 2012)
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Conditions Define Condition Type
2. Enter the following data:
Table 186:
Field Entry
Condition Type Name Enter a name for your condition type, for example, Withholding Tax Corp. Sav. Pos 04.05.2012.
Condition Category 105020
Posting Sign Debit Memo
Screen Sequence 105021
Calc. Category 1010
Update Category 1011
Calc. Basis
Posting Type Enter the posting type that you have created for withholding tax as of 2012–05–04, as previously described in Prerequisites.
PstingType PAdj 16
PstgType NgAdj. 13
ProcResCat 00004103
Proc. Res.Positive 00004105
150 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Field Entry
ProcResultCategNeg 00004104
Process Result Type 00200030
Determ. Time StdCon. Use Conditions at Calculation Time Determ.
Time Ind.Con Condition Determination Timepoint as Standard Conditions
Cond. Determin Selected
Exch.Rate Type M
Totaled Base on Detailed Results
Charge Event Cat. Not Defined
Restart Info. Save Restart Information
RefIntRatAssign For Credit Balances
Seasonal Limit No Reference to Seasonal Limit
3. Choose Enter.4. Save your entries.
4.3.5.2.3.4 Create Non-Balance-Changing Transaction Types and Posting Categories
Use
To split the account balance of a corporate savings account between deposits made before and as of May 4, 2012, you create four non-balancing-changing (NBC) transaction types and assign them to the corresponding non-balance-changing posting categories.
NoteWhen you create the non-balancing-changing posting categories, use the standard NBC Process Data Transfer -Inventory (5000).
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 151
Procedure
Create Non-Balance-Changing Transaction Type
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management Basic FunctionsMaintain Non-Balance-Changing Transaction Types .
2. For each NBC transaction type that you want to create, enter the following data:
Table 187:
Field Entry
Non-Bal.ChngTransTyp Enter an ID for your condition type, for example, 600010.
TransTypDes Enter a description for your condition type, for example, Dr.Bal. Bef. 2012-05-04.
3. Save your entries.
NoteYou assign the transaction types to your corporate savings account product. For more information, see Create Savings Account Product and Configure Attributes [page 163].
Create Non-Balance-Changing Posting Categories
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management Basic FunctionsMaintain Non-Balance-Changing Posting Categories .
2. For each posting category that you want to create, enter the following data:
Table 188:
Field Entry
NBCPostCat Enter an ID for your posting category, for example, 60.
Desc.Ps.Ct. Enter a description for your transaction type, for example, Debit Balance.
NBCProcess 5000
Desc.Proc. Data Transfer - Inventory
3. Save your entries.
Assign Non-Balance-Changing Transaction Types to Non-Balance-Changing Posting Categories
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management Basic FunctionsAssign Non-Bal-Changing Posting Categories to Non-Bal-Changing Trans.Types .
152 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
2. For each mapping that you want to create between the transaction types and posting categories that you have create in the previous steps, enter the following data:
Table 189:
Field Entry
Non-Bal. Chg PostCat Enter the ID for your posting category, for example, 60.
Non-Bal.ChngTransTyp Enter the ID for your transaction type, for example, Debit Balance.
3. Save your entries.
4.3.5.2.3.5 Create Posting Control Rules
Use
To raise an error message when users create invalid payment items, you customize own check results, own check error type, and main rule set.
Procedure
Define Own Check Result
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management Posting Control Rules Define Own Check Results .
2. Enter the following data:
Table 190:
Field Entry
Result No. Enter the ID for your own check result, for example, SC01.
Appl. Area /FSLBR/SAV_ACCT
Message 048
3. Save your entries.
Define Error Types
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management Posting Control Rules Error Types Define Error Types .
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 153
2. Enter the following data:
Table 191:
Field Entry
Error Type Enter the ID for your error type, for example, SC1.
Error Type Description Enter a description for your error type, for example, Invalid SavCorp Posting Period.
3. Save your entries.
Assign Error Types
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management Posting Control Rules Error Types Assign Error Types .
2. Enter the following data:
Table 192:
Field Entry
Check Obj Own Check
Check Own Check
Result No. Enter the ID for the own check result that you have previously created.
Error Type Enter the ID for the error type that you have previously created.
3. Save your entries.
Define Main Rule Set
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management Posting Control Rules Define Main Rule Set .
2. Enter the following data:
Table 193:
Field Entry
ErrorType Enter the ID for the error type that you have previously created.
Ty. Ordering Party
First Resp Post Processing
3. Save your entries.
154 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
4.3.5.2.3.6 Create Types for Structured Payment Notes
Use
To link the payment items to the non-balance-changing (NBC) items that you have created in Create Non-Balance-Changing Transaction Types and Posting Categories [page 151], you create two payment note types:
● One for posting of NBC items before May 04, 2012● One for posting as of May 04, 2012
Procedure
Create Payment Notes Types
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management Basic FunctionsBasic Posting Settings Define Types for Structured Payment Notes .
2. For each payment note type that you want to create, enter the following data:
Table 194:
Field Entry
Payt Notes Type Enter an ID for the payment note type, for example, 600.
Descr. Type Payt Nts Enter a description for the payment note type, for example, NBC Before 2012-05-04.
3. Save your entries.
4.3.5.2.3.7 Create Legal Forms for Business Partner Checks
Use
To enable the sample implementation for the business partner check function, you must create a legal form for corporate savings accounts.
NoteFor more information about the business processes related to business partner checks for savings accounts, see SAP Library at http://help.sap.com/bankingservices80loc Localizations for Banking Services from SAP Brazil Account Management (FS-AM) Deposits Savings Accounts Master Data for Savings Accounts Business Partner Checks for Savings Accounts .
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 155
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Cross-Application Components, choose SAP Business Partner Business PartnerOrganizations Maintain Legal Forms .Enter the following data:
Table 195:
Field Entry
Legal Form 30
Description Enter a description for profitable company.
Short Description Enter a short description for profitable company.
2. Save your entries.
4.3.5.2.3.8 Configure Localization Parameters
Use
This section contains the parameters that are necessary to meet requirements for corporate savings accounts in Brazil.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Configure Localization Parameters .
2. Choose the localization country Brazil and the parameter group SAVINGS_ACCOUNT_CORPORATE.
156 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
3. Configure the parameters as required, as described below:
Table 196:
Parameter Subgroup Parameter Name Description
OWNCHECK_RESULT PAYITEM_INVALID_POSTING_PERIOD
Enter the result number of the own check that you use for errors that result from an invalid posting period in a payment item. For more information, see Create Posting Control Rules [page 153].
NoteYou can use the own check result SC01, which is delivered as standard, as the value for this parameter.
PAYMENT_NOTE_TYPE BALANCE_AFTER_MP567 Enter the payment note type that you use for non-balance-changing turnover posting for deposits made as of May 4, 2012. For more information, see Create Types for Structured Payment Notes [page 155].
NoteYou can use the payment note type 601, which is delivered as standard, as the value for this parameter.
PAYMENT_NOTE_TYPE BALANCE_BEFORE_MP567 Enter the payment note type that you use for non-balance-changing turnover posting for deposits made before May 4, 2012. For more information, see Create Types for Structured Payment Notes [page 155].
NoteYou can use the payment note type 600, which is delivered as standard, as the value for this parameter.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 157
Parameter Subgroup Parameter Name Description
SELIC SELIC_RATE_BARRIER Enter the percentage value for Selic interest rate target above which the system changes the calculation formula for additional interest rate on corporate savings accounts (applicable to deposits made as of May 4, 2012). For example: 8.5.
NoteFor more information about the localization parameters, see the documentation for each parameter in the system.
4.3.5.2.4 Master Data Settings
4.3.5.2.4.1 Introduction
To use the corporate savings account product that you create based on the sample product for Brazil, you enter the master data described below.
4.3.5.2.4.2 Create Condition Group and Conditions for Settlement
Use
To define additional and base rates for monthly interest calculation and withholding tax on corporate savings accounts, you create a condition group and corresponding conditions for settlement.
Prerequisites
You have entered the base interest percentage rates (TR) and Selic rate target on the SAP Easy Access screen, under Financial Services Account Management Current Settings Financial Conditions Reference Interest Rates Edit Reference Interest Rates .
158 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Procedure
Create Condition Group for Settlement
1. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Financial Services Account Management Current SettingsFinancial Conditions Condition Group Edit Condition Group .
2. On the Condition Group Edit screen, choose the Create Condition Group pushbutton in the left frame.3. Enter the following data:
Table 197:
Field Entry
Condition Group Type Enter the condition group type that you have created in section Create Condition Types and Condition Group Types for Settlement [page 140].
Condition Group Enter any number.
Condition Group Description Enter any description.
4. Choose Enter.5. Create the conditions described below.
Create Condition for Base Interest Calculation (Before May 4, 2012)
1. On the Condition Group Edit screen (see above), choose the Condition (Create Condition) pushbutton and select the condition type that you have created in Create Condition Type for Base Interest for Settlement (Before May 4, 2012) (see Create Condition Types and Condition Group Types for Settlement [page 140]).
2. Enter the following data:
Table 198:
Field Entry
Currency BRL
Valid From Start date of the validity period
3. On the Calculation tab page, enter the following data:
Table 199:
Field Entry
Description of Condition Enter any description.
IntRate TimeUnit (Interest Rate Time Unit) 12 Interest Rate per Month
Int. Calc. Method (Interest Calculation Method) 365/365
Ref. Int. Rate (Reference Interest Rate) TR
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 159
4. Choose Enter.
Create Condition for Additional Interest Calculation (Before May 4, 2012)
1. On the Condition Group Edit screen (see above), choose the Condition (Create Condition) pushbutton and select the condition type that you have created in Create Condition Type for Additional Interest for Settlement (Before May 4, 2012) (see Create Condition Types and Condition Group Types for Settlement [page 140]).
2. Enter the following data:
Table 200:
Field Entry
Currency BRL
Valid From Start date of the validity period
3. On the Calculation tab page, enter the following data:
Table 201:
Field Entry
Description of Condition Enter any description.
IntRate TimeUnit (Interest Rate Time Unit) 4 Interest Rate per Quarter
Int. Calc. Method (Interest Calculation Method) 365/365
Ref. Int. Rate (Reference Interest Rate) 1.5
4. On the Time Periods tab page, enter the following data:
Table 202:
Field Entry
Frequency Cat. Periodic
Repeat Period 3
Repeat Unit Months
1st Calc. Date 31.12.2999
Create Condition for Base Interest Calculation (as of May 4, 2012)
1. On the Condition Group Edit screen (see above), choose the Condition (Create Condition) pushbutton and select the condition type that you have created in Create Condition Type for Base Interest for Settlement (as of May 4, 2012) (see Create Condition Types and Condition Group Types for Settlement [page 140]).
160 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
2. Enter the following data:
Table 203:
Field Entry
Currency BRL
Valid From Start date of the validity period
3. On the Calculation tab page, enter the following data:
Table 204:
Field Entry
Description of Condition Enter any description.
IntRate TimeUnit (Interest Rate Time Unit) 12 Interest Rate per Month
Int. Calc. Method (Interest Calculation Method) 365/365
Ref. Int. Rate (Reference Interest Rate) TR
4. Choose Enter.
Create Condition for Additional Interest Calculation (as of May 4, 2012)
1. On the Condition Group Edit screen (see above), choose the Condition (Create Condition) pushbutton and select the condition type that you have created in Create Condition Type for Additional Interest for Settlement (as of May 4, 2012) (see Create Condition Types and Condition Group Types for Settlement [page 140]).
2. Enter the following data:
Table 205:
Field Entry
Currency BRL
Valid From Start date of the validity period
3. On the Calculation tab page, enter the following data:
Table 206:
Field Entry
Description of Condition Enter any description.
IntRate TimeUnit (Interest Rate Time Unit) 4 Interest Rate per Quarter
Int. Calc. Method (Interest Calculation Method) 365/365
Ref. Int. Rate (Reference Interest Rate) SELIC
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 161
Field Entry
Absolute Markup/Markdown Selected
Markup/Markdown Percentage 70
4.3.5.2.4.3 Create Condition Group and Conditions for Transactions
Use
You define the condition group and conditions that you use for transactions related to corporate savings accounts.
Procedure
Create Condition Group for Transactions
1. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Financial Services Account Management Current SettingsFinancial Conditions Condition Group Edit Condition Group .
2. On the Condition Group Edit screen, choose the Create Condition Group pushbutton in the left frame.3. Enter the following data:
Table 207:
Field Entry
Condition Group Type Enter Trans. Savings Corporate or any custom condition that you have created for this purpose.
Condition Group Enter any number.
Condition Group Description Enter any description.
4. Choose Enter.5. Create the conditions described below.
Create Conditions
1. On the Condition Group Edit screen (see above), choose the Condition (Create Condition) pushbutton and select Value Date.
162 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
2. Enter the following data:
Table 208:
Field Entry
Currency BRL
Valid From Start date of the validity period
End Date 31.12.9999
3. Save your entries.
4.3.5.2.5 Create Savings Account Product and Configure Attributes
Use
To use the corporate savings account product that you create based on the product template delivered by SAP for Brazil (_SBR_DEPTC), you make the settings described below.
Prerequisites
● You have created both the Settlement Condition Group and the Transaction Condition Group, as described in Master Data Settings [page 158].
● You have created the non-balance-changing transaction types and the corresponding non-balance-changing posting categories, as described in Configuration Steps in Customizing [page 140].
● You have created the transaction types for posting of withholding tax, for deposits made before and as of May 4, 2012, as described in Configuration Steps in Customizing [page 140].
Procedure
1. Create your own corporate savings account product in Customizing for Financial Services under Account Management Product Management Product Definition Account Products Create Account Product .
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 163
2. Enter the following data:
Table 209:
Field Entry
New Product Enter the technical name of your product.
Template Product _SBR_DEPTC
Product Version Latest version
3. Choose Enter.4. On the Product Create: Administration screen, enter a description and validity period for the product and
choose Enter.5. In the product attributes structure, configure the product attributes in the table below:
○ General settings
Table 210:
Product Attribute Path in Product Attribute Tree Description
Condition Group Used Attributes Financial
Conditions Condition Groups
Enter the IDs that you want to use for the following condition groups:
○ Settlement○ Transaction
Assignment Turnover Classes Posting Data Turnover
Classes
Enter the following turnover classes:
○ CSAB (SavCorp Bef. 2012-05-04)
○ CSAA (SavCorp as of 2012-05–04)
○ Settings for deposits made before May 4, 2012
Table 211:
Product Attribute Path in Product Attribute Tree Description
Condition Type for Base Interest Country-Specific Attributes
Brazil Savings Account
Corporate Before 2012-05-04
Enter the condition type that you use to calculate the base interest of savings accounts.
Condition Type for Additional Interest Country-Specific Attributes
Brazil Savings Account
Corporate Before 2012-05-04
Enter the condition type that you use to calculate the additional interest of savings accounts.
164 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Product Attribute Path in Product Attribute Tree Description
Transaction Type for Withholding Tax Country-Specific Attributes
Brazil Savings Account
Corporate Before 2012-05-04
Enter the transaction type used to post withholding tax.
Turnover Class for Savings Account Balance
Country-Specific Attributes
Brazil Savings Account
Corporate Before 2012-05-04
CSAB (SavCorp Bef. 2012-05-04)
Dr. Trans. Type for Non-Balance-Changing Turnover
Country-Specific Attributes
Brazil Savings Account
Corporate Before 2012-05-04
Enter the debit non-balance-changing transaction types.
Cr. Trans. Type for Non-Balance-Changing Turnover
Country-Specific Attributes
Brazil Savings Account
Corporate Before 2012-05-04
Enter the credit non-balance-changing transaction types.
○ Settings for deposits made as of May 4, 2012
Table 212:
Product Attribute Path in Product Attribute Tree Description
Condition Type for Base Interest Country-Specific Attributes
Brazil Savings Account
Corporate As of 2012-05-04
Enter the condition type that you use to calculate the base interest of savings accounts.
Condition Type for Additional Interest Country-Specific Attributes
Brazil Savings Account
Corporate As of 2012-05-04
Enter the condition type that you use to calculate the additional interest of savings accounts.
Transaction Type for Withholding Tax Country-Specific Attributes
Brazil Savings Account
Corporate As of 2012-05-04
Enter the transaction type used to post withholding tax.
Turnover Class for Savings Account Balance
Country-Specific Attributes
Brazil Savings Account
Corporate As of 2012-05-04
CSAA (SavCorp as of 2012-05–04)
Dr. Trans. Type for Non-Balance-Changing Turnover
Country-Specific Attributes
Brazil Savings Account
Corporate As of 2012-05-04
Enter the debit non-balance-changing transaction types.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 165
Product Attribute Path in Product Attribute Tree Description
Cr. Trans. Type for Non-Balance-Changing Turnover
Country-Specific Attributes
Brazil Savings Account
Corporate As of 2012-05-04
Enter the credit non-balance-changing transaction types.
6. Save and activate your product.
4.3.5.3 Integration Between Account Management and Bank Analyzer
4.3.5.3.1 Introduction
This section describes how to configure the system to exchange information between Account Management (FS-AM) and Bank Analyzer (FS-BA) for corporate savings accounts.
4.3.5.3.2 Create Flow Types
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management SettlementFlow Types Define Transaction Types .
2. Enter the following data:
Table 213:
Flow Type Flow Type Description
Enter an ID of your choice for the flow type for withholding tax (before May 4, 2012).
Enter a description of your choice, for example, Receivable: Withh. Tax Sav. Corp. Pre.
Enter an ID of your choice for the flow type for withholding tax (as of May 4, 2012).
Enter a description of your choice, for example, Receivable: Withh. Tax Sav. Corp. Pos.
3. Save your entries.
4.3.5.3.3 Assign Flow Types to Condition Types and Update Categories
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management SettlementFlow Types Assign Flow Types to Condition Types and Update Categories .
166 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
2. Enter the following data:
Table 214:
Condition Type Flow Type
Enter the condition type for base interest for settlement (before May 4, 2012).
120000 (Interest Revenue)
Enter the condition type for additional interest for settlement (before May 4, 2012).
120000 (Interest Revenue)
Enter the condition type for base interest for settlement (as of May 4, 2012).
120000 (Interest Revenue)
Enter the condition type for additional interest for settlement (as of May 4, 2012).
120000 (Interest Revenue)
Enter the condition type for withholding tax (before May 4, 2012).
Enter the flow type for withholding tax (before May 4, 2012).
Enter the condition type for withholding tax (as of May 4, 2012).
Enter the flow type for withholding tax (as of May 4, 2012).
3. Save your entries.
4.3.5.3.4 Define Exceptions for Master Data Messages
Use
The system calculates interest and accrual only in Account Management (FS-AM) for corporate savings accounts. For this reason, you configure the system to send lean messages to Bank Analyzer (FS-BA).
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Basic Settings Information Messages Define Exceptions .
2. Enter the following data:
Table 215:
Recip. ID Product
DCCHG Enter your savings account corporate product, for example, BR_SAV_CORP.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 167
3. Save your entries.
4.3.5.4 Configuration for Bank Analyzer
4.3.5.4.1 Introduction
This section describes how to configure the system to perform the accounting of corporate savings account in line with the regulations.
4.3.5.4.2 Settings Delivered as Standard
Production Control
The Business Content for Bank Analyzer (FS-BA) for Brazil includes a production control for corporate savings accounts called SBR_DEPT_C.
4.3.5.4.3 Configuration Steps in Customizing
4.3.5.4.3.1 Create Activity Types
Use
To enable the system to replicate data correctly in Bank Analyzer (FS-BA), you create activity types that correspond to the transaction types that you have created for corporate savings account in Account Management (FS-AM).
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Bank Analyzer Source Data Layer Primary Objects Flow Data Business Transactions Edit Activity Types .
168 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
2. Enter the following data:
Table 216:
TranType Desc. Trasact. Type Long Name trans.Type Debit/Credit
Enter the transaction type for withholding tax (before May 4, 2012).
Enter a description of your choice, for example, Withh. Tax Corp. Sav. Pre.
Enter a long description of your choice, for example, Withh. Tax Corp. Sav. Before May 4, 2012.
D Debit
Enter the transaction type for withholding tax (as of May 4, 2012).
Enter a description of your choice, for example, Withh. Tax Corp. Sav. Pos.
Enter a long description of your choice, for example, Withh. Tax Corp. Sav. as of May 4, 2012.
D Debit
Enter the flow type for withholding tax (before May 4, 2012).
Enter a description of your choice, for example, Receivable: Withh. Tax Sav. Corp. Pre.
Enter a long description of your choice, for example, Receivable: Withh. Tax Sav. Corp. Before May 4, 2012.
D Debit
Enter the flow type for withholding tax (as of May 4, 2012).
Enter a description of your choice, for example, Receivable: Withh. Tax Sav. Corp. Pos.
Enter a long description of your choice, for example, Receivable: Withh. Tax Sav. Corp. as of May 4, 2012
D Debit
Enter the transaction type for base interest (before May 4, 2012).
Enter a description of your choice, for example, Cr. Corp. Sav.Base Pre.
Enter a long description of your choice, for example, Cr. Corp. Sav.Base Before May 4, 2012.
C Credit
Enter the transaction type for additional interest (before May 4, 2012).
Enter a description of your choice, for example, Cr. Corp. Sav. Add. Pre.
Enter a long description of your choice, for example, Cr. Corp. Sav. Add. Before May 4, 2012.
C Credit
Enter the transaction type for base interest (as of May 4, 2012).
Enter a description of your choice, for example, Cr. Corp. Sav. Base Pos.
Enter a long description of your choice, for example, Cr. Corp. Sav.Base as of May 4, 2012.
C Credit
Enter the transaction type for additional interest (as of May 4, 2012).
Enter a description of your choice, for example, Cr. Corp. Sav. Add. Pos.
Enter a long description of your choice, for example, Cr. Corp. Sav. Add. as of May 4, 2012.
C Credit
3. Save your entries.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 169
4.3.5.4.3.2 Create Derivation Steps
Use
To enable the accounting of withholding tax and interest on corporate savings accounts, you create derivation steps.
Procedure
Derive Item Type from Payment Item
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Bank Analyzer Source Data Layer Interfaces to Other Applications Interfaces to Account Management Mapping Tool Module Editor Derivation Edit Derivation Steps .
2. Choose derivation environment S_SE_ITYPE, VALUE_MAPPING3. Edit derivation rule BRGAAP: Taxes (DM)4. Enter the following data:
Table 217:
Transaction Type Valid From Assig. Business Transaction Type
Item Type
Enter the flow type for withholding tax (before May 4, 2012).
01.01.2000 = DM04 G06E
Enter the flow type for withholding tax (as of May 4, 2012).
01.01.2000 = DM04 G06E
5. Save your entries.
Derive Item Type from Settlement Item
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Bank Analyzer Source Data Layer Interfaces to Other Applications Interfaces to Account Management Mapping Tool Module Editor Derivation Edit Derivation Steps .
2. Choose derivation environment S_PM_ITYPE, VALUE_MAPPING3. Edit derivation rule BRGAAP: Taxes (DM)
170 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
4. Enter the following data:
Table 218:
Transaction Type Valid From Assig. Business Transaction Type
Item Type
Enter the flow type for withholding (before May 4, 2012).
01.01.2000 = DM03 IC0D
Enter the flow type for withholding (as of May 4, 2012).
01.01.2000 = DM03 IC0D
5. Edit derivation rule BRGAAP: Interest (DM)6. Enter the following data:
Table 219:
Transaction Type Valid From Assig. Business Transaction Type
Item Type
Enter the transaction type for base interest (before May 4, 2012).
01.01.2000 = DM03 IC1D
Enter the transaction type for additional interest (before May 4, 2012).
01.01.2000 = DM03 IC1D
Enter the transaction type for base interest (as of May 4, 2012).
01.01.2000 = DM03 IC1D
Enter the transaction type for additional interest (as of May 4, 2012).
01.01.2000 = DM03 IC1D
7. Save your entries.
4.3.6 Loans Taken Account
4.3.6.1 Introduction
The sample loans taken account allows you to record all incoming fund details for a particular funded loan.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 171
NoteFor more information about the business processes and functions related to loans taken accounts for Brazil, see SAP Library at http://help.sap.com/bankingservices80loc Localizations for Banking Services from SAP General Localization Functions Funded Loans .
4.3.6.2 Settings Delivered As Standard
Product Templates
The standard delivery for Brazil includes a product template for loans taken accounts called: _LNTK_ACC2.
Product Attributes
This section contains the product-specific attributes that are necessary to meet requirements in Brazil. You access the product attributes in Customizing for Financial Services under Account Management Product Management Product Definition Account Products Change Account Product .
Table 220:
Product Attribute Path in Product Attribute
Risk Factor Used Attributes Country-Specific Attributes General
Localization Funded Loans Loans Taken
Bank Country Used Attributes Country-Specific Attributes General
Localization Funded Loans Fund Pool
Account Number Used Attributes Country-Specific Attributes General
Localization Funded Loans Fund Pool
Contract management Used Attributes Country-Specific Attributes General
Localization Funded Loans Fund Pool
Contract Currency Used Attributes Country-Specific Attributes General
Localization Funded Loans Fund Pool
NoteFor more information about the product attributes, see the documentation for each attribute in the system.
172 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
4.3.6.3 Configuration Steps in Customizing
4.3.6.3.1 Introduction
This section describes how to configure the system to deal with the specific requirements of accounts in Brazil.
4.3.6.3.2 Create Product
Use
To use the loans taken account product that you create based on the product template delivered by SAP for Brazil (_LNTK_ACC2), you make the settings described below.
Prerequisites
You have created financial conditions as described in Master Data Settings.
Procedure
1. Create your own loans taken account product in Customizing for Financial Services under Account Management Product Management Product Definition Account Products Create Account Product .
2. Enter the following data:
Table 221:
Field Entry
New Product Enter the technical name of your product.
Template Product _LNTK_ACC2
Product Version Active Version
3. Choose Enter.
4. In the product attributes structure, choose Financial Conditions Condition Groups Condition Group .5. Enter the IDs that you want to use for the following condition groups:
○ Settlement○ Transaction○ Events
Complete the Master Data Settings described below. Then save and activate your product.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 173
4.3.6.4 Master Data Settings
4.3.6.4.1 Introduction
To use the loans taken account product that you create based on the sample product for Brazil, you enter the master data described below.
4.3.6.4.2 Create Condition Group and Conditions for Settlement
Use
You define the condition group and conditions that you use for transactions related to fund pool accounts as follows:
Procedure
Create Condition Group for Transactions
1. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Financial Services Account Management Current SettingsFinancial Conditions Condition Group Edit Condition Group .
2. On the Condition Group Edit screen, choose the Create Condition Group pushbutton in the left frame.3. Enter the following data:
Note that for loans taken account you must not create individual condition.
Table 222:
Field Entry
Condition Group Type Transaction: Loans Taken
Condition Group 900236
Condition Group Description LNTK Price Condition
Table 223:
Inayment Agreement : Payable
Nominal Interest
Tab : Time Period
Calculation:
174 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Field Value
Frequency Cat Periodic
Repeat. Period 1
Repeat. Unit Months
Key Date 31
RefDatStartdate At Contract Start
Work. Day Shift Next Working Day
Calendar for Working Day Shift BR
Due Date:
Field Value
Frequency Cat Periodic
Repeat. Period 1
Repeat. Unit Months
Key Date 31
RefDatStartdate At Contract Start
Work. Day Shift No Shift
Pay. Date Shift Next Working Day
Calendar for Working Day Shift BR
Table 224:
Inpayment Agreement : Payable
Repayment
Tab : Calculation
Receivable:
Field Value
Clearing Settlement on Calculation Date
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 175
Table 225:
Inpayment Agreement : Payable
Repayment
Tab : Time Period
Calculation:
Field Value
Frequency Cat Periodic
Repeat. Period 1
Repeat. Unit Months
Key Date 31
RefDatStartdate At Contract Start
Work. Day Shift Next Working Day
Calendar for Working Day Shift BR
Due Date:
Field Value
Frequency Cat Periodic
Repet. Period 1
Repet. Unit Months
Key Date 31
RefDatStartdate At Contract Start
Work. Day Shift No Shift
Pay. Date Shift Next Working Day
Calendar for Working Day Shift BR
Table 226:
Financial Conditions : Settlement
Price Condition
Tab : Time Period
Field Value
176 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Frequency Cat Periodic
Repeat. Period 1
Repeat. Unit Months
Key Date 31
RefDatStartdate At Contract Start
Work. Day Shift Next Working Day
Calendar for Working Day Shift BR
Due Date
Field Value
Frequency Cat Periodic
Repet. Period 1
Repet. Unit Months
Key Date 31
RefDatStartdate At Contract Start
Work. Day Shift Next Working Day
Calendar for Working Day Shift BR
4. Choose Enter.5. Create the conditions.6. Save your changes.
4.3.6.4.3 Create Condition Group and Conditions for Transaction
Use
You define the condition group and conditions that you use for transactions related to loans taken accounts as follows:
Procedure
Create Condition Group for Transactions
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 177
1. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Financial Services Account Management Current SettingsFinancial Conditions Condition Group Edit Condition Group .
2. On the Condition Group Edit screen, choose the Create Condition Group pushbutton in the left frame.3. Enter the following data:
Table 227:
Field Entry
Condition Group Type Transaction: Loans Taken
Condition Group 900102
Condition Group Description LNTK & LNGV Transaction
4. Choose Enter.5. Create the conditions.6. Save your changes.
4.3.6.4.4 Create Condition Group and Conditions for Events
Use
You define the condition group and conditions that the system uses when a certain event occurs.
Procedure
Create Condition Group for Transactions
1. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Financial Services Account Management Current SettingsFinancial Conditions Condition Group Edit Condition Group .
2. On the Condition Group Edit screen, choose the Create Condition Group pushbutton in the left frame.3. Enter the following data:
Table 228:
Field Entry
Condition Group Type Transaction: Events Current Account/ Payment: Loans
Condition Group 7659/ 00250
Condition Group Description Events Current Account
178 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
4. Choose Enter.5. Create the conditions.6. Save your changes.
4.3.7 Fund Pool Account
4.3.7.1 Introduction
The sample fund pool account allows you to record all incoming and outgoing fund details for a particular funded loan.
NoteFor more information about the business processes and functions related to fund pool accounts for Brazil, see SAP Library at http://help.sap.com/bankingservices80loc Localizations for Banking Services from SAP
General Localization Functions Funded Loans .
4.3.7.2 Settings Delivered as Standard
Product Templates
The standard delivery for Brazil contains product template Fund Pool Account (_FNPO_ACCT) for fund pool.
4.3.7.3 Configuration Steps in Customizing
4.3.7.3.1 Create Product
Use
To use the fund pool account product that you create based on the product template delivered by SAP for Brazil (_FNPO_ACCT), you make the settings described below.
Prerequisites
You have created financial conditions as described in Master Data Settings..
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 179
Procedure
1. Create your own fund pool account product in Customizing for Financial Services under Account Management Product Management Product Definition Account Products Create Account Product .
2. Enter the following data:
Table 229:
Field Entry
New Product Enter the technical name of your product.
Template Product _FNPO_ACCT
Product Version Active Version
3. Choose Enter.4. On the Product Create: Administration screen, enter a description and validity period for the product and
choose Enter.
5. In the product attributes structure, choose Financial Conditions Condition Groups Condition Group .6. Enter the IDs that you want to use for the following condition groups:
○ Settlement○ Transaction○ Events
7. Complete the Master Data Settings described below. Then save and activate your product.
4.3.7.4 Master Data Settings
4.3.7.4.1 Introduction
To use the fund pool account product that you create based on the sample product for Brazil, you enter the master data described below.
180 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
4.3.7.4.2 Create Condition Group and Conditions for Transactions
Use
You define the condition group and conditions that you use for transactions related to fund pool accounts as follows:
Procedure
Create Condition Group for Transactions
1. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Financial Services Account Management Current SettingsFinancial Conditions Condition Group Edit Condition Group .
2. On the Condition Group Edit screen, choose the Create Condition Group pushbutton in the left frame.3. Enter the following data:
Table 230:
Field Entry
Condition Group Type Transaction: Fund Pool
Condition Group 100110
Condition Group Description Test Fund Pool Condition
4. Choose Enter.5. Create the conditions described below.
Create Condition for the Value Date
1. On the Condition Group Edit screen (see above), choose the Condition (Create Condition) pushbutton and select Value Date (205010).
2. Enter the following data:
Table 231:
Field Entry
Currency BRL
Valid From Start date of the validity period
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 181
3. On the Calculation tab page, enter the following data:
Table 232:
Field Entry
Description of Condition Any description
Value Date Def. (Value Date Definition Category) No Value Date Calculation
Type of Days Calendar days
Number of Days 0
Working Day Shift No shift
Tolerance Days Val.Dte.Min 3
Tolerance Days Val.Dte.Max 3
Create Condition for the Transaction Charge
1. On the Condition Group Edit screen (see above), choose the Condition (Create Condition) pushbutton and select Transaction Charge (115050).
2. Enter the following data:
Table 233:
Field Entry
Currency BRL
Transaction Type 020000
Valid From Start date of the validity period
3. On the Calculation tab page, enter the following data:
Table 234:
Field Entry
Description of Condition Any description
Rounding Cat. (Rounding Category) Round to the Nearest
Tiered/Interval No Tiered/Interval
Amount Any Amount
4. Save your entries.
182 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
4.3.8 Loans Given Account
4.3.8.1 Introduction
The sample loans given account allows you to record all outgoing fund details for a particular funded loan.
NoteFor more information about the business processes and functions related to loans taken accounts for Brazil, see SAP Library at http://help.sap.com/bankingservices80loc Localizations for Banking Services from SAP General Localization Functions Funded Loans .
4.3.8.2 Settings Delivered As Standard
Product Templates
The standard delivery for Brazil includes a product template for loans taken accounts called: _LNGV_ACC2
Product Attributes
This section contains the product-specific attributes that are necessary to meet requirements in Brazil. You access the product attributes in Customizing for Financial Services under Account Management Product Management Product Definition Account Products Change Account Product .
Table 235:
Product Attribute Path in Product Attribute
Agreement Synchronization Used Attributes Country-Specific Attributes General
Localization Funded Loans Loans Given
NoteFor more information about the product attributes, see the documentation for each attribute in the system.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 183
4.3.8.3 Configuration Steps in Customizing
4.3.8.3.1 Introduction
This section describes how to configure the system to deal with the specific requirements of accounts in Brazil.
4.3.8.3.2 Create Product
Use
To use the loans given account product that you create based on the product template delivered by SAP for Brazil (_LNGV_ACC2), you make the settings described below.
Prerequisites
You have created financial conditions as described in Master Data Settings.
Procedure
1. Create your own loans given account product in Customizing for Financial Services under Account Management Product Management Product Definition Account Products Create Account Product .
2. Enter the following data:
Table 236:
Field Entry
New Product Enter the technical name of your product.
Template Product _LNGV_ACC2
Product Version Active Version
3. Choose Enter.
4. In the product attributes structure, choose Financial Conditions Condition Groups Condition Group .5. Enter the IDs that you want to use for the following condition groups:
○ Settlement○ Transaction○ Events
Complete the Master Data Settings described below. Then save and activate your product.
184 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
4.3.8.4 Master Data Settings
4.3.8.4.1 Introduction
To use the loans given account product that you create based on the sample product for Brazil, you enter the master data described below.
4.3.8.4.2 Create Condition Group and Conditions for Transaction
Use
You define the condition group and conditions that you use for transactions related to loans given accounts as follows:
Procedure
Create Condition Group for Transactions
1. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Financial Services Account Management Current SettingsFinancial Conditions Condition Group Edit Condition Group .
2. On the Condition Group Edit screen, choose the Create Condition Group pushbutton in the left frame.3. Enter the following data:
Table 237:
Field Entry
Condition Group Type Trans:Loan/Instllmnt Loan
Condition Group 900102
Condition Group Description LNTK & LNGV Transaction
Table 238:
Inayment Agreement : Payable
Nominal Interest
Tab : Time Period
Calculation:
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 185
Field Value
Frequency Cat Periodic
Repeat. Period 1
Repeat. Unit Months
Key Date 31
RefDatStartdate At Contract Start
Work. Day Shift Next Working Day
Calendar for Working Day Shift BR
Due Date:
Field Value
Frequency Cat Periodic
Repeat. Period 1
Repeat. Unit Months
Key Date 31
RefDatStartdate At Contract Start
Work. Day Shift No Shift
Pay. Date Shift Next Working Day
Calendar for Working Day Shift BR
Table 239:
Inpayment Agreement : Payable
Repayment
Tab : Calculation
Receivable:
Field Value
Clearing Settlement on Calculation Date
186 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Table 240:
Inpayment Agreement : Payable
Repayment
Tab : Time Period
Calculation:
Field Value
Frequency Cat Periodic
Repeat. Period 1
Repeat. Unit Months
Key Date 31
RefDatStartdate At Contract Start
Work. Day Shift Next Working Day
Calendar for Working Day Shift BR
Due Date:
Field Value
Frequency Cat Periodic
Repet. Period 1
Repet. Unit Months
Key Date 31
RefDatStartdate At Contract Start
Work. Day Shift No Shift
Pay. Date Shift Next Working Day
Calendar for Working Day Shift BR
Table 241:
Financial Conditions : Settlement
Price Condition
Tab : Time Period
Field Value
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 187
Frequency Cat Periodic
Repeat. Period 1
Repeat. Unit Months
Key Date 31
RefDatStartdate At Contract Start
Work. Day Shift Next Working Day
Calendar for Working Day Shift BR
Due Date
Field Value
Frequency Cat Periodic
Repet. Period 1
Repet. Unit Months
Key Date 31
RefDatStartdate At Contract Start
Work. Day Shift Next Working Day
Calendar for Working Day Shift BR
4. Choose Enter.5. Create the conditions.6. Save your changes.
4.3.8.4.3 Create Condition Group and Conditions for Settlement
Use
You define the condition group and conditions that you use for transactions related to loans given accounts as follows:
Procedure
Create Condition Group for Transactions
188 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
1. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Financial Services Account Management Current SettingsFinancial Conditions Condition Group Edit Condition Group .
2. On the Condition Group Edit screen, choose the Create Condition Group pushbutton in the left frame.3. Enter the following data:
Table 242:
Field Entry
Condition Group Type Standard Settlement/ Loan Settlement
Condition Group 900238
Condition Group Description LNTK & LNGV Transaction
4. Choose Enter.5. Create the conditions.6. Save your changes.
4.4 Configuration for Branch Calendars
4.4.1 Introduction
In Brazil, banks are not allowed to open nor to post any business transactions on nonworking days. Brazil has specific holiday calendars per city or region, which means different calendars have to be configured for the bank branches in different locations. This section describes how to set up the system to support the business rules and requirements in Brazil related to branch calendars.
NoteFor more information about the business processes and functions related to branch calendars, see SAP Library at http://help.sap.com/bankingservices80loc Localizations for Banking Services from SAP BrazilAccount Management (FS-AM) Bank Branch Calendar .
4.4.2 Organizational Data
This chapter deals with the master data and customizing parameters required to run the Brazilian localization for branch calendars.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 189
Bank Key and Branch Key Specification
Use
Bank keys are used to identify banks in the SAP banking system. In Brazil, an external account identification includes the branch number along with the bank number and account number. There is no specific field available to store the branch number information in master data. The system offers two ways of specifying the branch number using standard available fields:
● Concatenate the branch number with the bank number in the Bank Key field● Concatenate the branch number with the account number in the Account Number field
If there is a need to route payments to specific branches, SAP recommends creating a unique bank key for each branch by using a concatenation of the bank number code and branch number in the Bank Key field.
Procedure
1. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Financial Services Collateral Management Securities Create Depository Bank .
2. Create bank keys as follows:
Table 243:
Field Entry
Bank Country BR
Bank Key Enter combination of bank number and branch number.
Address Enter address data.
Control Data Enter control data.
3. Perform all Customizing activities related to the new bank key in Customizing for Financial Services under Account Management Basic Settings Organization .
Calendars
Use
The system allows the creation of different calendars to store local holidays. It is necessary to create one calendar for each city or group of cities with the same common local holidays.
Procedure
Define the required city calendars in transaction SCAL.
Bank Posting Area
Use
190 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
The bank posting area is used to define an independent accounting unit, usually the bank. It also defines the current posting date for payment transactions and the current posting date for end-of-day processing.
To support Brazilian national holidays assign the calendar with these holidays to the Bank Posting Area.
Procedure
In Customizing for Financial Services choose Account Management Basic Settings Organization Define Bank Posting Area and make the following settings:
Table 244:
Field Entry
Bank Posting Area Enter your bank posting area code.
Posting Calendar Select the corresponding calendar with holidays defined for the bank posting area.
Organizational Units
Use
In Brazil, organizational units are used to represent bank branches. They are assigned to:
● Bank Posting Area● Bank Key● Branch calendar containing the local holidays of the branch region/city
When a contract is created, the system uses the branch calendar assigned to the organizational unit as a default value in the contract master data and applies the corresponding Bank Posting Area and Bank Key assignments to the contract.
Procedure
1. Create the required organizational units for the bank branches in transaction PPOME.
2. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Tools Business Workflow Development EnvironmentOrganizational Management Detail Maintenance General .
3. For infotype Standard Bank Data, enter the following data:
Table 245:
Field Entry
Bank Country BR
Bank Key Enter the bank key for the given branch.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 191
4. For infotype Bank Posting Area, enter the following data:
Table 246:
Field Entry
Bank Posting Area Code of the bank posting area that will be used for contracts created with this organizational unit
5. For infotype Calendar, enter the following data:
Table 247:
Field Entry
Contract Calendar 1 Calendar that will be used for contracts created with this organizational unit
4.4.3 Product Attributes
Contract Calendar Assignment
Use
Account products use the assigned contract calendar to determine valid execution times or due dates. When making postings to an account, the system will check the contract calendar in order to prevent postings on local holidays.
Prerequisites
You have defined all calendars used in the bank and assigned them to the respective organizational units (bank branches).
Procedure
In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Product Definition Account Products Change Account Product .
In the Product Attributes screen, navigate to Administrative Data / Contract Calendar / Contract Calendar 1 and enter the following configuration:
Table 248:
Setting Value Optional/Mandatory
Traffic Light Set to green. Mandatory
Padlock Set to closed. Optional
Contract Calendar 1 Leave blank. Optional
When the Contract Calendar 1 field is left blank on the product level, the system will take the calendar that is assigned to the organizational unit (bank branch) when creating an account.
192 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Settlement Period
Use
The working day shift for settlement has to be configured in a way that only working days are considered for execution.
Procedure
In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Product Definition Account Products Change Account Product .
In the Product Attributes screen, navigate to Settlement / Time Periods / Settlement Date and enter the following configuration:
Table 249:
Setting Value Optional/Mandatory
Traffic Light Set to green. Mandatory
Padlock Set to closed. Optional
Working Day Shift for Next Execution Date
1 – Next Working Day Mandatory
Notes on Mass Run Settlement Processes
The Brazilian localization for Branch calendars allows the system to consider local holidays valid only for specific bank branches and not for all other branches of the bank.
In the execution of mass run settlement process, when a settlement is relevant for a branch that has a holiday, the contracts with the same calendar as the branch are excluded from the settlement run.
The following prerequisites apply for correct execution of mass run settlement processes
● The working day shift feature is activated in the product attributes (as described above).● The working day shift is properly set in the account contract master data.
If you want to change the way in which the system excludes contracts from the settlement run, you can create your own implementation of the Package Processing (BCA_AM_PP_PACKAGE) Business Add-In (BAdI). The standard implementation is /FSLBR/BCA_AM_BASIS.
4.4.4 Transaction Settings
Transaction Types for Payment Items
Use
Each transaction type that comes from an internal channel (banking services from SAP system) must have the option Own Check checked if a posting should not be allowed.
Procedure
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 193
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management Basic FunctionsTransaction Types and Transaction Type Groups Maintain and Assign Transaction Types for Payment
Items .2. For all transaction types that are not allowed to be posted on holidays, activate the Own Check option.
4.5 Configuration for Checkbook Management
4.5.1 Introduction
In Brazil, checks are widely used by account holders as a means of payment. The localization for Brazil covers the following scenarios:
● On demandA checkbook can be requested as required by the account holder (“on demand”) via phone, website or at the bank branch. The checkbook can be charged or not, depending on the type of account.
● Automatic renewalThe system has the option to trigger an automatic renewal of checkbooks. When its minimum quantity of check forms is reached, the solution triggers automatically a new checkbook request based on check forms quantity.
● ATMIn Brazil, the banks offer the check forms available for printing in ATMs. It triggers the number of check forms allowed for the customer and checks if there's any restriction that would make the process be declined by the system.
This chapter describes the configuration settings required to use checkbook management in Brazil. It is assumed that the standard checkbook management solution has already been configured in the system.
For more information about the business processes and functions related to checkbook management for Brazil, see SAP Library at http://help.sap.com/bankingservices80loc Localizations for Banking Services from SAP
Brazil Account Management (FS-AM) Deposits Checkbook Management .
4.5.2 Localization Parameters
To update the parameter values for basic checkbook settings, proceed as follows:
1. From Customizing for Financial Services choose General Localization Settings Configure Localization Parameters .
2. Configure the parameters for Brazil in the CHECKBOOK parameter group. Enter the parameter values for the parameters listed in the table below. For more information about these parameters, see the documentation for each parameter in the system.
194 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Table 250:
Parameter Subgroup Parameter Name Sample Parameter Values
BP_RELATIONSHIPS GUARDIAN BUR022
BP_DOCS EMANCIPATED <Customer Value ID Type in BP>
JOINT_ACCOUNT BP_RELATIONSHIP <Customer Value BP Relationship>
UNDER_X_AGE UNDER_X_AGE 18
BP_DATA CLIENT_SINCE BKCS
BP_DOCS ID_KEY FS0001
BP_ROLE BP_ROLE_CHECKBOOK <Customer Value BP Role>
FINANCIAL_RESTRICTION DECLINE_REASON <Customer Checkbook Decline Reasons>
FINANCIAL_RESTRICTION FINANCIAL_RESTRICTION 9FINRESTR
4.5.3 Business Partner Configuration
Business Partner Relationship
A BP relationship is needed for joint account holders. To define the required BP relationship, proceed as follows:
1. Execute transaction sm30 and maintain table V_TBZ9.2. Add a new relationship for the joint account relationship, choosing your own key for the new entry.3. Enter the following values:
Table 251:
Description
From BP1's View Has Partner in Joint Account
From BP2's View Is Account Holder of Joint Account
Title Joint Account Rel.
Additional Data
Differentiation Type 0
Data management app BUR [BP Relation.: Data (Attr.Tab.)]
Screen sequence BUB1 [BP Relationship/BP Role Definition: Standard]
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 195
One way relationship selected
Semantic Check
Time Constraint 0 No time constraint
No. in each set 0
Cardinality 0 : 0
Standard Reltnshp deselected
BP Role Cat. (Partner1) BCA010 Account Holder
BP Role Cat. (Partner2) BCA010 Account Holder
Partner 1
Organization deselected
Person deselected
Group selected
Partner 2
Organization deselected
Person selected
Group deselected
Category and Role for Business Partner Printing on Check Forms
To define the category and role for BP printing on check forms, proceed as follows:
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose SAP Business Partner for Financial Services General Settings Business Partner Basic Settings Business Partner Roles Define BP Roles .
2. Add the BP category key that you want to use for BP Printing on Check Form. Make sure you check Person and Organization.
3. Add the BP role using the category you created in the previous step. Make sure you check Standard assignment.
196 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Identification Category and Type for “Emancipation Documents”
To specify the identification category and type for “Emancipation Documents”, proceed as follows:
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose SAP Business Partner for Financial Services General Settings Business Partner Basic Settings Identification Numbers Define Identification Categories .
2. Add the identification category that you want to use for “Emancipation Documents”.
3. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose SAP Business Partner for Financial Services General Settings Business Partner Basic Settings Identification Numbers Define Identification Types .
4. Add the identification type that you want to use for “Emancipation Documents” with Category set to the previously defined category.
Identification Category and Type for “Bank Client Since”
To specify the identification category and type for “Bank Client Since”, proceed as follows:
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose SAP Business Partner for Financial Services General Settings Business Partner Basic Settings Identification Numbers Define Identification Categories .
2. Add the identification category that you want to use for “Bank Client Since”.
3. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose SAP Business Partner for Financial Services General Settings Business Partner Basic Settings Identification Numbers Define Identification Types .
4. Add the identification type that you want to use for “Bank Client Since” with Category set to the previously defined category.
4.5.4 Basic Settings
In the Customizing activities described below, you define basic checkbook settings. In general, these settings will be redefined by the specific customer implementation.
Key Attributes
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Check Book Management Basic Settings Check Book Agreement and Check Book Key Attributes .
2. Specify the checkbook agreement key length (CBA key length).3. Specify the checkbook key length (CB key length).
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 197
Checkbook Types
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Check Book Management Basic Settings Define Check Book Types .
2. Define the checkbook types.3. Include the relevant data in the following fields for each checkbook type created:
○ CB Type Desc○ Check Book Cat.○ Payt Form Type○ No. of Checks○ No. checks fix○ Min. No. checks○ Max. No. checks○ Ordering Mode○ Renewal○ Renew Trigger No.○ Provider ID○ Layout ID○ Ord. Run Active
Description of Information Fields
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Check Book Management Basic Settings Define Information Field Description for Check Book Types .
2. Define the description of information fields shown on the screen.3. Fill in the relevant information for the available fields (from InfoFldDesc1 to InfoFldDesc10) accordingly.
Allowed Business Roles for Checkbook Holders
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose SAP Business Partner for Financial Services General Settings Business Partner Basic Settings Business Partner Roles Define BP Roles .
2. Create a role category for checkbook management.3. Create a BP role for the new role category.4. Add the BP role using the category you created in the previous step.
5. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Check Book Management Basic Settings Define Allowed Business Roles for Check Book Holders .
6. Insert the new BP role as an Allowed Business Role for Checkbook Holders.
198 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Allowed Account Products for Checkbook Management
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Check Book Management Basic Settings Define Allowed Account Products for Check Book Management .
2. Define the allowed checking account products that may contain checkbooks.3. Also define which types of checkbooks are allowed for each product.
Checkbook Decline Reasons
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Check Book Management Basic Settings Define Check Book Decline Reasons .
2. Define the relevant reasons to decline checkbooks.
Event Types and Lock Categories
Assignment of Event Types to Lock Categories
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Check Book Management Basic Settings Assign Event Types to Lock Categories .
2. Assign lock categories to the relevant PLM (Posting Lock Management) event types related to checkbook management.
Lock Reasons with Associated Event Types
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Check Book Management Basic Settings Define Lock Reasons with Associated Event Types .
2. Define the reasons for locking checks in checkbook management and the associated PLM (Posting Lock Management) event types.
Posting Lock Management Settings
The following settings are required for “Locked” ordering mode. They are located in Customizing for Financial Services under Account Management Posting Lock Management Basic Settings .
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Posting Lock Management Basic Settings Define Number Range for PLM Documents and define the relevant number ranges.
2. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Posting Lock Management Basic Settings Define Event Type and define the event types for payment forms processing.Under 20: Account-Related Locks, choose 907000 : PF Processing / check book mgmt and ensure that the Allow Pmnt Form Lock setting (on the Payment Form tab page) is selected for the relevant payment form types.Payment forms processing will be triggered at mass run order processing for the PLM documents of the related single checks.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 199
3. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Check Book Management Basic Settings Assign Event Type to Locks Categories and assign the previously created event type to the lock categories Usual Lock and Dispatch Lock (mass run order processing related).
Groups for Organizational Units
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Check Book Management Basic Settings Define Groups for Organizational Units .
2. Define the relevant groups for the organizational units and assign the respective organizational units to each group.
Checkbook Relevant Business Transaction Categories
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Check Book Management Basic Settings Define Check Book Relevant Business Transaction Categories .
2. Specify the business transaction categories relevant for checkbooks (e.g. ATM).In this Customizing activity, you assign previously defined business transaction categories as checkbook relevant. The respective business transaction categories are defined in Customizing for Financial Services under Account Management Basic Settings Define Customer-Specific Business Transaction Categories .
4.5.5 Printing Configuration
In the Customizing activities described below, you define checkbook printing configuration. In general, these settings will be redefined by the specific customer implementation.
Define Check Book Providers
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Check Book Management PrintingDefine Check Book Providers .
2. Define a list of print shop providers.
Define Check Book Layouts
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Check Book Management PrintingDefine Check Book Layouts .
200 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
2. Define a list of layouts to be used by the provider.
Define Content Type of Print Line for BAdI
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Check Book Management PrintingDefine Content Type of Print Line for BAdI .
2. Define the content types to be used on the print lines by the relevant BAdIs.The default print line configuration is as follows:
Table 252:
Content Content Description Default PL
01 Account Holder Name Print data line 1
02 Account Holder Tax Data, Client Since, Ch.Lot qty.
Print data line 2
03 Responsible Name Print data line 3
04 Responsible Tax Data Print data line 4
4.5.6 Configuration for Fee Handling
4.5.6.1 Introduction
With the following Customizing activities you define the settings for triggering fee payments.
4.5.6.2 Define Differentiation Categories
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Conditions Define Differentiation Categories .
2. Define the relevant differentiation categories as follows:
Table 253:
DC 1 Diff. Cat. Descr. DiffValCat Table Reference Values
200 Check Book Activity 9 Value Transfer by BADI Not applicable
201 Check Book Category 9 Value Transfer by BADI Not applicable
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 201
DC 1 Diff. Cat. Descr. DiffValCat Table Reference Values
202 Check Book Type 1 Reference to Table Table Name: /FSCBM/T_CB_TYPE
Field Name 1: CB_TYPE
Text Table: /FSCBM/T_CB_TYPT
Language Field: SPRAS
Text Field: CBT_DESCRIPTION
203 Group of Org. Unit 1 Reference to Table Table Name: /FSCBM/T_ORG_GRP
Field Name 1: ORG_GROUP
Text Table: /FSCBM/T_ORG_GRT
Language Field: SPRAS
Text Field: GRP_DESCRIPTION
204 Business Trans. Category 9 Value Transfer by BADI Not applicable
4.5.6.3 Assign Condition Categories to Differentiation Categories
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Conditions Assign Condition Categories to Differentiation Categories .
2. Make the relevant category assignments as follows:
Table 254:
CondCat Condition Category Description
DC 1 Diff. Cat. Descr.
115020 Event-Controlled Cond. 200 Check Book Activity
115020 Event-Controlled Cond. 201 Check Book Category
115020 Event-Controlled Cond. 202 Check Book Type
115020 Event-Controlled Cond. 203 Group of Org. Unit
202 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
CondCat Condition Category Description
DC 1 Diff. Cat. Descr.
115020 Event-Controlled Cond. 204 Business Trans. Category
4.5.6.4 Define Condition Type
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Conditions Define Condition Type and define the relevant condition type.
2. In the ChargeEventCat. field, enter Event Charge.3. On the Differentiation Category tab page, assign the condition categories to the new condition type:
Table 255:
Seq. No. Different. Diff. Category Diff. Cat. Descr. CO. Dimension
1 200 Check Book Activity 1 = Value Request
2 204 Business Trans. Category
1 = Value Request
3 202 Check Book Type 1 = Value Request
4 203 Group of Org. Unit 1 = Value Request
5 201 Check Book Category 1 = Value Request
4. On the Waiver tab page, assign the relevant waivers:
Table 256:
Posting Type Waiver
PstgType NgAdj W2
PstingType PAdj W1
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 203
4.5.6.5 Other Relevant Customizing Activities
Use
The following Customizing activities are intended as a sample checklist of additional settings that will need to be redefined for the specific implementation:
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Conditions Define Condition Group Types and define the relevant condition group types.
2. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Conditions Assign Condition Type to Transaction Type and make the relevant transaction type assignments.
3. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Conditions Transaction Types for Transaction Charges and Event Charges and assign the relevant transaction types for transaction and event charges.
4. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management Basic FunctionsReconciliation Define Internal Applications for Reconciliation and enter the relevant Account
Management applications.
5. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Financial Services Account Management Current SettingsFinancial Conditions Condition Group Edit Condition Group and create conditions for different checkbook activities:○ Activation○ Creation○ Lock○ Assignment
4.5.7 Business Add-Ins and Interfaces
Business Add-Ins (BAdIs)
The Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for checkbook management are provided with default implementations. The default implementations can be redefined by customer-specific implementations, as required.
You can access these BAdIs (and their respective implementations) in Customizing for Financial Services under Account Management Check Book Management BAdIs .
BAdI: Automatic Determination of Print Line Content
You can use this BAdI to automatically insert print data from the checkbook agreement on checkbooks.
204 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
The default implementation determines the full name and the standard address of the business partner (contained in the CB_HOLDER_ID field) and returns the name in the first print data line and the address in the following 3 lines.
BAdI: Numbering of Check Books/Single Checks
You can use this BAdI to automatically create external IDs for checkbooks and for single checks within a checkbook.
The default implementation increments the maximum checkbook number per account by one or increments the provided first single check number or the maximum single check number by one (per account and checkbook type).
BAdI: Numbering of Check Book Agreements
You can use this BAdI to automatically create external IDs for checkbook agreements.
The default implementation increments the maximum checkbook agreement number per account by one.
BAdI: Additional Checks for Check Books
You can use this BAdI to implement customer enhancements in the checkbook checking process.
The default implementation checks that the new single check numbers (for personalized checkbooks) are within the range of 10000000000000000001 and 60000000000000000000.
BAdI: Additional Checks for Check Book Agreements
You can use this BAdI for customer enhancements within the checking process of check book agreements. The BAdI is called in the CHECK method of checkbook agreements in all checkbook agreement maintenance transactions.
BAdI: Additional Open Conditions of Check Books
You can use this BAdI to implement customer enhancements in the checkbook creation and modification process. The BAdI is called in the OPEN method as part of the creation or change of checkbooks.
Note that this BAdI must be implemented if checkbooks are to be declined during the renewal process.
BAdI: Additional Open Conditions of Check Book Agreements
You can use this BAdI for customer enhancements in the process of creating and changing checkbook agreements, for example, to prevent a checkbook agreement from being opened. The BAdI is called in the OPEN method during creation or change of a checkbook agreement.
BAdI: Checks for Renewal Decision
You can use this BAdI for customer enhancements relating to the renewal decision within the mass run for the automatic renewal of checkbooks. It enables the bank to implement further checks regarding the renewal decision and filter which checkbooks are passed to the renewal process.
The BAdI is called in the LOAD_DATA_WITH_RANGE and LOAD_DATA_WITH_TAB methods of the mass run for automatic renewal of checkbooks. The decision to decline a checkbook renewal is made in the Additional Open Conditions of Check Books BAdI, which is processed later.
BAdI: Definition for Single Check I/O
You can use this BAdI to provide the base functionality for the Payment Forms Management component.
BAdI: Definition for Order I/O
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 205
You can use this BAdI to order personalized checkbooks in accordance with your requirements.
BAdI: Account I/O
You can use this BAdI to provide the base functionality for the Accounts component.
BAdI: Check Book Order I/O
You can use this BAdI to order personalized checkbooks in accordance with your requirements.
BAdI: Check Book Receiving Org Unit I/O
You can use this BAdI to implement your own business logic for the retrieval of organizational unit master data.
Localization-Specific Business Add-Ins (BAdIs)
The following BAdIs specific to the Brazil localization are located in Customizing for Financial Services under Account Management Check Book Management BAdIs Country-Specific BAdIs Brazil .
BAdI: Account Holder BPs
You can use this BAdI to retrieve the account holders of a specific account when you check whether the account holders have legal or financial restrictions.
BAdI: Print Data Definition
You can use this BAdI to automatically insert print data on checks.
BAdI: Minor BP Validation
You can use this BAdI to check if you can create a checkbook for a minor business partner (BP).
Inbound Interface Layer
The inbound interface layer (package /FSCBM/IN) provides the complete checkbook management functionality to external components. The layer is intended for use with dialog and non-dialog channels, as well as for other processes such as Posting Lock Management (PLM).
Note that there are no Enterprise SOA services included in checkbook management. Instead, remote function modules (RFC) are offered.
The following functions are offered via interfaces for checkbooks and checkbook agreements:
● Create checkbook● Change checkbook● Lock checkbook● Unlock checkbook● Renew checkbook● Delete checkbook● Read checkbook (several functions are offered e.g. read for list of CBAs, read for an account)● Create checkbook agreement
206 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
● Change checkbook agreement● Read checkbook agreement (several functions are offered e.g. read for an account)● Retrieve classic change documents for checkbook● Retrieve classic change documents for checkbook agreement
The interfaces offered by checkbook management are based on classic RFC (Remote Function Call) enabled function modules. All function modules are incorporated in development package /FSCBM/RFC.
Outbound Interface Layer
The outbound interface layer (package /FSCBM/OUT_MAIN) comprises the functionality needed for the connection of other business objects required for the checkbook management application (Accounts, Business Partner, Organizational Unit, Payment Forms and Ordering).
The connection to these other applications is provided using the BAdI technology. SAP delivers a standard implementation for each required component located in the same system. Using the BAdI technology, it is possible to overwrite these standard implementations to connect alternative components, which may reside in the local or in remote systems. BAdIs exist for most of the checkbook management processes (see above).
4.5.8 Authorization Objects
In addition to standard worldwide authorization objects, the following authorization object is available for the Brazilian localization of banking services from SAP:
Table 257:
Authorization Object ID Description
F_BR_CBFNR Authorization object for financial restriction in checkbook management
This authorization object allows the manager to bypass a financial restriction when requesting a checkbook.
4.5.9 Procedures and Checks
Customer Requests a New Checkbook
The following BAdIs are necessary for the validation of financial restrictions and authorization of the checkbook.
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Check Book Management BAdIs .2. Apply the following BAdIs as indicated:
● BAdI: Additional Checks for Check Book Agreements (/FSCBM/BD_AL_ADD_CHECK_CBA): check methods, all related transactions
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 207
● BAdI: Additional Checks for Check Books (/FSCBM/BD_AL_ADD_CHECK_CB): check methods, all related transactions
● BAdI: Additional Open Conditions of Check Books (/FSCBM/BD_AL_OPEN_COND_CB): create and change● BAdI: Additional Open Conditions of Check Book Agreements (/FSCBM/BD_AL_OPEN_COND_CBA): create and
change
Depending on customer requirements, authorization customizing may also be needed. Note that this documentation does not cover authorization customizing. For information about authorization objects for checkbook management, see Authorization Objects [page 207].
Check Financial Restriction (On Demand)
The following BAdIs are necessary for the validation of financial restrictions and authorization of the checkbook.
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Check Book Management BAdIs .2. Apply the following BAdIs as indicated:
● BAdI: Additional Open Conditions of Check Books (/FSCBM/BD_AL_OPEN_COND_CB): create and change● BAdI: Additional Open Conditions of Check Book Agreements (/FSCBM/BD_AL_OPEN_COND_CBA): create and
change
Depending on customer requirements, authorization customizing may also be needed. Note that this documentation does not cover authorization customizing. For information about authorization objects for checkbook management, see Authorization Objects [page 207].
Check Financial Restriction (Renewal or Request)
The following BAdIs are necessary for the validation of financial restrictions and authorization of checkbook requests or renewals.
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Check Book Management BAdIs .2. Apply the following BAdIs as indicated:
● BAdI: Checks for Renewal Decision (/FSCBM/BD_AL_RENEWAL_DECISION): influences the selection of checkbooks within the mass run for the automatic renewal of checkbooks
● BAdI: Additional Checks for Check Book Agreements (/FSCBM/BD_AL_ADD_CHECK_CBA): check methods for checkbook agreements
● BAdI: Additional Checks for Check Books (/FSCBM/BD_AL_ADD_CHECK_CB): check methods for checkbooks
Depending on customer requirements, authorization customizing may also be needed. Note that this documentation does not cover authorization customizing. For information about authorization objects for checkbook management, see Authorization Objects [page 207].
208 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Check Financial Restriction (BP Rating Procedure)
For financial restriction checks, it is necessary to create a new BP rating procedure with corresponding ratings. The values shown below are sample values.
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose SAP Business Partner for Financial Services Settings for Financial Services General Settings Ratings Set Rating Procedures and Ratings .
2. Create a new rating procedure and enter the appropriate values, as in the following example:
Table 258:
Field Value
Rat. Proc. 9FINRESTR
Description (Non Lang-Dep) Financial Rest.
Term Long Term
Description of Rating Procedure Financial restriction for checkbook printing
3. Enter corresponding ratings for the new rating procedure:
Table 259:
Field Value (Entry 1) Value (Entry 2)
Rating 0 1
Rank A B
Description (Non Lang-Dep) No restriction Financial restr.
Description of Rating No financial restriction for checkbooks Client with financial restriction for checkbooks
Checkbook Request (BS–CBM) 1
The following BAdIs is necessary for update of the Track Order ID field according to customer requirements.
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Check Book Management BAdIs .2. Apply the following BAdI as indicated:
● BAdI: Check Book Order I/O (/FSCBM/BD_OUT_ORDER_IO): called in the order run, for example to determine the tracking ID, determine the provider ID and format the order data for the provider
Depending on customer requirements, authorization customizing may also be needed. Note that this documentation does not cover authorization customizing. For information about authorization objects for checkbook management, see Authorization Objects [page 207].
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 209
Checkbook Request (BS–CBM) 2
The following BAdI is needed in order to add the required lines (fields) for printing according to the layout assigned to the checkbook.
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Check Book Management BAdIs .2. Apply the following BAdI as indicated:
● BAdI: Check Book Order I/O (/FSCBM/BD_OUT_ORDER_IO): called in the order run, for example to determine the tracking ID, determine the provider ID and format the order data for the provider
Depending on customer requirements, authorization customizing may also be needed. Note that this documentation does not cover authorization customizing. For information about authorization objects for checkbook management, see Authorization Objects [page 207].
Manual Check for Creation of Checkbook or Checkbook Agreement at Branch
The following BAdIs are necessary for the validation of financial restrictions and authorization of the checkbook.
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Check Book Management BAdIs .2. Apply the following BAdIs as indicated:
● BAdI: Additional Checks for Check Book Agreements (/FSCBM/BD_AL_ADD_CHECK_CBA): check methods, all related transactions
● BAdI: Additional Checks for Check Books (/FSCBM/BD_AL_ADD_CHECK_CB): check methods, all related transactions
Depending on customer requirements, authorization customizing may also be needed. For information about authorization objects for checkbook management, see Authorization Objects [page 207].
4.6 Configuration for Tax Calculation
4.6.1 Introduction
This section describes how to configure the system to calculate the following taxes on the following products:
● Withholding tax on corporate savings accounts (see Withholding Tax on Corporate Savings Accounts [page 211])
● IOF on loans (see Configuration for Calculation of IOF on Loans [page 216])● Complementary IOF on overdue installments (see )
210 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
4.6.2 Withholding Tax on Corporate Savings Accounts
4.6.2.1 Introduction
To customize tax manager according to the requirements for withholding tax calculation on corporate savings accounts, follow the steps below.
4.6.2.2 Define Tax Item Types
Use
In this step, you create tax item types to map the interest operations on corporate savings accounts on which tax manager calculates taxes to comply with the regulations.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Define Tax Item Type .
2. Enter the following data:
Table 260:
Tax ItmTy. Description
Enter any ID for the tax item type that you want to use for tax on interest as of May 4, 2012, for example, 1.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, INTEREST.
Enter any ID for the tax item type that you want to use for tax on interest before May 4, 2012, for example, 2.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, INTEREST – SAC PRE MP567 – BR
Enter any ID for the tax item type that you want to use for posting of withholding tax on interest as of May 4, 2012, for example, 500001.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, IRRF POST.
Enter any ID for the tax item type that you want to use for posting of withholding tax on interest before May 4, 2012, for example, 500002.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, IRRF POST – SAC PRE MP567 – BR.
3. Save your entries.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 211
4.6.2.3 Assign Tax Item Types to Operations
Use
In this step, you assign the tax item types for interest on corporate savings accounts to the corresponding operation IDs.
Prerequisites
You have created the tax item types in Define Tax Item Types [page 211].
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Assign Tax Item Types to Operations .
2. Enter the mapping assignments for each relevant combination of tax operation and tax item type.
Table 261:
Tax Op ID Description Tax Item Type
15 INTEREST – SAC PRE MP567 – BR Enter the tax item type that you have created for tax on interest before May 4, 2012.
2 INTEREST Enter the tax item type that you have created for tax on interest as of May 4, 2012.
3. Save your entries.
4.6.2.4 Assign Transaction Types and Condition Types to Tax Item Type
Use
In this step, you assign the tax item types for interest on corporate savings accounts to the corresponding condition types that you use for base and additional interest calculation on corporate savings accounts.
212 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Prerequisites
● You have created the tax item types in Define Tax Item Types [page 211].● You have created the settlement conditions for base and additional interest in Create Condition Group and
Conditions for Settlement [page 158].
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Assign Transaction Types and Condition Types to Tax Item Type .
2. Enter the mapping assignments for all condition types that are relevant for tax calculation.
Table 262:
CondTyp TranTyp Tax Item Typ RC Dec Places
Enter the condition type that you use for base interest on deposits made before May 4, 2012.
Enter the ID for the tax item type that you have created for tax on interest (before May 4, 2012).
Round to Nearest
Two Decimal Places
Enter the condition type that you use for additional interest on deposits made before May 4, 2012.
Enter the ID for the tax item type that you have created for tax on interest (before May 4, 2012).
Round to Nearest
Two Decimal Places
Enter the condition type that you use for base interest on deposits made as of May 4, 2012.
Enter the ID for the tax item type that you have created for tax on interest (as of May 4, 2012).
Round to Nearest
Two Decimal Places
Enter the condition type that you use for additional interest on deposits made as of May 4, 2012.
Enter the ID for the tax item type that you have created for tax on interest (as of May 4, 2012).
Round to Nearest
Two Decimal Places
Enter the condition type that you use for withholding Tax (as of May 4, 2012).
Enter the transaction type that you use for withholding Tax (as of May 4, 2012).
Enter the ID for the tax item type that you have created for posting of withholding tax on interest (as of May 4, 2012).
Round to Nearest
Two Decimal Places
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 213
CondTyp TranTyp Tax Item Typ RC Dec Places
Enter the condition type that you use for withholding Tax (Before May 4, 2012).
Enter the transaction type that you use for withholding Tax (Before May 4, 2012).
Enter the ID for the tax item type that you have created for posting of withholding tax on interest (before May 4, 2012).
Round to Nearest
Two Decimal Places
3. Save your entries.
4.6.2.5 Assign Posting Transactions to Operations
Use
In this step, you assign tax manager operations to the condition and transaction types that you use for withholding tax calculation on corporate savings accounts.
Prerequisites
You have created the condition types for withholding tax calculation on corporate savings accounts in Create Condition Types for Withholding Tax Calculation for Tax Manager [page 148].
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Assign Posting Transactions to Operations .
2. Enter the following data:
Table 263:
Tax Op ID Tax Type Tax Item Type
2 IRRF Enter the ID for the tax item type that you have created for posting of withholding tax on interest (as of May 4, 2012).
214 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Tax Op ID Tax Type Tax Item Type
15 IRRF Enter the ID for the tax item type that you have created for posting of withholding tax on interest (before May 4, 2012).
3. Save your entries.
4.6.2.6 Specify Tax Rates
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Specify Tax Rates
2. Enter the following data:
Table 264:
Field Entry
Tax Rate ID Enter an ID for your tax rate.
Start Date 01.01.2000
Tax Rate 22,5
Tax Type IRRF
Country BR
3. Save your entries.
4.6.2.7 Determine Process Integrator Implementation Spot
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Process Integration Settings Determine Process Integrator Implementation Spot
2. Enter the following data:
Table 265:
Field Entry
ProcIntId 7
BussProcDefID 7
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 215
Field Entry
AccTypePC DEPT
Business Process SETTLEMENT
Bus Proc Act Step AFTER_ROUNDING
ProcOrd 1
Implement. Spot Name AFTER_ROUNDING
PI Class Name /FSGLO/CL_TAX_PROC_INTEGRATOR
3. Save your entries.
4.6.3 IOF on Loans
4.6.3.1 Introduction
You use this section to configure loan products to meet tax calculation requirements in Brazil.
In Brazil, you are required to calculate regular IOF and additional IOF on loans, complementary IOF on arrears on overdue installments, and complementary IOF on renegotiation on loans payment replanning.
NoteFor more information about the business processes and functions related to loans for Brazil, see SAP Library at http://help.sap.com/bankingservices80loc Localizations for Banking Services from SAP BrazilAccount Management (FS-AM) Loans .
4.6.3.2 Maintain and Assign Transaction Types for Payment Items
Use
For the calculation and payment of IOF taxes, you need to set up the following transaction types for payment items:
● Regular IOF● Additional IOF● Complementary IOF on arrears● Complementary IOF on renegotiation
216 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
● Reversal of advance payment of tax● Reversal payment of tax● Reversal of payment of tax on renegotiation● Reversal of payment of tax on arrears● Advance payment of tax● Credit from payment of tax● Payment of tax on arrears● Payment of tax on renegotiation
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management Basic Functions Transaction Types and Transactions Type Groups Maintain and Assign Transaction Types for Payment Items .
2. Create new transaction types as follows:
NoteOn the configuration screens listed below, leave all the fields and checkboxes that are not mentioned, empty or deselected.
Table 266: Transaction Type for Payment Item: Regular IOF
Field Entry
Trans. Type Enter a number of your choice, for example, 999115.
Item Type Turnover
Short Descriptn Enter a description of your choice, for example, Regular IOF.
Long Name Enter a description of your choice, for example, Regular IOF.
Account Names None
Access Limit None
Availability Checks None
Payment Monitoring None
Plan Monitoring Select the checkbox.
ValDte Spec. Value Date Entry Required
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 217
Field Entry
ValueDte Deriv. Value Date Matches Value Date of First Position
Reversal OK Select the checkbox.
Spec SubFinPayt Not a Subject to Final Payment Transaction Type
Deriv. SFP Date No SubFinPayt Date for More Payment Item Positions
PaytDistr. Payment Item Not Transferred
Standing Order Not Used
TT Group Posting Check Debits - Interest and Charges
TTGroup Pst Ctrl Rules Interest and Charges
Business Trans. Code 814
TT Grp CrcyExch Internal
Table 267: Transaction Type for Payment Item: Additional IOF
Field Entry
Trans. Type Enter a number of your choice, for example, 999117.
Item Type Turnover
Short Descriptn Enter a description of your choice, for example, Additional IOF.
Long Name Enter a description of your choice, for example, Additional IOF.
Account Names None
Access Limit None
Availability Checks None
Payment Monitoring None
Plan Monitoring Select the checkbox.
ValDte Spec. Value Date Entry Required
ValueDte Deriv. Value Date Matches Value Date of First Position
Reversal OK Select the checkbox.
Spec SubFinPayt Not a Subject to Final Payment Transaction Type
218 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Field Entry
Deriv. SFP Date No SubFinPayt Date for More Payment Item Positions
PaytDistr. Payment Item Not Transferred
Standing Order Not Used
TT Group Posting Check Debits - Interest and Charges
TTGroup Pst Ctrl Rules Interest and Charges
Business Trans. Code 814
TT Grp CrcyExch Internal
Table 268: Transaction Type for Payment Item: Complementary IOF on Arrears
Field Entry
Trans. Type Enter a number of your choice, for example, 999118.
Item Type Turnover
Short Descriptn Enter a description of your choice, for example, Comp. IOF on Arr..
Long Name Enter a description of your choice, for example, Complementary IOF on Arrears.
Account Names None
Access Limit None
Availability Checks None
Payment Monitoring None
Plan Monitoring Select the checkbox.
ValDte Spec. Value Date Entry Required
ValueDte Deriv. Value Date Matches Value Date of First Position
Reversal OK Select the checkbox.
Spec SubFinPayt Not a Subject to Final Payment Transaction Type
Deriv. SFP Date No SubFinPayt Date for More Payment Item Positions
PaytDistr. Payment Item Not Transferred
Standing Order Not Used
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 219
Field Entry
TT Group Posting Check Debits - Interest and Charges
TTGroup Pst Ctrl Rules Interest and Charges
Business Trans. Code 814
TT Grp CrcyExch Internal
Table 269: Transaction Type for Payment Item: Complementary IOF on Renegotiation
Field Entry
Trans. Type Enter a number of your choice, for example, 999172.
Item Type Turnover
Short Descriptn Enter a description of your choice, for example, Comp. IOF on Renegot..
Long Name Enter a description of your choice, for example, Complementary IOF on Renegotiation.
Account Names None
Access Limit None
Availability Checks None
Payment Monitoring None
Plan Monitoring Select the checkbox.
ValDte Spec. Value Date Entry Required
ValueDte Deriv. Value Date Matches Value Date of First Position
Reversal OK Select the checkbox.
Spec SubFinPayt Not a Subject to Final Payment Transaction Type
Deriv. SFP Date No SubFinPayt Date for More Payment Item Positions
PaytDistr. Payment Item Not Transferred
Standing Order Not Used
TT Group Posting Check Debits - Interest and Charges
TTGroup Pst Ctrl Rules Interest and Charges
Business Trans. Code 814
220 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Field Entry
TT Grp CrcyExch Internal
Table 270: Transaction Type for Payment Item: Reversal of Advance Payment of Tax
Field Entry
Trans. Type Enter a number of your choice, for example, 042831.
Item Type Recipient
Short Descriptn Enter a description of your choice, for example, Reversal Adv. Tax.
Long Name Enter a description of your choice, for example, Reversal of Advance Payment of Tax.
Account Posting Check Select the checkbox.
ValDte SFP Select the checkbox.
Prenote Select the checkbox.
Account Names None
Access Limit None
Availability Checks None
Payment Monitoring None
Prenote Required Select the checkbox.
ValDte Spec. Value Date Entry Possible
ValueDte Deriv. Value Date Matches Value Date of First Position
Spec SubFinPayt Not a Subject to Final Payment Transaction Type
Deriv. SFP Date No SubFinPayt Date for More Payment Item Positions
PayDistr. Payment Item Not Transferred
Call Billing Select the checkbox.
Standing Order Not Used
TT Group Posting Check Other Debits
TTGroup Pst Ctrl Rules Debits from Payment Distr. for Loan
Business Trans. Code 005
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 221
Field Entry
TT Grp CrcyExch Payment Transaction Debit
Table 271: Transaction Type for Payment Item: Reversal Payment of Tax
Field Entry
Trans. Type Enter a number of your choice, for example, 042841.
Item Type Recipient
Short Descriptn Enter a description of your choice, for example, Reversal Payt Tax.
Long Name Enter a description of your choice, for example, Reversal Payment of Tax.
Account Posting Check Select the checkbox.
Limit Check Select the checkbox.
Prenote Select the checkbox.
Account Names None
Access Limit None
Availability Checks None
Payment Monitoring None
Prenote Required Select the checkbox.
ValDte Spec. Value Date Entry Possible
ValueDte Deriv. Value Date Matches Value Date of First Position
Spec SubFinPayt Not a Subject to Final Payment Transaction Type
Deriv. SFP Date No SubFinPayt Date for More Payment Item Positions
PayDistr. Payment Item Not Transferred
Schedule Settlement Select the checkbox.
Standing Order Not Used
TT Group Posting Check Other Debits
TTGroup Pst Ctrl Rules Debits from Payment Distr. for Loan
Business Trans. Code 005
222 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Field Entry
TT Grp CrcyExch Payment Transaction Debit
Table 272: Transaction Type for Payment Item: Reversal of Payment of Tax on Renegotiation
Field Entry
Trans. Type Enter a number of your choice, for example, 042842.
Item Type Recipient
Short Descriptn Enter a description of your choice, for example, Rev. Payt Tax on Renegot..
Long Name Enter a description of your choice, for example, Reversal of Payment of Tax on Renegotiation.
Account Posting Check Select the checkbox.
Limit Check Select the checkbox.
Prenote Select the checkbox.
Account Names None
Access Limit None
Availability Checks None
Payment Monitoring None
Prenote Required Select the checkbox.
ValDte Spec. Value Date Entry Possible
ValueDte Deriv. Value Date Matches Value Date of First Position
Spec SubFinPayt Not a Subject to Final Payment Transaction Type
Deriv. SFP Date No SubFinPayt Date for More Payment Item Positions
PayDistr. Payment Item Not Transferred
Schedule Settlement Select the checkbox.
Standing Order Not Used
TT Group Posting Check Other Debits
TTGroup Pst Ctrl Rules Debits from Payment Distr. for Loan
Business Trans. Code 005
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 223
Field Entry
TT Grp CrcyExch Payment Transaction Debit
Table 273: Transaction Type for Payment Item: Reversal of Payment of Tax on Arrears
Field Entry
Trans. Type Enter a number of your choice, for example, 042843.
Item Type Recipient
Short Descriptn Enter a description of your choice, for example, Rev. Payt Tax on Arr..
Long Name Enter a description of your choice, for example, Reversal of Payment of Tax on Arrears.
Account Posting Check Select the checkbox.
Limit Check Select the checkbox.
Prenote Select the checkbox.
Account Names None
Access Limit None
Availability Checks None
Payment Monitoring None
Prenote Required Select the checkbox.
ValDte Spec. Value Date Entry Possible
ValueDte Deriv. Value Date Matches Value Date of First Position
Spec SubFinPayt Not a Subject to Final Payment Transaction Type
Deriv. SFP Date No SubFinPayt Date for More Payment Item Positions
PayDistr. Payment Item Not Transferred
Schedule Settlement Select the checkbox.
Standing Order Not Used
TT Group Posting Check Other Debits
TTGroup Pst Ctrl Rules Debits from Payment Distr. for Loan
Business Trans. Code 005
224 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Field Entry
TT Grp CrcyExch Payment Transaction Debit
Table 274: Transaction Type for Payment Item: Advance Payment of Tax
Field Entry
Trans. Type Enter a number of your choice, for example, 092721.
Item Type Recipient
Short Descriptn Enter a description of your choice, for example, Adv. Payt Tax.
Long Name Enter a description of your choice, for example, Advance Payment of Tax.
Account Posting Check Select the checkbox.
ValDte/SFP Select the checkbox.
Prenote Select the checkbox.
Account Names None
Access Limit None
Availability Checks None
Payment Monitoring Y Payment Monitoring - Loans
CreditMemo Select the checkbox.
Prenote Required Select the checkbox.
ValDte Spec. Value Date Entry Possible
ValueDte Deriv. Value Date Matches Value Date of First Position
Spec SubFinPayt Not a Subject to Final Payment Transaction Type
Deriv. SFP Date No SubFinPayt Date for More Payment Item Positions
PaytDistr. Payment Item Not Transferred
Call Billing Select the checkbox.
Standing Order Not Used
TT Group Posting Check Other Credits
TTGroup Pst Ctrl Rules Cr Memos: Payt Distrib. for Loans
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 225
Field Entry
Business Trans. Code 051
TT Grp CrcyExch Payment Transaction Credit
Table 275: Transaction Type for Payment Item: Credit from Payment of Tax
Field Entry
Trans. Type Enter a number of your choice, for example, 092722.
Item Type Recipient
Short Descriptn Enter a description of your choice, for example, Credit Payt Tax.
Long Name Enter a description of your choice, for example, Credit from Payment of Tax.
Account Posting Check Select the checkbox.
ValDte/SFP Select the checkbox.
Prenote Select the checkbox.
Account Names None
Access Limit None
Availability Checks None
Payment Monitoring Y Payment Monitoring - Loans
CreditMemo Select the checkbox.
Prenote Required Select the checkbox.
ValDte Spec. Value Date Entry Possible
ValueDte Deriv. Value Date Matches Value Date of First Position
Spec SubFinPayt Not a Subject to Final Payment Transaction Type
Deriv. SFP Date No SubFinPayt Date for More Payment Item Positions
PaytDistr. Payment Item Not Transferred
Standing Order Not Used
TT Group Posting Check Debits – Interest and Charges
TTGroup Pst Ctrl Rules Interest and Charges
226 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Field Entry
Business Trans. Code 814
Table 276: Transaction Type for Payment Item: Payment of Tax on Arrears
Field Entry
Trans. Type Enter a number of your choice, for example, 092723.
Item Type Recipient
Short Descriptn Enter a description of your choice, for example, Payt Tax on Arr..
Long Name Enter a description of your choice, for example, Payment of Tax on Arrears.
Account Posting Check Select the checkbox.
ValDte/SFP Select the checkbox.
Prenote Select the checkbox.
Account Names None
Access Limit None
Availability Checks None
Payment Monitoring Y Payment Monitoring - Loans
CreditMemo Select the checkbox.
Prenote Required Select the checkbox.
ValDte Spec. Value Date Entry Required
ValueDte Deriv. Value Date Matches Value Date of First Position
Spec SubFinPayt Not a Subject to Final Payment Transaction Type
Deriv. SFP Date No SubFinPayt Date for More Payment Item Positions
PaytDistr. Payment Item Not Transferred
Standing Order Not Used
TT Group Posting Check Debits – Interest and Charges
TTGroup Pst Ctrl Rules Interest and Charges
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 227
Field Entry
Business Trans. Code 814
Table 277: Transaction Type for Payment Item: Payment of Tax on Renegotiation
Field Entry
Trans. Type Enter a number of your choice, for example, 092724.
Item Type Recipient
Short Descriptn Enter a description of your choice, for example, Payt Tax on Renegot..
Long Name Enter a description of your choice, for example, Payment of Tax on Renegotiation.
Account Posting Check Select the checkbox.
ValDte SFP Select the checkbox.
Prenote Select the checkbox.
Account Names None
Access Limit None
Availability Checks None
Payment Monitoring Y Payment Monitoring - Loans
CreditMemo Select the checkbox.
Prenote Required Select the checkbox.
ValDte Spec. Value Date Entry Required
ValueDte Deriv. Value Date Matches Value Date of First Position
Spec SubFinPayt Not a Subject to Final Payment Transaction Type
Deriv. SFP Date No SubFinPayt Date for More Payment Item Positions
PayDistr. Payment Item Not Transferred
Standing Order Not Used
TT Group Posting Check Debits - Interest and Charges
TTGroup Pst Ctrl Rules Interest and Charges
228 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Field Entry
Business Trans. Code 814
3. Save your entries.4. To enable the system to post IOF taxes correctly during the forward order process, select the Own Check
checkbox for the following transaction types:○ 020010 (Debit from Loan Disbursement)○ 020014 (Debit from Disbursement Withholding)
5. Save your entries.
4.6.3.3 Maintain Transaction Types for Information Items
Use
For IOF tax calculation, you need two transaction types for information items, one for regular IOF and another for additional IOF.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management Basic FunctionsTransaction Types and Transactions Type Groups Maintain Transaction Types for Information Items
2. Create two transaction types as follows:
NoteOn the configuration screens listed below, leave all the fields and checkboxes that are not mentioned, empty or deselected.
Transaction Type for Information Item - Linear Calculation Method for Regular IOF
Table 278:
Field Entry
Trans. Type Enter a number of your choice, for example, 700000.
Item Type Item Relevant to Settlement
Short Descriptn Enter a description of your choice, for example, Regular IOF.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 229
Field Entry
Long Name Enter a description of your choice, for example, Regular IOF: For Information.
Reversal OK Select the checkbox
Display Payment Notes Select the checkbox
Online Ent. PI Select the checkbox
TT Group Posting Check Other Debits
TT Grp CrcyExch Internal
Transaction Type for Information Item - Linear Calculation Method for Additional IOF
Table 279:
Field Entry
Trans. Type Enter a number of your choice, for example, 700001.
Item Type Item Relevant to Settlement
Short Descriptn Enter a description of your choice, for example, Additional IOF.
Long Name Enter a description of your choice, for example, Additional IOF: For Information.
Reversal OK Select the checkbox
Display Payment Notes Select the checkbox
Online Ent. PI Select the checkbox
TT Group Posting Check Other Debits
TT Grp CrcyExch Internal
3. Save your entries.
4.6.3.4 Assign Offsetting Transaction Types (Internal Process)
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Order Management Payment OrderAssign Offsetting Transaction Types to Transaction Types Assign Offsetting Transaction Types (Internal
Process) .
230 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
2. Select the following transaction type:
Table 280:
Tran Ty Long Name Trans. Type
042700 Debit From Payment Distribution of Loan
3. Under Dialog Structure, choose Offsetting Transactions Type Assignment.4. Create new offsetting transaction types as exemplified below:
Table 281:
OfTrTy Desc. Transact. Type Default
092721 Adv. Payt Tax Deselect the checkbox.
092722 Credit Payt Tax Deselect the checkbox.
092723 Payt Tax on Arr. Deselect the checkbox.
092724 Payt Tax on Renegot. Deselect the checkbox.
5. Save your entries.
4.6.3.5 Posting Type Settings
4.6.3.5.1 Introduction
You determine the posting types, for example, settlement postings, that the system generates automatically when it calculates taxes on loans. You organize the postings internally in the system by means of posting types.
4.6.3.5.2 Create Posting Types
Use
You define the posting types, for example, settlement postings, that the system generates automatically when it calculates taxes on loans. You organize the postings internally in the system by means of posting types.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management Basic FunctionsMaintain Posting Types .
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 231
2. To meet your customer-specific requirements, create posting types, for example, as follows:
Table 282:
PT (Posting Type) Credit Memo Proc. (Process) Desc. Posting Type
IW Selected Payment Transaction IOF Payment
IX Deselected Direct Charges Overdue IOF
IY Deselected Direct Charges Additional IOF
IZ Deselected Direct Charges Regular IOF
3. Save your entries.
4.6.3.5.3 Assign Posting Types to Transaction Types
Use
To enable the system to post items in the corresponding accounts, assign posting types to transaction types in the correct sequence.
Prerequisites
You have determined posting types as described in Create Posting Types [page 231].
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management Basic FunctionsAssign Transaction Types Posting Types .
2. Create entries to assign the posting types that you created in Create Posting Types [page 231] to transaction types as exemplified below:
Table 283:
PT (Posting Type) TranTy (Transaction Type) Desc. Transact. Type
IN 999172 Comp. IOF on Renegot.
IX 999118 Comp. IOF on Arr.
232 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
PT (Posting Type) TranTy (Transaction Type) Desc. Transact. Type
IY 999117 Additional IOF
IZ 999115 Regular IOF
3. Save your entries.
4.6.3.6 Create Financial Condition Types
4.6.3.6.1 Create Financial Condition Type for Additional IOF
Use
To enable the system to calculate additional IOF on a disbursement, use a specific condition type. The base amount that the system uses in the IOF calculation is the disbursement turnover.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Conditions Define Condition Type .
2. Choose the New Entries pushbutton and enter the following data:
NoteOn the configuration screens listed below, leave all the fields and checkboxes that are not mentioned, empty or deselected.
Table 284:
Field Entry
Condit. Type Enter an identifier of your choice, for example, 999798.
Cond. Type Name Enter a description of your choice, for example, Additional IOF.
Cond.Category 185000
Posting +/-Sign Debit Memo
Screen sequence 105021
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 233
Field Entry
Calc. Category 2010
Update Category GTX0
Posting Type Enter IY or choose the posting type that you created in Create Posting Types [page 231].
PstingType PAdj Enter IY or choose the posting type that you created in Create Posting Types [page 231].
PstgType NgAdj. Enter IY or choose the posting type that you created in Create Posting Types [page 231].
Determ. Time StdCon. Use Conditions for Interest Fixing
Determ. Time Ind.Con Use Conditions at Calculation Time
Cond. Determin Select the checkbox.
Number Calendar 3
Tiered/IntAllow Select the checkbox.
Exch.rate type M
Incl. cond. Select the checkbox.
Totaled Based on Detailed Results
ChargeEventCat. Disbursement Charge
Restart Info. Overlap
RefIntRatAssign All Reference Interest Rates
Seasonal Limit No Reference to Seasonal Limit
Last Inst. Adjust Last Installment to Remaining Balance
3. Under Dialog Structure, choose Amount Category and enter the following data:
Table 285:
Field Entry
Amt Categ. 105020
Desc. Amt Category Debit Interest
Perc. Fee No Percentage Charge
234 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Field Entry
Waiver Allowed Select the checkbox.
4. Save your entries.
4.6.3.6.2 Create Financial Condition Type for Regular IOF
Use
To enable the system to calculate regular IOF on the planned principal portion of a loan installment, use a specific condition type.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Conditions Define Condition Type .
2. Choose the New Entries pushbutton and enter the following data:
NoteOn the configuration screens listed below, leave all the fields and checkboxes that are not mentioned, empty or deselected.
Table 286:
Field Entry
Condit. Type Enter an identifier of your choice, for example, 999797.
Cond. Type Name Enter a description of your choice, for example, Regular IOF.
Cond.Category 185000
Posting +/-Sign Debit Memo
Screen sequence 105021
Calc. Category 2010
Update Category GTX0
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 235
Field Entry
Posting Type Enter IZ or choose the posting type that you created in Create Posting Types [page 231].
PstingType PAdj Enter IZ or choose the posting type that you created in Create Posting Types [page 231].
PstgType NgAdj. Enter IZ or choose the posting type that you created in Create Posting Types [page 231].
Process Result Type 00300041
Determ. Time StdCon. Use Conditions for Interest Fixing
Determ. Time Ind.Con Use Conditions at Calculation Time
Cond. Determin Select the checkbox
Number Calendar 3
Tiered/IntAllow Select the checkbox
Exch.rate type M
Incl. Cond. Select the checkbox
Totaled Based on Detailed Results
ChargeEventCat. Disbursement Charge
Restart Info. Overlap
RefIntRatAssign All Reference Interest Rates
Seasonal Limit No Reference to Seasonal Limit
Last Inst. Adjust Last Installment to Remaining Balance
3. Under Dialog Structure, choose Amount Category and enter the following data:
Table 287:
Field Entry
Amt Categ. 105020
Desc. Amt Category Debit Interest
Perc. Fee No Percentage Charge
Waiver Allowed Select the checkbox
4. Save your entries.
236 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
4.6.3.6.3 Create Financial Condition Type for Complementary IOF on Arrears Pricing
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Conditions Define Condition Type .
2. Choose the New Entries pushbutton and enter the following data:
NoteOn the configuration screens listed below, leave all the fields and checkboxes that are not mentioned, empty or deselected.
Table 288:
Field Entry
Condit. Type Enter an identifier of your choice, for example, 999799.
Cond. Type Name Enter a description of your choice, for example, Comp. IOF on Arrears Pricing.
Cond.Category 105020
Posting +/-Sign Debit Memo
Screen sequence 105021
Calc. Category 1010
Update Category GB20
Posting Type Enter IX or choose the posting type that you created in Create Posting Types [page 231].
PstingType PAdj Enter IX or choose the posting type that you created in Create Posting Types [page 231].
PstgType NgAdj. Enter 11 or choose the posting type that you created in Create Posting Types [page 231].
Process Result Type 00300010
Determ. Time StdCon. Use Conditions for Interest Fixing
Determ. Time Ind.Con Use Conditions at Calculation Time
Cond. Determin Select the checkbox.
Number Calendar 3
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 237
Field Entry
Tiered/IntAllow Select the checkbox.
Exch.rate type M
Incl. cond. Select the checkbox.
Totaled Based on Detailed Results
ChargeEventCat. Not Defined
Restart Info. Save Restart Information
RefIntRatAssign All Reference Interest Rates
Seasonal Limit No Reference to Seasonal Limit
Last Inst. Adjust Last Installment to Remaining Balance
3. Under Dialog Structure, choose Amount Category and enter the following data:
Table 289:
Field Entry
Amt Categ. 105020
Desc. Amt Category Debit Interest
Perc. Fee No Percentage Charge
Waiver Allowed Select the checkbox.
4. Save your entries.
4.6.3.6.6 Assign Financial Condition Types to Condition Group Type
Use
To process financial condition types, you assign all condition types that are relevant for a given financial product to a condition group type.
Prerequisites
You have created condition types for IOF as described in Financial Condition Types [page 235].
238 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Conditions Define Condition Group Types .
2. Select the 210 Loan Settlement condition group type.3. Under Dialog Structure, choose Condition Type.4. Add the condition types that you created in Financial Condition Types [page 235] for regular IOF, additional
IOF, complementary IOF on arrears pricing, and complementary IOF on renegotiation pricing.5. Select the 240 Payment: Loans condition group type.6. Under Dialog Structure, choose Condition Type.7. Add the condition types that you created in Financial Condition Types [page 235] for disbursement IOF
payment, complementary IOF on arrears payment, and complementary IOF on renegotiation payment.8. Save your entries.
4.6.3.7 Tax Manager Settings
4.6.3.7.1 Define Tax Operations
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Define Tax Operations .
2. Enter the following data:
Table 290:
Tax Op ID Debit Oper Description
Enter a unique identifier of your choice, for example, 16.
X Enter a description of your choice, for example, DISBURSEMENT.
Enter a unique identifier of your choice, for example, 20.
Leave field blank. Enter a description of your choice, for example, DISBURSEMENT EVENTS.
3. Save your entries.
4.6.3.7.2 Define Tax Types
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Define Tax Types
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 239
2. Enter the following data:
Table 291:
Tax Type Description Tax Calculator
Enter a unique identifier of your choice, for example, IOF.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, TAX IOF.
/FSLBR/CL_BRAZIL_CALCULATOR
Enter a unique identifier of your choice, for example, IOFA.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, ADDITIONAL IOF.
/FSLBR/CL_TAX_IOF_ADDITIONAL
Enter a unique identifier of your choice, for example, IOFR.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, REGULAR IOF.
/FSLBR/CL_TAX_IOF_REGULAR
Enter a unique identifier of your choice, for example, IOFC.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, COMPLEMENTARY_IOF.
/FSLBR/CL_TAX_IOF_COMPLEMENTAR
3. Save your entries.
4.6.3.7.3 Define Tax Item Types
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Define Tax Item Types .
2. Enter the following data:
Table 292:
Tax ItemTy. Description
Enter the ID for the tax type for disbursement events, for example, 20.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, OPERATION ID 20.
Enter the ID for the tax type for complementary IOF, for example, 500053.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, POST COMPLEMENTARY IOF.
Enter the ID for the tax type for regular IOF, for example, 500063.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, POST REGULAR IOF.
Enter the ID for the tax type for additional IOF, for example, 500073.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, POST ADDITIONAL IOF.
Enter the ID for the tax type for disbursement, for example, 3.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, OPERATION ID 16.
3. Save your entries.
240 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
4.6.3.7.4 Assign Transaction Types and Condition Types to Tax Item Types
Use
Assign the tax item types that you created for input and posting to the corresponding condition types as described below.
Prerequisites
● You have created condition types as described in Financial Condition Types [page 233].● You have created transaction types as described in Maintain and Assign Transaction Types for Payment
Items [page 216].● You have created tax item types as described in Define Tax Item Types [page 240].
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Assign Transaction Types and Condition Types to Tax Item Types .
2. Enter the mapping assignments for all the relevant condition types:
Table 293:
CondTyp TranTy Tax ImTy RC Dec Places
Enter the standard condition type for loans capital repayment 511010.
NoteRegardless the payment condition type for capital that you use in the loan contract, use this entry in Assign Transaction Types and Condition Types to Tax Item Type [page 212].
Leave the field empty. Enter the tax item type ID that you created for input disbursement events, for example, 20.
Round To Nearest Two decimals places
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 241
CondTyp TranTy Tax ImTy RC Dec Places
NoteIt is not necessary to configure this condition type again if you use only the 511010 standard condition for loans capital repayment.
Enter the number of the condition type for loans capital repayment that you use in the loan contract.
Leave the field empty. Enter the tax item type ID that you created for input disbursement events, for example, 20.
Round To Nearest Two decimals places
Leave the field empty. Enter a number of your choice, for example, 020010.
Enter the tax item type ID that you created for input disbursement, for example, 3.
Round To Nearest Two decimals places
Enter the condition type that you created in , for example, 999173.
Leave the field empty. Enter the tax item type ID that you created for input tax on loans payment replanning, for example, 28.
Round To Nearest Two decimals places
Enter the condition type that you created for complementary IOF on arrears pricing, for example, 999799.
Leave the field empty. Enter the tax item type ID that you created for post complementary IOF on arrears, for example, 500053.
Round Down Two decimals places
Enter the condition type that you created for additional IOF, for example, 999798.
Leave the field empty. Enter the tax item type ID that you created for post additional IOF, for example, 500073.
Round Down Two decimals places
Enter the condition type that you created for regular IOF, for example, 999797.
Leave the field empty. Enter the tax item type ID that you created for post regular IOF, for example, 500063.
Round Down Two decimals places
242 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
CondTyp TranTy Tax ImTy RC Dec Places
Enter the condition type that you created for complementary IOF on renegotiation pricing, for example, 999796.
Leave the field empty. Enter the tax item type ID that you created for post complementary IOF on renegotiation, for example, 500083.
Round Down Two decimals places
3. Save your entries.
4.6.3.7.5 Assign Tax Item Types to Operations
Prerequisites
● You have determined tax operations as described in Define Tax Operations [page 239].● You have created tax item types as described in Define Tax Item Types [page 240].
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Assign Tax Item Types to Operations .
2. Choose the New Entries pushbutton and enter the following data:
Table 294:
Tax ItmTy. Tax Op ID
Enter the tax item type that you created for input disbursement events in Define Tax Item Types [page 240], for example, 20.
Enter the tax operation ID that you created for disbursement events in Define Tax Operations [page 239], for example, 20.
Enter the tax item type that you created for input tax on loans payment replanning in Define Tax Item Types [page 240], for example, 28.
Enter the tax operation ID that you created for tax on loans payment replanning in Define Tax Operations [page 239], for example, 28.
Enter the tax item type that you created for input disbursement in Define Tax Item Types [page 240], for example, 3.
Enter the tax operation ID that you created for disbursement in Define Tax Operations [page 239], for example, 16.
3. Save your entries.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 243
4.6.3.7.6 Define Business Partner Tax Classification
Use
To comply with regulation and business practices, you determine a classification for your business partners to exempt a certain group of them from IOF or to apply special tax rates, for example, for companies under the Simples Nacional category.
NoteThe standard delivery contains the tax classification Court Exemption Order (25) that you can use to exempt a given business partner from paying IOF based on court orders.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Define Business Partner Tax Classification .
2. Choose the New Entries pushbutton and enter the following data:
Table 295:
Tax Classf Description
Enter an identifier, for example, 8. Enter a description of your choice, for example, EXEMPT.
Enter an identifier, for example, 13. Enter a description of your choice, for example, SIMPLES NACIONAL.
Enter an identifier, for example, 25. Enter a description of your choice, for example, COURT EXEMPTION ORDER.
3. Save your entries.
4.6.3.7.7 Define Tax Types and Tax Groups
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose SAP Business Partner for Financial Services General Settings Business Partner Basic Settings Tax Types and Tax Groups Define Tax Type and Tax Groups .
244 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
2. Choose the New Entries pushbutton and enter the following data:
NoteOn the configuration screens listed below, leave all the fields and checkboxes that are not mentioned, empty or deselected.
Table 296:
Country Tax Type Description BPs Products Sequence
BR Enter an identifier for IOF, for example, IOF.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, IOF.
Select the checkbox.
Deselect the checkbox.
7
BR Enter an identifier for regular IOF, for example, IOFR.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, Regular IOF.
Select the checkbox.
Select the checkbox.
8
BR Enter an identifier for additional IOF, for example, IOFA.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, Additional IOF.
Select the checkbox.
Select the checkbox.
8
BR Enter an identifier for complementary IOF on arrears, for example, IOFC.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, Complementary IOF on Arrears.
Select the checkbox.
Deselect the checkbox.
7
3. Save your entries.4. Select the entry that you created for IOF.5. Under Dialog Structure, choose Assign Business Partner Tax Groups and enter the following data:
Table 297:
Country Tax Type Tax Group Description
BR Enter the tax type that you created for IOF, for example, IOF.
Enter an identifier for the tax group, for example, 1.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, SIMPLES NACIONAL.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 245
Country Tax Type Tax Group Description
BR Enter the tax type that you created for IOF, for example, IOF.
Enter an identifier for the tax group, for example, 3.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, COURT EXEMPTION ORDER.
6. Save your entries.7. Select the entry that you created for Regular IOF.8. Under Dialog Structure, choose Assign Business Partner Tax Groups and enter the following data:
Table 298:
Country Tax Type Tax Group Description
BR Enter the tax type that you created for regular IOF, for example, IOFR.
Enter an identifier for the tax group, for example, 1.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, SIMPLES NACIONAL.
BR Enter the tax type that you created for regular IOF, for example, IOFR.
Enter an identifier for the tax group, for example, 2.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, EXEMPT.
BR Enter the tax type that you created for regular IOF, for example, IOFR.
Enter an identifier for the tax group, for example, 3.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, COURT EXEMPTION ORDER.
9. Save your entries.10. Select the entry that you created for Additional IOF.11. Under Dialog Structure, choose Assign Business Partner Tax Groups and enter the following data:
Table 299:
Country Tax Type Tax Group Description
BR Enter the tax type that you created for additional IOF, for example, IOFA.
Enter an identifier for the tax group, for example, 1.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, SIMPLES NACIONAL.
BR Enter the tax type that you created for additional IOF, for example, IOFA.
Enter an identifier for the tax group, for example, 2.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, EXEMPT.
BR Enter the tax type that you created for additional IOF, for example, IOFA.
Enter an identifier for the tax group, for example, 3.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, COURT EXEMPTION ORDER.
12. Save your entries.13. Select the entry that you created for Complementary IOF on Arrears.
246 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
14. Under Dialog Structure, choose Assign Business Partner Tax Groups and enter the following data:
Table 300:
Country Tax Type Tax Group Description
BR Enter the tax type that you created for complementary IOF on arrears, for example, IOFC.
Enter an identifier for the tax group, for example, 1.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, SIMPLES NACIONAL.
BR Enter the tax type that you created for complementary IOF on arrears, for example, IOFC.
Enter an identifier for the tax group, for example, 2.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, EXEMPT.
BR Enter the tax type that you created for complementary IOF on arrears, for example, IOFC.
Enter an identifier for the tax group, for example, 3.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, COURT EXEMPTION ORDER.
15. Save your entries.
4.6.3.7.8 Assign Business Partner Tax Classifications to Business Partner Tax Groups
Prerequisites
You have determined the business partner tax classification in Define Business Partner Tax Classification [page 244].
You have determined tax types and tax groups in Define Tax Types and Tax Groups [page 244].
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Assign Business Partner Tax Classifications to Business Partner Tax Groups .
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 247
2. Choose the New Entries pushbutton and enter the following data:
Table 301:
Tax Type Tax Group Tax Classf Description
Enter the tax type that you created for IOF in Define Tax Types and Tax Groups [page 244], for example, IOF.
1 Enter the ID for Simples Nacional that you determined in Define Business Partner Tax Classification [page 244], for example, 13.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, SIMPLES NACIONAL.
Enter the tax type that you created for IOF in Define Tax Types and Tax Groups [page 244], for example, IOF.
3 Enter the ID for Court Exemption Order that you determined in Define Business Partner Tax Classification [page 244], for example, 25.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, COURT EXEMPTION ORDER.
Enter the tax type that you created for regular IOF in Define Tax Types and Tax Groups [page 244], for example, IOFR.
1 Enter the ID for Simples Nacional that you determined in Define Business Partner Tax Classification [page 244], for example, 13.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, SIMPLES NACIONAL.
Enter the tax type that you created for regular IOF in Define Tax Types and Tax Groups [page 244], for example, IOFR.
2 Enter the ID for Exempt that you determined in Define Business Partner Tax Classification [page 244], for example, 8.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, EXEMPT.
Enter the tax type that you created for regular IOF in Define Tax Types and Tax Groups [page 244], for example, IOFR.
3 Enter the ID for Court Exemption Order that you determined in Define Business Partner Tax Classification [page 244], for example, 25.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, COURT EXEMPTION ORDER.
Enter the tax type that you created for additional IOF in Define Tax Types and Tax Groups [page 244], for example, IOFA.
1 Enter the ID for Simples Nacional that you determined in Define Business Partner Tax Classification [page 244], for example, 13.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, SIMPLES NACIONAL.
Enter the tax type that you created for additional IOF in Define Tax Types and Tax Groups [page 244], for example, IOFA.
2 Enter the ID for Exempt that you determined in Define Business Partner Tax Classification [page 244], for example, 8.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, EXEMPT.
248 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Tax Type Tax Group Tax Classf Description
Enter the tax type that you created for additional IOF in Define Tax Types and Tax Groups [page 244], for example, IOFA.
3 Enter the ID for Court Exemption Order that you determined in Define Business Partner Tax Classification [page 244], for example, 25.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, COURT EXEMPTION ORDER.
Enter the tax type that you created for complementary IOF on arrears in Define Tax Types and Tax Groups [page 244], for example, IOFC.
1 Enter the ID for Simples Nacional that you determined in Define Business Partner Tax Classification [page 244], for example, 13.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, SIMPLES NACIONAL.
Enter the tax type that you created for complementary IOF on arrears in Define Tax Types and Tax Groups [page 244], for example, IOFC.
2 Enter the ID for Exempt that you determined in Define Business Partner Tax Classification [page 244], for example, 8.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, EXEMPT.
Enter the tax type that you created for complementary IOF on arrears in Define Tax Types and Tax Groups [page 244], for example, IOFC.
3 Enter the ID for Court Exemption Order that you determined in Define Business Partner Tax Classification [page 244], for example, 25.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, COURT EXEMPTION ORDER.
3. Save your entries.
4.6.3.7.9 Assign Posting Transactions to Operations
Use
Assign tax manager operations to the tax types and tax item types that you use for regular IOF, additional IOF, complementary IOF on arrears, and complementary IOF on renegotiation.
Prerequisites
● You have created tax operations as described in Define Tax Operations [page 239].● You have created tax types for additional IOF as described in Define Tax Types [page 239].● You have created tax item types for additional IOF as described in Define Tax Item Types [page 240].
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 249
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Assign Posting Transactions to Operations .
2. Choose the New Entries pushbutton and enter the following data:
Table 302:
Tax Op ID Tax Type Tax ItmTy
Enter the tax operation ID that you created for disbursement in Define Tax Operations [page 239], for example, 16.
Enter the tax type that you created for additional IOF in Define Tax Types [page 239], for example, IOFA.
Enter the tax item type that you created for post additional IOF inDefine Tax Item Types [page 240], for example, 500073.
Enter the tax operation ID that you created for disbursement events in Define Tax Operations [page 239], for example, 20.
Enter the tax type that you created for regular IOF in Define Tax Types [page 239], for example, IOFR.
Enter the tax item type that you created for post regular IOF in Define Tax Item Types [page 240], for example, 500063.
Enter the tax operation ID that you created for disbursement events in Define Tax Operations [page 239], for example, 20.
Enter the tax type that you created for complementary IOF on arrears in Define Tax Types [page 239], for example, IOFC.
Enter the tax item type that you created for post complementary IOF on arrears in Define Tax Item Types [page 240], for example, 500053.
Enter the tax operation ID that you created for tax on loans payment replanning in Define Tax Operations [page 239], for example, 28.
Enter the tax type that you created for complementary IOF on renegotiation in Define Tax Types [page 239], for example, IOFN.
Enter the tax item type that you created for IOF on renegotiation in Define Tax Item Types [page 240], for example, 500083.
3. Save your entries.
4.6.3.7.10 Specify Tax Rates
Use
The system calculates complementary IOF on arrears using the same rate applied to regular IOF in the disbursement event.
To check this rate, follow the procedure described below.
Prerequisites
You have created tax types as described in Define Tax Types [page 239].
250 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Specify Tax Rates .
2. Enter the tax rates as exemplified below:
NoteThe IOF rates are published by the government and are subject to change.
NoteOn the configuration screens listed below, leave all the fields and checkboxes that are not mentioned, empty or deselected.
Table 303:
Tax Rate ID Start Date End Date Tax Rate Tax Type Country
102 01.01.2000 31.12.9999 0.38 Enter the tax type that you created for additional IOF in Define Tax Types [page 239], for example, IOFA.
BR
104 01.01.2000 31.12.9999 0.38 Enter the tax type that you created for additional IOF in Define Tax Types [page 239], for example, IOFA.
BR
300 01.01.2000 31.12.9999 0.0082 Enter the tax type that you created for regular IOF in Define Tax Types [page 239], for example, IOFR.
BR
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 251
Tax Rate ID Start Date End Date Tax Rate Tax Type Country
301 01.01.2000 31.12.9999 0.0041 Enter the tax type that you created for complementary IOF on renegotiation in Define Tax Types [page 239], for example, IOFN.
BR
302 01.01.2000 31.12.9999 0.00137 Enter the tax type that you created for regular IOF in Define Tax Types [page 239], for example, IOFR.
BR
3. Save your entries.
4.6.3.7.11 Specify Tax Assignments
Prerequisites
You have created tax types as described in Define Tax Types [page 239].
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Tax Manager Specify Tax Assignments .
2. Choose the New Entries pushbutton and enter the following data:
NoteOn the configuration screens listed below, leave all the fields and checkboxes that are not mentioned, empty or deselected.
Tax Assignment for Regular IOF
252 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Table 304:
Field Entry
Country BR
Tax Op ID 20
Tax Type Enter the tax type that you created for regular IOF in Define Tax Types [page 239], for example, IOFR.
Start Date 01.01.2000
End Date 31.12.9999
Rate Determiner /FSLBR/CL_IOFR_DETERMINE_RATE
Reference Data Control /FSLBR/CL_TAX_IOF_DATA_CONTROL
Tax Assignment for Additional IOF
Table 305:
Field Entry
Country BR
Tax Op ID 16
Tax Type Enter the tax type that you created for additional IOF in Define Tax Types [page 239], for example, IOFA.
Start Date 01.01.2000
End Date 31.12.9999
Rate Determiner /FSLBR/CL_IOFA_DETERMINE_RATE
Tax Assignment for Complementary IOF on Arrears
Table 306:
Field Entry
Country BR
Tax Op ID 20
Tax Type Enter the tax type that you created for complementary IOF on arrears in Define Tax Types [page 239], for example, IOFC.
Start Date 01.01.2000
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 253
Field Entry
End Date 31.12.9999
Rate Determiner /FSLBR/CL_IOFC_DETERMINE_RATE
Reference Data Control /FSLBR/CL_TAX_IOF_DATA_CONTROL
Tax Assignment for Complementary IOF on Renegotiation
Table 307:
Field Entry
Country BR
Tax Op ID 28
Tax Type Enter the tax type that you created for complementary IOF on renegotiation in Define Tax Types [page 239], for example, IOFN.
Start Date 01.01.2000
End Date 31.12.9999
Reference Data Control /FSLBR/CL_TAX_IOF_DATA_CONTROL
3. Save your entries.
4.6.3.7.12 Process Integrator Settings
4.6.3.7.12.1 Introduction
NoteAll the rates specified below are for your reference. Enter the corresponding rate for the tax when making these settings.
4.6.3.7.12.2 Determine Process Integrator Implementation Spot
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Services Tax Manager Process Integrator Settings Determine Process Integrator Implementation Spot .
254 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
2. Enter the following data:
Table 308:
ProcIntID BussProcDefID
AccTypePC Business Process
Bus Proc Act Step
ProcOrd Implement. Spot
PI Class Name
51 51 LOAN DISBURSEMENT
AFTER_SKIP
1 AFTER_SKIP
/FSGLO/CL_TAX_PROC_INTEGRATOR
52 51 LOAN DISBURSEMENT
AFTER_SKIP
2 AFTER_SKIP
/FSLBR/CL_TAX_PR_INT_OVER_DISB
55 55 LOAN SETTLEMENT
AFTER_SKIP
1 AFTER_SKIP
/FSGLO/CL_TAX_PROC_INTEGRATOR
57 55 LOAN SETTLEMENT
AFTER_SKIP
3 AFTER_SKIP
/FSLBR/CL_TAX_PR_INT_ON_ARREAR
3. Save your entries.
4.6.3.7.12.3 Assign Process Integrator Tax Type
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Services Tax Manager Process Integrator Settings Assign Process Integrator Tax Type .
2. Enter the following data:
Table 309:
ProcIntID Tax Type PrepareRelevant Calc Relevant Post Relevant
10 Enter the tax type that you have created for additional IOF in Define Tax Types [page 239].
Leave field blank. Selected Selected
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 255
ProcIntID Tax Type PrepareRelevant Calc Relevant Post Relevant
51 Enter the tax type that you have created for regular IOF in Define Tax Types [page 239].
Leave field blank. Leave field blank. Leave field blank.
52 Enter the tax type that you have created for regular IOF in Define Tax Types [page 239].
Leave field blank. X X
57 Enter the tax type that you have created for additional IOF in Define Tax Types [page 239].
Leave field blank. Selected Selected
55 Enter the tax type that you have created for additional IOF in Define Tax Types [page 239].
Leave field blank. Leave field blank.
Leave field blank.
3. Save your entries.
4.6.3.8 Amount Reservation Settings
4.6.3.8.1 Define Amount Reservation Types
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Basic Settings Amount Reservation Types Define Amount Reservation Types .
2. Choose the New Entries pushbutton and enter the following data:
Table 310:
AmtResType Description
Enter an identifier of your choice for the amount reservation type, for example, 0L10.
Enter a description of your choice for the amount reservation type, for example, Payment of Tax.
Enter an identifier of your choice for the amount reservation type, for example, 0L11.
Enter a description of your choice for the amount reservation type, for example, Reversal Payment of Tax.
Enter an identifier of your choice for the amount reservation type, for example, 0L12.
Enter a description of your choice for the amount reservation type, for example, Advance Payment of Tax.
256 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
AmtResType Description
Enter an identifier of your choice for the amount reservation type, for example, 0L13.
Enter a description of your choice for the amount reservation type, for example, Reversal Early Payment of Tax.
Enter an identifier of your choice for the amount reservation type, for example, 0L14.
Enter a description of your choice for the amount reservation type, for example, Payment Comp. IOF on Arr..
Enter an identifier of your choice for the amount reservation type, for example, 0L15.
Enter a description of your choice for the amount reservation type, for example, Reversal Payment Comp. IOF on Arr..
Enter an identifier of your choice for the amount reservation type, for example, 0L16.
Enter a description of your choice for the amount reservation type, for example, Payment Comp. IOF on Renegot..
Enter an identifier of your choice for the amount reservation type, for example, 0L17.
Enter a description of your choice for the amount reservation type, for example, Reversal Payment Comp. IOF on Renegot..
3. Save your entries.
4.6.3.8.2 Define Payment Distribution Types
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Payment Distribution Define Payment Distribution Types .
2. Choose the New Entries pushbutton and enter the following data:
Table 311:
PD Type PD Type Desc. Usage Cat.
Enter an identifier of your choice, for example, 000900.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, Prepayment of Tax.
004 Prepayment
Enter an identifier of your choice, for example, 000901.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, Payment of Tax.
003 Due Item Clearing
Enter an identifier of your choice, for example, 000902.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, Payment Comp. IOF on Arr..
003 Due Item Clearing
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 257
PD Type PD Type Desc. Usage Cat.
Enter an identifier of your choice, for example, 000904.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, Payment Comp. IOF on Renegot..
003 Due Item Clearing
3. Save your entries.
4.6.3.8.3 Assign Transaction Types and Reserved Types to Payment Distribution Types
Prerequisites
● You have created transaction types for tax payment as described in Maintain and Assign Transaction Types for Payment Items [page 216].
● You have created payment distribution types as described in Define Payment Distribution Types [page 257].● You have created amount reservation types as described in Define Amount Reservation Types [page 256].
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Payment Distribution Assign Trans. Types and Reserv. Types to Paymt Distr. Types .
2. Choose the New Entries pushbutton and enter the following data:
Table 312:
PD Type TransType OffsetType Rev. Type Res. Type Rev Res Ty
Enter the payment distribution type that you created for the prepayment of tax in Define Payment Distribution Types [page 257], for example, 000900.
Enter the transaction type that you created for advance payment of tax in Maintain and Assign Transaction Types for Payment Items [page 216], for example, 092721.
042831 042831 Enter the amount reservation type that you created for the advance payment of tax in Define Amount Reservation Types [page 256], for example, 0L12.
Enter the amount reservation type that you created for the reversal early payment of tax in Define Amount Reservation Types [page 256], for example, 0L13.
258 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
PD Type TransType OffsetType Rev. Type Res. Type Rev Res Ty
Enter the payment distribution type that you created for the payment of tax in Define Payment Distribution Types [page 257], for example, 000901.
Enter the transaction type that you created for credit from payment of tax in Maintain and Assign Transaction Types for Payment Items [page 216], for example, 092722.
042900 042841 Enter the amount reservation type that you created for the payment of tax in Define Amount Reservation Types [page 256], for example, 0L10.
Enter the amount reservation type that you created for the reversal payment of tax in Define Amount Reservation Types [page 256], for example, 0L11.
Enter the payment distribution type that you created for the payment of complementary IOF on arrears in Define Payment Distribution Types [page 257], for example, 000902.
Enter the transaction type that you created for payment of tax on arrears in Maintain and Assign Transaction Types for Payment Items [page 216], for example, 092723.
042900 042841 Enter the amount reservation type that you created for the payment of complementary IOF on arrears in Define Amount Reservation Types [page 256], for example, 0L14.
Enter the amount reservation type that you created for the reversal payment of complementary IOF on arrears in Define Amount Reservation Types [page 256], for example, 0L15.
Enter the payment distribution type that you created for the payment of complementary IOF on renegotiation in Define Payment Distribution Types [page 257], for example, 000904.
Enter the transaction type that you created for payment of tax on renegotiation in Maintain and Assign Transaction Types for Payment Items [page 216], for example, 092724.
042900 042842 Enter the amount reservation type that you created for the payment of complementary IOF on renegotiation in Define Amount Reservation Types [page 256], for example, 0L16.
Enter the amount reservation type that you created for the reversal payment of complementary IOF on renegotiation in Define Amount Reservation Types [page 256], for example, 0L17.
3. Save your entries.
4.6.3.8.4 Define Transaction Types for the Open Item Management System
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Payment Distribution Define Transaction Types for the Open Item Management System .
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 259
2. Choose the New Entries pushbutton and enter the following data:
Table 313:
Trsn Type Trans. Type Desc.
GTX1 Debit Position IOF Disb.
GB21 Debit Position Comp. IOF on Arr.
GB31 Debit Position Comp. IOF on Renegot.
3. Save your entries.
4.6.3.8.5 Assign Transaction Types for Open Item Management System to Payment Distribution Types
Prerequisites
You have created transaction types for the open item management system in Define Transaction Types for the Open Item Management System [page 259].
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Payment Distribution Assign Trans. Types for OIM System to Paymt Distr. Types .
2. Choose the New Entries pushbutton and enter the following data:
Table 314:
Use Cat. Trsn Type Trans. Type Desc. PD Type PD Type Desc
003 GB31 Debit Position Comp. IOF on Renegot.
000904 Payment Comp. IOF on Renegot.
003 GTX1 Debit Position IOF Disb.
000901 Payment of Tax
003 GB21 Debit Position Comp. IOF on Arr.
000902 Payment Comp. IOF on Arr.
260 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Use Cat. Trsn Type Trans. Type Desc. PD Type PD Type Desc
004 GTX1 Debit Position IOF Disb.
000900 Prepayment of Tax
004 GB21 Debit Position Comp. IOF on Arr.
000900 Prepayment of Tax
008 GB31 Debit Position Comp. IOF on Renegot.
000904 Payment Comp. IOF on Renegot.
008 GTX1 Debit Position IOF Disb.
000901 Payment of Tax
008 GB21 Debit Position Comp. IOF on Arr.
000902 Payment Comp. IOF on Arr.
3. Save your entries.
4.6.3.8.6 Assign Condition Types for Limitation/Clearing of Info Items
Use
You have created transaction types for information items in Maintain Transaction Types for Information Items [page 229].
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management SettlementAssign Condition Types for Limitation/Clearing of Info Items .
2. Choose the New Entries pushbutton and enter the following data:
NoteOn the configuration screens listed below, leave all the fields and checkboxes that are not mentioned, empty or deselected.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 261
Table 315:
Trans. Type Offset Cond. Type Detail
700000 999797 999797
700001 999798 999798
3. Save your entries.
4.6.3.9 Prenote Settings
4.6.3.9.1 Create Prenote Types
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management PrenoteDefine Prenote Types .
2. Choose the New Entries pushbutton and enter the following data:
NoteOn the configuration screens listed below, leave all the fields and checkboxes that are not mentioned, empty or deselected.
Payment of Tax
Table 316:
Field Entry
Prenote Type Enter an identifier of your choice, for example, L10.
Desc. Prenote Type Enter a description of your choice, for example, Payment of Tax.
Account Posting Check Select the checkbox.
Account Names None
Access Limit None
Availability Checks None
Payment Monitoring None
Credit Memo Select the checkbox.
Create Mode Only BAPI
262 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Field Entry
TransTyGrp Pstg Chck 1400
TA Type Grp CrcyExch 002000
Reversal Payment of Tax
Table 317:
Field Entry
Prenote Type Enter an identifier of your choice, for example, L11.
Desc. Prenote Type Enter a description of your choice, for example, Reversal Payment of Tax.
Account Posting Check Select the checkbox.
Account Names None
Access Limit None
Availability Checks None
Own Check Select the checkbox.
Payment Monitoring None
Create Mode Only BAPI
TransTyGrp Pstg Chck 0700
TA Type Grp CrcyExch 001000
Advance Payment of Tax
Table 318:
Field Entry
Prenote Type Enter an identifier of your choice, for example, L12.
Desc. Prenote Type Enter a description of your choice, for example, Advance Payment of Tax.
Account Posting Check Select the checkbox.
Account Names None
Access Limit None
Availability Checks None
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 263
Field Entry
Payment Monitoring Payment Monitoring - Loans
Credit Memo Select the checkbox.
Create Mode Only BAPI
TransTyGrp Pstg Chck 1400
TA Type Grp CrcyExch 002000
Reversal Early Payment of Tax
Table 319:
Field Entry
Prenote Type Enter an identifier of your choice, for example, L13.
Desc. Prenote Type Enter a description of your choice, for example, Reversal Early Payment of Tax.
Account Posting Check Select the checkbox.
Account Names None
Access Limit None
Availability Checks None
Own Check Select the checkbox.
Payment Monitoring None
Create Mode Only BAPI
TransTyGrp Pstg Chck 0700
TA Type Grp CrcyExch 001000
Payment Complementary IOF on Arrears
Table 320:
Field Entry
Prenote Type Enter an identifier of your choice, for example, L14.
Desc. Prenote Type Enter a description of your choice, for example, Payment Comp. IOF on Arr..
Account Posting Check Select the checkbox.
264 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Field Entry
Account Names None
Access Limit Tunover-Based Only
Availability Checks None
Payment Monitoring None
Credit Memo Select the checkbox.
Create Mode Only BAPI
TransTyGrp Pstg Chck 1400
TA Type Grp CrcyExch 002000
Reversal Payment Complementary IOF on Arrears
Table 321:
Field Entry
Prenote Type Enter an identifier of your choice, for example, L15.
Desc. Prenote Type Enter a description of your choice, for example, Reversal Payment Comp. IOF on Arr..
Account Posting Check Select the checkbox.
Account Names None
Access Limit None
Availability Checks None
Own Check Select the checkbox.
Payment Monitoring None
Create Mode Only BAPI
TransTyGrp Pstg Chck 0700
TA Type Grp CrcyExch 001000
Payment Complementary IOF on Renegotiation
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 265
Table 322:
Field Entry
Prenote Type Enter an identifier of your choice, for example, L16.
Desc. Prenote Type Enter a description of your choice, for example, Payment Comp. IOF on Renegot..
Account Posting Check Select the checkbox.
Account Names None
Access Limit Tunover-Based Only
Availability Checks None
Payment Monitoring None
Credit Memo Select the checkbox.
Create Mode Only BAPI
TransTyGrp Pstg Chck 1400
TA Type Grp CrcyExch 002000
Reversal Payment Complementary IOF on Renegotiation
Table 323:
Field Entry
Prenote Type Enter an identifier of your choice, for example, L17.
Desc. Prenote Type Enter a description of your choice, for example, Reversal Payment Comp. IOF on Renegot..
Account Posting Check Select the checkbox.
Account Names None
Access Limit None
Availability Checks None
Own Check Select the checkbox.
Payment Monitoring None
Create Mode Only BAPI
TransTyGrp Pstg Chck 0700
266 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Field Entry
TA Type Grp CrcyExch 001000
3. Save your entries.
4.6.3.9.2 Define Turnover Classes
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management Turnover Classes for Flexible Account Balances Define Turnover Classes .
2. Choose the New Entries pushbutton and enter the following data:
NoteOn the configuration screens listed below, leave all the fields and checkboxes that are not mentioned, empty or deselected.
Table 324:
Field Entry
Turn Class TAX0
Description Turnover Class Tax: To Pay
Agg Select the checkbox.
Assignment Assignment via Application
Update Update via Application
Table 325:
Field Entry
Turn Class TAX1
Description Turnover Class Tax: Owed
Agg Select the checkbox.
Assignment Assignment via Application
Update Update via Application
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 267
Table 326:
Field Entry
Turn Class TAX2
Description Turnover Class Tax: Paid (Clearing)
Agg Select the checkbox.
Assignment Assignment via Application
Update Update via Application
Table 327:
Field Entry
Turn Class TAX3
Description Turnover Class Tax: Adv. Payt
Agg Select the checkbox.
Assignment Assignment via Application
Update Update via Application
Table 328:
Field Entry
Turn Class TOA0
Description Turnover Class Tax on Arrears: To Pay
Agg Select the checkbox.
Assignment Assignment via Application
Update Update via Application
Table 329:
Field Entry
Turn Class TOA1
Description Turnover Class Tax on Arrears: Owed
Agg Select the checkbox.
Assignment Assignment via Application
268 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Field Entry
Update Update via Application
Table 330:
Field Entry
Turn Class TOA2
Description Turnover Class Tax on Arrears: Paid (Clearing)
Agg Select the checkbox.
Assignment Assignment via Application
Update Update via Application
Table 331:
Field Entry
Turn Class TOA3
Description Turnover Class Tax on Arrears: Adv. Payt
Agg Select the checkbox.
Assignment Assignment via Application
Update Update via Application
Table 332:
Field Entry
Turn Class TXR0
Description Turnover Class Tax on Renegot.: To Pay
Agg Select the checkbox.
Assignment Assignment via Application
Update Update via Application
Table 333:
Field Entry
Turn Class TXR1
Description Turnover Class Tax on Renegot.: Owed
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 269
Field Entry
Agg Select the checkbox.
Assignment Assignment via Application
Update Update via Application
Table 334:
Field Entry
Turn Class TXR2
Description Turnover Class Tax on Renegot.: Paid (Clearing)
Agg Select the checkbox.
Assignment Assignment via Application
Update Update via Application
Table 335:
Field Entry
Turn Class TXR3
Description Turnover Class Tax on Renegot.: Adv. Payt
Agg Select the checkbox.
Assignment Assignment via Application
Update Update via Application
3. Save your entries.
4.6.3.9.3 Assign Turnover Classes to Prenote Types
Prerequisites
● You have created prenote types as described in Create Prenote Types [page 262].● You have created turnover classes as described in Define Turnover Classes [page 267].
270 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management PrenoteAssign Turnover Classes to Prenote Types .
2. On the Maintenance View for Prenote Types screen, select the prenote types that you created in Create Prenote Types [page 262] and choose Assigned Turnover Classes.
3. Choose the New Entries pushbutton and enter the following data:
Table 336:
Prenote Type Turnover Class
Enter the payment of tax prenote type that you created in Create Prenote Types [page 262], for example, L10.
TAX2
Enter the reversal payment of tax prenote type that you created in Create Prenote Types [page 262], for example, L11.
TAX2
Enter the advance payment of tax prenote type that you created in Create Prenote Types [page 262], for example, L12.
TAX3
Enter the reversal early payment of tax prenote type that you created in Create Prenote Types [page 262], for example, L13.
TAX3
Enter the payment complementary IOF on arrears prenote type that you created in Create Prenote Types [page 262], for example, L14.
TOA2
Enter the reversal payment complementary IOF on arrears prenote type that you created in Create Prenote Types [page 262], for example, L15.
TOA2
4. Save your entries.
4.6.3.9.4 Define Prenote Types for Withholding Categories
Prerequisites
● You have created transaction types for the open item management (OIM) system as described in Define Transaction Types for the Open Item Management System [page 259].
● You have created prenote types as described in Create Prenote Types [page 262].
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 271
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Order Management Account OrderDisbursement (Loans) Define Prenote Types for Withhold Categories .
2. Choose the New Entries pushbutton and enter the following data:
Table 337:
UpdateCat. Prenote Type Offset Prenote Adv Pmt Prenote Type
Adv Pmt Offset Prenote
Enter the debit position IOF disbursement transaction type for the OIM system that you configured in Define Transaction Types for the Open Item Management System [page 259], for example, GTX1.
Enter the payment of tax prenote type that you created in Create Prenote Types [page 262], for example, L10.
Enter the reversal payment of tax prenote type that you created in Create Prenote Types [page 262], for example, L11.
Enter the advance payment of tax prenote type that you created in Create Prenote Types [page 262], for example, L12.
Enter the reversal early payment of tax prenote type that you created in Create Prenote Types [page 262], for example, L13.
Enter the GB20 complementary IOF on arrears: to be requested transaction type for the OIM system.
546 646 557 657
Enter the debit position complementary IOF on arrears transaction type for the OIM system that you configured in Define Transaction Types for the Open Item Management System [page 259], for example, GB21.
546 646 557 657
3. Save your entries.
272 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
4.6.3.9.5 Assign Amount Reservation Types to Prenote Types
Prerequisites
● You have created amount reservation types as described in Define Amount Reservation Types [page 256].● You have created prenote types as described in Create Prenote Types [page 262].
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management Prenote Assign Amount Reservation Types to Prenote Types .
2. Choose the New Entries pushbutton and enter the following data:
Table 338:
Country Tax Type
Enter the payment of tax amount reservation type that you created in Define Amount Reservation Types [page 256], for example, 0L10.
Enter the payment of tax prenote type that you created in Create Prenote Types [page 262], for example, L10.
Enter the reversal payment of tax amount reservation type that you created in Define Amount Reservation Types [page 256], for example, 0L11.
Enter the reversal payment of tax prenote type that you created in Create Prenote Types [page 262], for example, L11.
Enter the advance payment of tax amount reservation type that you created in Define Amount Reservation Types [page 256], for example, 0L12.
Enter the advance payment of tax prenote type that you created in Create Prenote Types [page 262], for example, L12.
Enter the reversal early payment of tax amount reservation type that you created in Define Amount Reservation Types [page 256], for example, 0L13.
Enter the reversal early payment of tax prenote type that you created in Create Prenote Types [page 262], for example, L13.
Enter the payment complementary IOF on arrears.amount reservation type that you created in Define Amount Reservation Types [page 256], for example, 0L14.
Enter the payment complementary IOF on arrears prenote type that you created in Create Prenote Types [page 262], for example, L14.
Enter the reversal payment complementary IOF on arrears amount reservation type that you created in Define Amount Reservation Types [page 256], for example, 0L15.
Enter the reversal payment complementary IOF on arrears prenote type that you created in Create Prenote Types [page 262], for example, L15.
Enter the payment complementary IOF on renegotiation amount reservation type that you created in Define Amount Reservation Types [page 256], for example, 0L16.
Enter the payment complementary IOF on renegotiation prenote type that you created in Create Prenote Types [page 262], for example, L16.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 273
Country Tax Type
Enter the reversal payment complementary IOF on renegotiation amount reservation type that you created in Define Amount Reservation Types [page 256], for example, 0L17.
Enter the reversal payment complementary IOF on renegotiation prenote type that you created in Create Prenote Types [page 262], for example, L17.
3. Save your entries.
4.6.3.10 Define Derivation Rules for Turnover Classes
Use
For each turnover class that you determined for IOF, assign two transaction types, one for debit and another for credit. You determine two different derivation rules for each turnover class as described below.
Prerequisites
● You have created transaction types for payment items as described in Maintain and Assign Transaction Types for Payment Items [page 216].
● You have created turnover classes as described in Define Turnover Classes [page 267].
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, under Account Management Item Management Turnover Classes for Flexible Account Balances Define Derivation Rules for Turnover Classes , select the first node with the <No Condition Defined> condition, choose Create Node and select As Last Lower-Level Node.
2. In the Selected Node tab, create a new condition and enter the following data:
Table 339:
Field Entry
Node Active Select the checkbox.
Condition Field Trans. Type
Condition Cat. Equal
274 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Field Entry
Value Enter the reversal payment of tax transaction type that you created in Maintain and Assign Transaction Types for Payment Items [page 216], for example, 042841.
3. In the Target group box, create a new target and enter the following data:
Table 340:
Field Entry
Turnover Class Enter the tax: paid (clearing) turnover class that you created in Define Turnover Classes [page 267], for example, TAX2.
4. Save your entries.5. In the Selected Node tab, create a new condition and enter the following data:
Table 341:
Field Entry
Node Active Select the checkbox.
Condition Field Trans. Type
Condition Cat. Equal
Value Enter the credit from payment of tax transaction type that you created in Maintain and Assign Transaction Types for Payment Items [page 216], for example, 092722.
6. In the Target group box, create a new target and enter the following data:
Table 342:
Field Entry
Turnover Class Enter the tax: paid (clearing) turnover class that you created in Define Turnover Classes [page 267], for example, TAX2.
7. Save your entries.8. In the Selected Node tab, create a new condition and enter the following data:
Table 343:
Field Entry
Node Active Select the checkbox.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 275
Field Entry
Condition Field Trans. Type
Condition Cat. Equal
Value Enter the reversal of advance payment of tax transaction type that you created in Maintain and Assign Transaction Types for Payment Items [page 216], for example, 042831.
9. In the Target group box, create a new target and enter the following data:
Table 344:
Field Entry
Turnover Class Enter the tax: advance payment turnover class that you created in Define Turnover Classes [page 267], for example, TAX3.
10. Save your entries.11. In the Selected Node tab, create a new condition and enter the following data:
Table 345:
Field Entry
Node Active Select the checkbox.
Condition Field Trans. Type
Condition Cat. Equal
Value Enter the advance payment of tax transaction type that you created in Maintain and Assign Transaction Types for Payment Items [page 216], for example, 092721.
12. In the Target group box, create a new target and enter the following data:
Table 346:
Field Entry
Turnover Class Enter the tax: advance payment turnover class that you created in Define Turnover Classes [page 267], for example, TAX3.
13. Save your entries.
276 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
14. In the Selected Node tab, create a new condition and enter the following data:
Table 347:
Field Entry
Node Active Select the checkbox.
Condition Field Trans. Type
Condition Cat. Equal
Value Enter the reversal of payment of tax on arrears transaction type that you created in Maintain and Assign Transaction Types for Payment Items [page 216], for example, 042843.
15. In the Target group box, create a new target and enter the following data:
Table 348:
Field Entry
Turnover Class Enter the tax on arrears: paid (clearing) turnover class that you created in Define Turnover Classes [page 267], for example, TOA2.
16. Save your entries.17. In the Selected Node tab, create a new condition and enter the following data:
Table 349:
Field Entry
Node Active Select the checkbox.
Condition Field Trans. Type
Condition Cat. Equal
Value Enter the payment of tax on arrears transaction type that you created in Maintain and Assign Transaction Types for Payment Items [page 216], for example, 092723.
18. In the Target group box, create a new target and enter the following data:
Table 350:
Field Entry
Turnover Class Enter the tax on arrears: paid (clearing) turnover class that you created in Define Turnover Classes [page 267], for example, TOA2.
19. Save your entries.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 277
20.In the Selected Node tab, create a new condition and enter the following data:
Table 351:
Field Entry
Node Active Select the checkbox.
Condition Field Trans. Type
Condition Cat. Equal
Value Enter the reversal of payment of tax on renegotiation transaction type that you created in Maintain and Assign Transaction Types for Payment Items [page 216], for example, 042842.
21. In the Target group box, create a new target and enter the following data:
Table 352:
Field Entry
Turnover Class Enter the tax on renegotiation: paid (clearing) turnover class that you created in Define Turnover Classes [page 267], for example, TRX2.
22. Save your entries.23. In the Selected Node tab, create a new condition and enter the following data:
Table 353:
Field Entry
Node Active Select the checkbox.
Condition Field Trans. Type
Condition Cat. Equal
Value Enter the payment of tax on renegotiation transaction type that you created in Maintain and Assign Transaction Types for Payment Items [page 216], for example, 092724.
24.In the Target group box, create a new target and enter the following data:
Table 354:
Field Entry
Turnover Class Enter the tax on renegotiation: paid (clearing) turnover class that you created in Define Turnover Classes [page 267], for example, TRX2.
278 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
25. Save your entries.
4.6.3.11 Configure Account Product for IOF on Loans
Use
When creating or adjusting the account product to enable IOF calculation on loans, make the settings as described below.
Prerequisites
You have created turnover classes as described in Define Turnover Classes [page 267].
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Product Definition Account Products Create / Change Account Product .
2. In the product attribute structure, make the settings as described below:
Table 355:
Attribute Path in Product Attribute Tree Entry
Maximum No. Tolerance Days From Disbursement Date
Disbursement Item Withheld from
Disbursement
Enter the maximum number of days that the system allows, for example, 999999.
Logical Turnover Class General Settlement Attributes
Relevant to Clearing
GTX0
Real Turnover Class General Settlement Attributes
Relevant to Clearing
Enter the tax: to pay turnover class that you created in Define Turnover Classes [page 267], for example, TAX0.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 279
Table 356:
Attribute Path in Product Attribute Tree Entry
Maximum No. Tolerance Days From Disbursement Date
Disbursement Item Withheld from
Disbursement
Enter the maximum number of days that the system allows, for example, 999999.
Logical Turnover Class General Settlement Attributes
Relevant to Clearing
GTX1
Real Turnover Class General Settlement Attributes
Relevant to Clearing
Enter the tax: owed turnover class that you created in Define Turnover Classes [page 267], for example, TAX1.
Table 357:
Attribute Path in Product Attribute Tree Entry
Maximum No. Tolerance Days From Disbursement Date
Disbursement Item Withheld from
Disbursement
Enter the maximum number of days that the system allows, for example, 999999.
Logical Turnover Class General Settlement Attributes
Relevant to Clearing
GTX2
Real Turnover Class General Settlement Attributes
Relevant to Clearing
Enter the tax: paid (clearing) turnover class that you created in Define Turnover Classes [page 267], for example, TAX2.
Table 358:
Attribute Path in Product Attribute Tree Entry
Maximum No. Tolerance Days From Disbursement Date
Disbursement Item Withheld from
Disbursement
Enter the maximum number of days that the system allows, for example, 999999.
Logical Turnover Class General Settlement Attributes
Relevant to Clearing
GTX3
Real Turnover Class General Settlement Attributes
Relevant to Clearing
Enter the tax: advance payment turnover class that you created in Define Turnover Classes [page 267], for example, TAX3.
280 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Table 359:
Attribute Path in Product Attribute Tree Entry
Maximum No. Tolerance Days From Disbursement Date
Disbursement Item Withheld from
Disbursement
Enter the maximum number of days that the system allows, for example, 999999.
Logical Turnover Class General Settlement Attributes
Relevant to Clearing
GB20
Real Turnover Class General Settlement Attributes
Relevant to Clearing
Enter the tax on arrears: to pay turnover class that you created in Define Turnover Classes [page 267], for example, TOA0.
Table 360:
Attribute Path in Product Attribute Tree Entry
Maximum No. Tolerance Days From Disbursement Date
Disbursement Item Withheld from
Disbursement
Enter the maximum number of days that the system allows, for example, 999999.
Logical Turnover Class General Settlement Attributes
Relevant to Clearing
GB21
Real Turnover Class General Settlement Attributes
Relevant to Clearing
Enter the tax on arrears: owed turnover class that you created in Define Turnover Classes [page 267], for example, TOA1.
Table 361:
Attribute Path in Product Attribute Tree Entry
Maximum No. Tolerance Days From Disbursement Date
Disbursement Item Withheld from
Disbursement
Enter the maximum number of days that the system allows, for example, 999999.
Logical Turnover Class General Settlement Attributes
Relevant to Clearing
GB22
Real Turnover Class General Settlement Attributes
Relevant to Clearing
Enter the tax on arrears: paid (clearing) turnover class that you created in Define Turnover Classes [page 267], for example, TOA2.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 281
Table 362:
Attribute Path in Product Attribute Tree Entry
Maximum No. Tolerance Days From Disbursement Date
Disbursement Item Withheld from
Disbursement
Enter the maximum number of days that the system allows, for example, 999999.
Logical Turnover Class General Settlement Attributes
Relevant to Clearing
GB23
Real Turnover Class General Settlement Attributes
Relevant to Clearing
Enter the tax on arrears: advance payment turnover class that you created in Define Turnover Classes [page 267], for example, TOA3.
Table 363:
Attribute Path in Product Attribute Tree Entry
Maximum No. Tolerance Days From Disbursement Date
Disbursement Item Withheld from
Disbursement
Enter the maximum number of days that the system allows, for example, 999999.
Logical Turnover Class General Settlement Attributes
Relevant to Clearing
GB30
Real Turnover Class General Settlement Attributes
Relevant to Clearing
Enter the tax on renegotiation: to pay turnover class that you created in Define Turnover Classes [page 267], for example, TXR0.
Table 364:
Attribute Path in Product Attribute Tree Entry
Maximum No. Tolerance Days From Disbursement Date
Disbursement Item Withheld from
Disbursement
Enter the maximum number of days that the system allows, for example, 999999.
Logical Turnover Class General Settlement Attributes
Relevant to Clearing
GB31
Real Turnover Class General Settlement Attributes
Relevant to Clearing
Enter the tax on renegotiation: owed turnover class that you created in Define Turnover Classes [page 267], for example, TXR1.
282 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Table 365:
Attribute Path in Product Attribute Tree Entry
Maximum No. Tolerance Days From Disbursement Date
Disbursement Item Withheld from
Disbursement
Enter the maximum number of days that the system allows, for example, 999999.
Logical Turnover Class General Settlement Attributes
Relevant to Clearing
GB32
Real Turnover Class General Settlement Attributes
Relevant to Clearing
Enter the tax on renegotiation: paid (clearing) turnover class that you created in Define Turnover Classes [page 267], for example, TXR2.
Table 366:
Attribute Path in Product Attribute Tree Entry
Maximum No. Tolerance Days From Disbursement Date
Disbursement Item Withheld from
Disbursement
Enter the maximum number of days that the system allows, for example, 999999.
Logical Turnover Class General Settlement Attributes
Relevant to Clearing
GB33
Real Turnover Class General Settlement Attributes
Relevant to Clearing
Enter the tax on renegotiation: advance payment turnover class that you created in Define Turnover Classes [page 267], for example, TXR3.
3. Save and activate the account product.
4.6.3.12 Edit Descriptions for Seasonal Limits
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Contract Management AccountEdit Descriptions for Seasonal Limits .
2. Choose the New Entries pushbutton and enter the following data:
Table 367:
Seas. Lim. Desc. Seasonal Limit
Enter a seasonal limit identifier of your choice, for example, LIF.
Enter a seasonal limit description of your choice, for example, Limit for Items to Fund.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 283
3. Save your entries.
4.6.3.13 Define Payment Note Categories for IOF
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management Basic FunctionsBasic Posting Settings Define Types for Structured Payment Notes .
2. Choose the New Entries pushbutton and enter the following data:
NoteOn the configuration screens listed below, leave all the fields and checkboxes that are not mentioned, empty or deselected.
Table 368:
Payment Note Type Description Type of Payment Note
Enter an identifier of your choice, for example, 090. Enter a description of your choice, for example, Number of Days of IOF.
Enter an identifier of your choice, for example, 091. Enter a description of your choice, for example, Currency for IOF.
Enter an identifier of your choice, for example, 092. Enter a description of your choice, for example, Amount for IOF.
Enter an identifier of your choice, for example, 093. Enter a description of your choice, for example, Percentage of IOF.
Enter an identifier of your choice, for example, 094. Enter a description of your choice, for example, Disbursement Date.
Enter an identifier of your choice, for example, 095. Enter a description of your choice, for example, Installment Date.
3. Save your entries.
4.6.3.14 Configure Localization Parameters
Prerequisites
● You have configured payment note categories as described in Define Payment Notes Categories for IOF [page 284].
● You have configured the industries that are tax exempt when you create the business partner in the transactional banking system.
284 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Configure Localization Parameters .
2. Select the following localization parameters one at a time.3. For each of the parameters, under Dialog Structure, choose Customer Parameter Value and enter the data
described in the Parameter Value column below.
Table 369:
Parameters Customer Parameter Values
Localization Parameter Group Parameter Subgroup Parameter Name Parameter Value
Global TAX_MANAGER PAYMENT_NOTE_ID DAYS Enter the number of days of IOF payment note type that you configured in Define Payment Note Categories for IOF [page 284].
CURRENCY Enter the currency for IOF payment note type that you configured in Define Payment Note Categories for IOF [page 284].
BASE_AMOUNT Enter the amount for IOF payment note type that you configured in Define Payment Note Categories for IOF [page 284].
RATE Enter the percentage of IOF payment note type that you configured in Define Payment Note Categories for IOF [page 284].
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 285
Parameters Customer Parameter Values
Localization Parameter Group Parameter Subgroup Parameter Name Parameter Value
DISBURSEMENT_DATE
Enter the disbursement date payment note type that you configured in Define Payment Note Categories for IOF [page 284].
INSTALLMENT_DATE Enter the installment date payment note type that you configured in Define Payment Note Categories for IOF [page 284].
Brazil TAX_MANAGER IOF COMPANY_EXEMPTION
Enter the industries that are exempt from IOF.
LIMIT_AMT_FOR_RATE_DETERMI NER
Enter the maximum amount for the account committed limit of a loan for which the system applies special IOF rates, for example, for companies under the Simples Nacional category.
MAX_DAYS Enter the maximum number of days that the system uses to calculate regular and complementary IOF on arrears.
PRENOTE_ADDITIONAL
Enter the prenote type that the system uses to withhold additional IOF in a loan disbursement.
286 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Parameters Customer Parameter Values
Localization Parameter Group Parameter Subgroup Parameter Name Parameter Value
PRENOTE_REGULAR Enter the prenote type that the system uses to withhold regular IOF in a loan disbursement.
Brazil TAX_MANAGER IOFA COMPANY_EXEMPTION
Enter the industries that are exempt from additional IOF.
COURT_EXEMPTION_ORDER
Enter the industries that are exempt from additional IOF due to court exemption order.
EXEMPT Enter the industries that are exempt from additional IOF.
NOT_APPLICABLE Enter the industries for which additional IOF is not applicable.
RATE_ZERO Enter the industries that receive zero rate for additional IOF.
Brazil TAX_MANAGER IOFR COMPANY_EXEMPTION
Enter the industries that are exempt from regular IOF.
COURT_EXEMPTION_ORDER
Enter the industries that are exempt from regular IOF due to a court exemption order.
EXEMPT Enter the industries that are exempt from regular IOF.
NOT_APPLICABLE Enter the industries for which regular IOF is not applicable.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 287
Parameters Customer Parameter Values
Localization Parameter Group Parameter Subgroup Parameter Name Parameter Value
RATE_ZERO Enter the industries that receive zero rate for regular IOF.
4. Save your entries.
4.6.3.15 Posting Control Settings for IOF
4.6.3.15.1 Define Own Check Results
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management Posting Control Rules Define Own Check Results .
2. Choose the New Entries pushbutton and enter the following data:
Table 370:
Check Objs Check Result No. Appl. Area Message
Own Check Own Check LT01 /FSGLO/TAX_MANAGER
016
Own Check Own Check LT02 /FSGLO/TAX_MANAGER
017
3. Save your entries.
4.6.3.15.2 Define Error Types
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, under Account Management Item Management Posting Control Rules Error Types Define Error Types , enter the error types as exemplified below:
Table 371:
Field Entry
Error Type LT1
Error Type Descript. Incorrect Planned Taxes
2. Save your entries.
288 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
4.6.3.15.3 Assign Error Types
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, under Account Management Item Management Posting Control Rules Error Types Assign Error Types , assign the error types as exemplified below:
NoteOn the configuration screens listed below, leave all the fields and checkboxes that are not mentioned, empty or deselected.
Table 372:
Check Obj Check Result No. Error Type
Own Check Own Check LT01 LT1
Own Check Own Check LT02 LT1
2. Save your entries.
4.6.3.15.4 Define Main Rule Set
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, under Account Management Item Managements Posting Control Rules Define Rule Set , determine a rule set as exemplified below:
NoteOn the configuration screens listed below, leave all the fields and checkboxes that are not mentioned, empty or deselected.
Table 373:
Field Entry
Error Type LT1
Ty. Ordering Party
TrTypGrPsg 0400
First Resp Post Processing
2. Save your entries.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 289
4.6.3.16 Configuration for Disabling Partial Clearing for Open Item Transaction Types
Use
The system does not allow you to pay IOF partially. To disable the partial clearing of IOF, make the settings as described below.
Prerequisites
You have created transaction types for the open item management (OIM) system as described in Define Transaction Types for the Open Item Management System [page 259].
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Payment Distribution Localization Settings Enable Partial Clearing for Open Item Transaction Types .
2. Determine a partial clearing for the open item transaction type as in the described below:
Table 374:
Field Entry
Rule Set Enter the rule set assigned to the loans product.
OI Trans Type Enter the transaction type that you configured in Define Transaction Types for the Open Item Management System [page 259], for example, GTX1.
Enbl. Part. Clear. Deselect the checkbox.
Table 375:
Field Entry
Rule Set Enter the rule set assigned to the loans product.
OI Trans Type Enter the transaction type that you configured in Define Transaction Types for the Open Item Management System [page 259], for example, GB21.
Enbl. Part. Clear. Deselect the checkbox.
290 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Table 376:
Field Entry
Rule Set Enter the rule set assigned to the loans product.
OI Trans Type Enter the transaction type that you configured in Define Transaction Types for the Open Item Management System [page 259], for example, GB31.
Enbl. Part. Clear. Deselect the checkbox.
3. Save your entries.
4.6.3.17 Create Dependency for Clearing Open Items
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Payment Distribution Localization Settings Create Dependency for Clearing Open Items .
2. Choose the New Entries pushbutton and enter the following data:
Table 377:
Field Entry
Rule Set Enter the rule set assigned to the loans product.
Dep. Group Enter an identifier for the dependency group, for example, A.
Partial Select the checkbox.
3. Save your entries.4. Select the new entry that you created.5. Under Dialog Structure, choose Open Item Transaction Types.6. Choose the New Entries pushbutton, and enter the following data in the OI TType field:
○ The standard open item transaction type for Debit Position Repayment (1550)○ The open item transaction type for Debit Position Complementary IOF on Arrears (GB21)
7. Save your entries.
4.6.3.18 Configuration for Extending Disbursement Order
4.6.3.18.1 Configure New Object Categories
1. Run transaction SM34.2. Maintain view cluster VC_TBCA_ORLINK.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 291
3. Choose Object Types in the Dialog Structure.4. Create a new object category reference with value LDBF01.5. Save your entries.6. Choose Functions in the Dialog Structure.7. Create an entry for the newly created object category reference and assign the value FINADI in the
Differentiation Functions for References of Orders field.8. Save your entries.
4.6.3.18.2 Configure Disbursement Order
4.6.3.18.2.1 Configure Events for the Disbursement Order
There are 5 events that must be configured in order to enable the financing of disbursement withheld items.
Below is the configuration for each of them:
1. Under the SAP Easy Menu Access, choose Financial Services Account Management Tools BDT Customizing Disbursement (Loans) (Dialog Only) Structure .
2. Run transaction for configuring events F9BODB_S73. Select line for event DCHCK and double click on Event -> Function Modules.
○ Disable the function module call under id 1000000 (i.e., erase the field Call)○ Enable the function module call under id 7000000 (i.e., mark the field Call)○ Save your entries.
4. Select line for event DSAVC and double click on Event -> Function Modules○ Disable the function module call under id 1000000 (i.e., erase the field Call)○ Enable the function module call under id 7000000 (i.e., mark the field Call)○ Save your entries.
5. Select line for event FCODE and double click on Event -> Function Modules○ Disable the function module call under id 1000 (i.e., erase the field Call)○ Enable the function module call under id 7000000 (i.e., mark the fieldCall)○ Save your entries.
6. Select line for event ISDAT and double click on Event -> Function Modules○ Enable the function module call under id 7000000(i.e., mark the field Call)○ Save your entries.
7. Select line for event SCRND and double click on Event -> Function Modules○ Enable the function module call under id 7000000 (i.e., mark the field Call)○ Save your entries.
8. Save your entries.
292 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
4.6.3.18.2.2 Configure Views for the Disbursement Order
1. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Financial Services Account Management Tools BDT Customizing Disbursement (Loans) (Dialog Only) Structure Screen Layout Views .
2. Choose the BODB01 Disbursement view.3. In the Function Module group box, in the After Entry field, enter /FSGLO/FINA_DISB_PAI_BODB01.4. Save your entries.
4.6.3.18.3 Define Prenote Types
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management Prenote Define Prenote Types .
2. Choose the 500 Reservation: Disbursement - Loans prenote type.3. In the Checks group box, deselect the Facility checkbox.4. Save your entries.
4.7 Configuration for Payment Processing
4.7.1 Introduction
This section describes how to configure the system to process payments from customers to banks and between banks in line with requirements in Brazil.
NoteFor more information about the business processes and functions related to payment processing, see SAP Library at http://help.sap.com/bankingservices80loc Localizations for Banking Services from SAPBrazil Account Management (FS-AM) Payment Processing .
4.7.2 Define Transaction Type Groups for Posting Rules
Use
To enable the system to use the same posting rules for similar transactions, you create a transaction type group, and assign posting rules to the transaction type group. The system then uses the same posting rules for all related transaction types.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 293
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management Posting Control Rules Define Transaction Type Groups .
2. Create two transaction type groups, one for debit transactions and another for credit transactions, by entering the following data:
Table 378:
Field Entry
TransTypGr (Transaction Type Group) Enter a technical name of your choice, for example, BRDEB and BRCRED.
Descript. Transaction Type Group Enter a description of your choice, for example, Debits – BR Bank Transfer and Credits - BR Bank Transfer.
3. Save your entries.
4.7.3 Define Main Rule Sets
Use
To enable the system to react to errors when it processes payments, you define rules. In the rules, you can determine how the system reacts when there is an error with an item. For example, you can set up the system to post the item.
Prerequisites
You have defined the required transaction type groups (see Define Transaction Type Groups for Posting Rules [page 293]).
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management Posting Control Rules Define Main Rule Set .
2. Define rules for each transaction type group, as described below.
Rules for Debit Transaction Type Groups
The example below is for the transaction type group for debits, BRDEB.
294 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Create one rule for each error type, from C01 through C15, using the same values for each, as listed in the table below:
Table 379:
Field Entry
ErrorType C01 (from C01 through C15)
Ty. (Type of Payment Item) Ordering Party
TrTypGrPsg (Transaction Type Group: Rules for Posting Control)
BRDEB (see Define Transaction Type Groups for Posting Rules [page 314]).
First Resp (First Response (Posting Control Rules)) Post Processing (example only)
Proc.Reas. (Processing Reason) 2
Rules for Credit Transaction Type Groups
The example below is for the transaction type group for credits, BRCRED.
Create one rule for each error type, from C01 through C12, using the same values for each, as listed in the table below:
Table 380:
Field Entry
ErrorType C01 (from C01 through C12)
Ty. (Type of Payment Item) Recipients
TrTypGrPsg (Transaction Type Group: Rules for Posting Control)
BRCRED (see Define Transaction Type Groups for Posting Rules [page 314]).
First Resp (First Response (Posting Control Rules)) Post Processing (example only)
Proc.Reas. (Processing Reason) Leave field blank.
Rules for Other Transaction Type Groups
To ensure that the system does not forward payment items to post processing when an error occurs for a transaction type group other than the ones above, you configure the error types C01 through C12 for all other transaction type groups that you use, as shown in the following table:
Table 381:
Field Entry
ErrorType C01 (from C01 through C12)
Ty. (Type of Payment Item) Leave field blank.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 295
Field Entry
TrTypGrPsg (Transaction Type Group: Rules for Posting Control)
Leave field blank.
First Resp (First Response (Posting Control Rules)) Post
Proc.Reas. (Processing Reason) Leave field blank.
4.7.4 Create Transaction Types for Brazilian Bank Transfers
4.7.4.1 Create Transaction Types
Use
To differentiate standard transaction types from the transaction types that are required in Brazil, you create new transaction types for use in Brazil. The transaction types are as follows:
Table 382:
Purpose of Transaction Type Transaction Type
Debit for Customer-Bank Transfers DOC Debit
TED Debit
Bank Transfers
Bill Payments
Boleto
NoteBoleto is a common method of payment by bank transfer in Brazil. A vendor sends its customer a boleto (bank payment slip), which serves as an invoice. The customer pays the boleto at a local bank, and this bank then sends the payment to the vendor’s designated house bank.
Debit for Bank-Bank Transfers DOC C Debit
DOC D Debit
TED C Debit
TED D Debit
296 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Purpose of Transaction Type Transaction Type
Credit for Customer-Bank Transfer DOC Credit
TED Credit
Bank Transfers
Credit for Bank-Bank Transfers DOC C Credit
DOC D Credit
TED C Credit
TED D Credit
Offsetting Transaction Types for Credit Credits to Checking Account
Rent Payments
Duplicatas
NoteDuplicatas are copies of invoices that you send to banks to collect receivables.
Exchange Transactions
Credit Card/Debit Transactions
Public Service Payments
Tax Payments
Public Sector Payments
Dividend Payments
Salary Payments
Prerequisites
You have created transaction type groups (see Define Transaction Type Groups for Posting Rules [page 293]).
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 297
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management Basic FunctionsTransaction Types and Transaction Type Groups Maintain and Assign Transaction Types for Payment
Items .2. Create the transaction types described in the table above. For debit transaction types, see Create Debit
Transaction Types [page 298]; for credit transaction types, see Create Credit Transaction Types [page 301].
NoteThe sequence of the fields in the tables below is correct in the detail view of the transaction types. We therefore recommend that you make all settings in the detail view.
4.7.4.2 Create Debit Transaction Types
For each debit transaction type listed in the table above, enter the data described in the tables below:
NoteEach subheading in this section represents a group box in the detail view of the transaction types.
Transaction Type Maintenance
Table 383:
Field Entry
Trans. Type Enter a technical name of your choice, for example, CNAB10.
Short Description Enter a short description of your choice, for example, DOC Debit Transfer.
NoteFor your short description, you can enter the transaction type names listed in the Transaction Type column of the table above.
298 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Field Entry
Long Name Enter a long name of your choice, for example, DOC Debit Transfer.
NoteFor your long name, you can enter the transaction type names listed in the Transaction Type column of the table above.
Item Type Ordering Party
Tax TA Type Deselected
Relevant Checks
Table 384:
Field Entry
Account Posting Check Selected
Limit Check Selected
ValDte/SFP Selected
Facilities Selected
Payment Form Deselected
Prenote Deselected
Account Names None
Access Limit Tunover-Based Only
Availability Checks All
Payment Monitoring Payment Monitoring - Time Deposits
Overdraft Protection Selected
Currency Exch. Deselected
Plan Monitoring Selected
Own Check Selected
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 299
Control
Table 385:
Field Entry
CreditMemo Deselected
Reversal OK Selected
Multiple Recipients OK Deselected
Display Payment Notes Selected
Intraday Relevant Deselected
Cus. Initiation Selected
Check Facilities Deselected
Change PaytPlan Leave field blank.
ValDteSpec Value Date Entry Possible
Spec Sub FinPayt Not a Subject to Final Payment Transaction Type
Payt Form Type Leave field blank.
Event Leave field blank.
Corresp. Type Leave field blank.
PaytDistr. Payment Item Not Transferred
Other P/R Not Relevant
Schedule Settlement Deselected
Clearg Category Not Relevant for Billing
Call Billing Deselected
Retain Blank Lines Deselected
300 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Use
Table 386:
Field Entry
Online Ent. PI Deselected
Online PO Selected
Online FO Selected
Standing Order Not Used
Assignment
Table 387:
Field Entry
TT Group Posting Check 800
TTGroup Pst Ctrl Rules BRDEB (see Define Transaction Type Groups for Posting Rules [page 293])
Business Trans. Code 020
TT Grp CrcyExch 1000
4.7.4.3 Create Credit Transaction Types
For each credit transaction type listed in the table above, enter the data described in the tables below:
Transaction Type Maintenance
Table 388:
Field Entry
Trans. Type Enter a technical name of your choice, for example, CNAB20.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 301
Field Entry
Short Description Enter a short description of your choice, for example, DOC Credit Transfer.
NoteFor your short description, you can enter the transaction type names listed in the Transaction Type column of the table above.
Long Name Enter a long name of your choice, for example, DOC Credit Transfer.
NoteFor your long name, you can enter the transaction type names listed in the Transaction Type column of the table above.
Item Type Recipient
Tax TA Type Deselected
Relevant Checks
Table 389:
Field Entry
Account Posting Check Selected
Limit Check Deselected
ValDte/SFP Selected
Facilities Deselected
Payment Form Deselected
Prenote Deselected
Account Names Name of Account Holder
Access Limit None
Availability Checks None
302 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Field Entry
Payment Monitoring Payment Monitoring - Time Deposits
Overdraft Protection Deselected
Currency Exch. Deselected
Plan Monitoring Selected
Own Check Selected
Control
Table 390:
Field Entry
CreditMemo Selected
Reversal OK Selected
Multiple Recipients OK Deselected
Display Payment Notes Selected
Intraday Relevant Deselected
Cus. Initiation Deselected
Check Facilities Deselected
Change PaytPlan Leave field blank.
ValDteSpec Value Date Entry Possible
Spec Sub FinPayt Not a Subject to Final Payment Transaction Type
Payt Form Type Leave field blank.
Event Leave field blank.
Corresp. Type Leave field blank.
PaytDistr. Payment Item Transferred
Other P/R Not Relevant
Schedule Settlement Deselected
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 303
Field Entry
Clearg Category Not Relevant for Billing
Call Billing Deselected
Retain Blank Lines Deselected
Use
Table 391:
Field Entry
Online Ent. PI Deselected
Online PO Selected
Online FO Selected
Standing Order Not Used
Assignment
Table 392:
Field Entry
TT Group Posting Check 1100
TTGroup Pst Ctrl Rules BRCRED (see Define Transaction Type Groups for Posting Rules [page 293])
Business Trans. Code 051
TT Grp CrcyExch 2000
4.7.5 Assign Offsetting Transaction Types
Use
You determine the relationship between transaction types, for example, a DOC C debit transaction, and the associated offsetting transaction types. The settings that you make in this step determine what you can choose
304 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
on the selection screen of the Brazil-specific Create Order for Payment Processing (/FSLBR/PP_CREATE_ORDER) report.
Prerequisites
You have created the required transaction types (see Create Transaction Types for Brazilian Bank Transfers [page 296]).
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Order Management Payment OrderAssign Offsetting Transaction Types to Transaction Types Assign Offsetting Transaction Types (PO
Dialog) .2. Make the settings described below:
DOC Transactions
1. Select the transaction type that you created for DOC C debit and choose Assign Offsetting Transaction Type.2. Enter the following data:
Table 393:
OfTrTy (Offsetting Transaction Type)
Enter the technical name of your offsetting transaction type for rent payment.
Enter the technical name of your offsetting transaction type for duplicatas.
3. In the left frame, choose Transaction Type for Payment Order – Dialog and repeat the previous step for the transaction type that you created for DOC D debit.
4. Save your entries.
TED Transactions
1. Select the transaction that you created for TED C debit and choose Assign Offsetting Transaction Type.2. Enter the following data:
Table 394:
OfTrTy (Offsetting Transaction Type)
Enter the technical name of your offsetting transaction type for exchange transaction.
Enter the technical name of your offsetting transaction type for credit card/debit transaction.
Enter the technical name of your offsetting transaction type for public service payment.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 305
OfTrTy (Offsetting Transaction Type)
Enter the technical name of your offsetting transaction type for tax payment.
Enter the technical name of your offsetting transaction type for public sector payment.
Enter the technical name of your offsetting transaction type for dividend payment.
Enter the technical name of your offsetting transaction type for salary payment.
3. In the left frame, choose Transaction Type for Payment Order – Dialog and repeat the previous step for the transaction that you created for TED D debit.
4. Save your entries.
4.7.6 Assign Processing Priority to Recipient Items
Use
When you execute the outgoing payment dispatcher using a mass run, the system processes external recipient items based on their processing priorities. If you do not specify a particular processing priority, the system processes all items sequentially according to their priorities.
Prerequisites
You have defined the transaction types that you require (see Create Transaction Types for Brazilian Bank Transfers [page 296]).
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Order Management Payment OrderOutgoing Payment Dispatcher Assign Processing Priority for Recipient Item .
2. Enter the following data:
Table 395:
Trans. Type (Transaction Type) Priority
Enter the technical name of your offsetting transaction type for credit in checking account.
Fast Payments
306 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Trans. Type (Transaction Type) Priority
Enter the technical name of your offsetting transaction type for rent payment.
Fast Payments
Enter the technical name of your offsetting transaction type for duplicatas.
Fast Payments
Enter the technical name of your offsetting transaction type for exchange transaction.
Fast Payments
Enter the technical name of your offsetting transaction type for credit card/debit.
Fast Payments
Enter the technical name of your offsetting transaction type for public service payment.
Fast Payments
Enter the technical name of your offsetting transaction type for tax payment.
Fast Payments
Enter the technical name of your offsetting transaction type for public sector payment.
Fast Payments
Enter the technical name of your offsetting transaction type for dividend payment.
Fast Payments
3. Save your entries.
4.7.7 Define Payment Media and Methods
Use
To enable the system to process incoming payments from the payment transaction system (PTS), you define the required payment media.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Account Management Item Management Basic Functions Define Medium/Payment Method .
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 307
2. Enter the following data:
Table 396:
Screen Element Entry
Medium 0080
Medium Description DCR
Short D (Short Description) DCR
Format 2
PayMeth (Payment Method) Selected
St.Payt (Standard Payment Method) Deselected
Internal Acct (Payment Method for Internal Recipient Accounts)
Deselected
Control None
PFTy (Payment Form Type) Leave field blank.
AccSymbPF (Account Symbol (Payment Form)) Leave field blank.
Table 397:
Screen Element Entry
Medium 0081
Medium Description STR_AND_PAG
Short D (Short Description) STRPAG
Format 2
PayMeth (Payment Method) Selected
St.Payt (Standard Payment Method) Deselected
Internal Acct (Payment Method for Internal Recipient Accounts)
Deselected
Control None
PFTy (Payment Form Type) Leave field blank.
AccSymbPF (Account Symbol (Payment Form)) Leave field blank.
308 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Table 398:
Screen Element Entry
Medium 0082
Medium Description CNAB240
Short D (Short Description) CNAB
Format 5
PayMeth (Payment Method) Deselected
St.Payt (Standard Payment Method) Deselected
Internal Acct (Payment Method for Internal Recipient Accounts)
Deselected
Control None
PFTy (Payment Form Type) Leave field blank.
AccSymbPF (Account Symbol (Payment Form)) Leave field blank.
3. Save your entries.
4.7.8 Set Default Values for Order Creation Report
Use
To meet requirements in Brazil, you use a special report to create payment orders and forward orders. In this step, you determine which values you want the system to enter by default on the selection screen of the report.
Note
You access the report on the SAP Easy Access screen under Financial Services Account ManagementAccount Payment Transaction Orders Country-Specific Functions Brazil Create Order for Payment Processing .
You can specify default values for the following fields on the selection screen of the report:
● Transaction type● Payment medium● Payment method
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 309
Prerequisites
You have defined the transaction type, payment medium, and payment method that you want to specify as defaults.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management Basic FunctionsSet Default Values .
2. Enter the required default values for the transaction code /FSLBR/OPP_ORDER.
4.7.9 Configure Localization Parameters
Use
This section contains the product-specific parameters that are necessary to meet requirements in Brazil. The parameters contain standard values that enable the system to process payments according to the configuration you make by following the instructions provided in this chapter. You can customize the parameters to determine how the system processes incoming and outgoing payments. For example, you can define the amount limits for DOC payments and the transaction types that the system uses to validate TED transactions.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Configure Localization Parameters .
2. Choose the localization country Brazil and the parameter group PAYMENT_PROCESSING.3. Review and configure the parameters as required, as described below.
The following parameter subgroups are available for customizing:
Table 399:
Parameter Subgroup Description
BP_TAX_CODE_TYPE Specifies the tax number categories that you use in the business partner (BP) master data for a given set of tax numbers (for example, CPF).
ERROR_TYPE Defines the own check results that the system uses for a given posting rule.
310 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Parameter Subgroup Description
MAP_PAYMENT_NOTE Determines the type of payment notes that the system uses when it maps or validates the data in a payment order (for example, for information such as the account holder name, tax number).
MAXIMUM_VALUE Determines the limits for DOC and TED payment transactions.
MINIMUM_VALUE
MEDIUM Determines which payment media the system uses to verify that a payment is permitted in Brazil.
PAYMENT_ADVICE Defines the payment advice types that you use for DOC and TED payment transactions.
PAYMENT_NOTE Determines which payment notes type you use for the payment description in specific cases.
TRANSACTION_TYPE Determines the transaction types that you use in the Brazil-specific Create Order for Payment Processing (/FSLBR/PP_CREATE_ORDER) report. The system also uses these transaction types when it verifies the minimum and maximum amounts for DOC and TED transfers
4.7.10 Define Customer-Specific Validations
Use
To meet customer-specific requirements for incoming payment requests (for example, related to the PIS or PASEP number), you can include customer-specific validations. This step shows how you proceed to add customer-specific validations that you use when the system processes incoming payment requests.
Procedure
1. Create a new function module by copying the code in the Define Own Checks (/FSGLO/BTE_00010026) function module, which is assigned to the Define Own Checks (00010026) Business Transaction Event (BTE).You access the function module that is assigned to the BTE in Customizing for Financial Services under
Account Management Technical Settings Business Transaction Events / Event Control (FS-AM)Display Information System (P/S) .
2. Add the code required to carry out your customer-specific validations to the function module that you create.For more information about creating your own function modules, see the documentation for the BTE in the aforementioned Customizing activity.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 311
CautionYou must not change or delete the code in the standard Define Own Checks (/FSGLO/BTE_00010026) function module, which is assigned to the Define Own Checks (00010026) BTE. The code in the standard function module ensures that the system validates data in line with legal requirements in Brazil.
3. Assign your new function module to the Define Own Checks (00010026) BTE in Customizing for Financial Services under Account Management Technical Settings Business Transaction Events / Event Control (FS-AM) Display Information System (P/S) .
4.8 Configuration for Payment Advice
4.8.1 Introduction
This section describes the standard settings and how to configure the system to process payment advices in line with requirements in Brazil.
NoteFor more information about the business processes and functions related to payment advice, see SAP Library at http://help.sap.com/bankingservices80loc Localizations for Banking Services from SAP BrazilAccount Management (FS-AM) Payment Advice .
4.8.2 Define Payment Directive Types
Use
To enable the system to process payment advices in line with the requirements for debit interbank transfers in Brazil, you use country-specific payment directive types.
By default, the system includes the payment directive types that are necessary to meet FEBRABAN’s CNAB 200 standard. The standard delivery comprises payment directive types for DOC C, DOC D, TED C and TED D.
The configuration steps described below show how to proceed to create your payment directive types to meet your specific requirements.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Basic Settings Define Payment Directive Types .
312 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
2. For each payment directive type you create, enter the following data:
Table 400:
PayDirType Cash Flow Description of Payment Directive Type
Enter a unique number of your choice, for example, 08000079.
Subtract Enter a description of your choice, for example, DOC C - Credit to Checking Account.
3. Save your entries.
4.8.3 Define Payment Advice Types
Use
To enable the user to select the payment advice types that are necessary to meet the requirements for debit interbank transfers in Brazil, you use country-specific payment advice types. The settings that you make in this step determine what you can choose on the selection screen when you create or edit a payment advice and select the Brazilian Bank Transfer payment advice category.
By default, the system includes the payment directive types that are necessary to meet FEBRABAN’s CNAB 200 standard. The standard delivery comprises payment advice types for DOC C, DOC D, TED C and TED D.
The configuration steps described below show how to proceed to create your payment advice types to meet your specific requirements.
Prerequisites
You have defined the required payment directive types (see Define Payment Directive Types [page 312]).
Note● To enable the system to send the correct posting text to the outgoing payment dispatcher, there must be a
1:1 relationship between the offsetting transaction types, payment advice types, and payment directive types that you use for debit interbank transfers in Brazil.
● For the payment advice types that are delivered as standard in the system, this step is not required.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Payment Advice Define Payment Advice Type .
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 313
2. For each payment advice type you create, enter the following data:
Table 401:
PA Type Payt Adv. Ty. Desc. PA Catg. Dr./Cr. PayDirType
Enter a unique number of your choice, for example, 800079.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, DOC C - Credit to Checking Account.
800000 Credit Enter the corresponding payment directive type that you created in Define Payment Directive Types [page 312] (for example, 08000079).
3. Save your entries.
4.8.4 Define Transaction Type Groups for Posting Rules
Use
To enable the system to use the same posting rules for similar transactions, you create a transaction type group, and assign posting rules to the transaction type group. The system then uses the same posting rules for all related transaction types.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management Posting Control Rules Define Transaction Type Groups .
2. Create a transaction type group for credit transactions by entering the following data:
Table 402:
Field Entry
TransTypGr (Transaction Type Group) Enter a technical name of your choice, for example, CNAB200.
Descript. Transaction Type Group Enter a description of your choice, for example, Credits - CNAB Bank Transfer.
3. Save your entries.
314 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
4.8.5 Define Main Rule Sets
Use
To enable the system to react to errors when it processes payments, you define rules. In the rules, you can determine how the system reacts when there is an error with an item. For example, you can set up the system to post the item.
Prerequisites
You have defined the required transaction type groups (see Define Transaction Type Groups for Posting Rules [page 314]).
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management Posting Control Rules Define Main Rule Set .
2. Define rules for the CNAB200 transaction type group, creating one rule for each error type, from C01 through C12, using the same values for each, as listed in the table below:
Table 403:
Field Entry
ErrorType Ty. (Type of Payment Item) C01 (from C01 through C12)
TrTypGrPsg (Transaction Type Group: Rules for Posting Control)
Recipients CNAB200 (see Define Transaction Type Groups for Posting Rules [page 314])
First Resp (First Response (Posting Control Rules)) Post Processing (example only)
Proc.Reas. (Processing Reason) Leave field blank.
3. Save your entries.
4.8.6 Create Offsetting Transaction Types for Brazilian Bank Transfers
Use
To differentiate standard transaction types from the credit transaction types that are required for payment advice in Brazil, you create new transaction types for use in Brazil. The settings that you make in this step determine the
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 315
posting text that the system sends to the outgoing payment dispatcher for payment advices that use the Brazilian Bank Transfer category.
NoteTo enable the system to send the correct posting text to the outgoing payment dispatcher, there must be a 1:1 relationship between the offsetting transaction types, payment advice types, and payment directive types that you use for debit interbank transfers in Brazil.
Prerequisites
You have defined the required payment directive types (see Define Payment Directive Types [page 312]) and payment advice types (see Define Payment Advice Types [page 313]).
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management Basic FunctionsTransaction Types and Transaction Type Groups Maintain and Assign Transaction Types for Payment
Items .2. For each payment advice type that you use (see Define Payment Advice Types [page 313]), you have to create
a corresponding offsetting transaction type. For each offsetting transaction type, enter the data described in the tables below.
Note○ The sequence of the fields in the tables below is correct in the detail view of the transaction types. We
therefore recommend that you make all settings in the detail view.○ Each subheading in this section represents a group box in the detail view of the transaction types.
3. Save your entries.
Transaction Type Maintenance
Table 404:
Field Entry
Trans. Type Enter a technical name of your choice, for example, BRPA01.
316 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Field Entry
Short Description Enter a short description of your choice, for example, Cred. Checking Acct.
NoteFor your short description, you can enter the same names that you use for the payment advice types (see Define Payment Advice Types [page 313]).
Long Name Enter a long name of your choice, for example, Credit to Checking Account.
NoteFor your long name, you can enter the same names that you use for the payment advice types (see Define Payment Advice Types [page 313]).
Item Type Recipient
Tax TA Type Deselected
Relevant Checks
Table 405:
Field Entry
Account Posting Check Selected
Limit Check Deselected
ValDte/SFP Selected
Facilities Deselected
Payment Form Deselected
Prenote Deselected
Account Names Name of Account Holder
Access Limit None
Availability Checks None
Payment Monitoring Payment Monitoring - Time Deposits
Overdraft Protection Deselected
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 317
Field Entry
Currency Exch. Deselected
Plan Monitoring Selected
Own Check Selected
Control
Table 406:
Field Entry
CreditMemo Selected
Reversal OK Selected
Multiple Recipients OK Deselected
Display Payment Notes Selected
Intraday Relevant Deselected
Cus. Initiation Deselected
Check Facilities Deselected
Change PaytPlan Leave field blank.
ValDteSpec Value Date Entry Possible
Spec Sub FinPayt Not a Subject to Final Payment Transaction Type
Payt Form Type Leave field blank.
Event Leave field blank.
Corresp. Type Leave field blank.
PaytDistr. Payment Item Transferred
Other P/R Not Relevant
Schedule Settlement Deselected
Clearg Category Not Relevant for Billing
Call Billing Deselected
Retain Blank Lines Deselected
Use
318 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Table 407:
Field Entry
Online Ent. PI Deselected
Online PO Selected
Online FO Selected
Standing Order Not Used
Assignment
Table 408:
Field Entry
TT Group Posting Check 1100
TTGroup Pst Ctrl Rules CNAB200 (see Define Transaction Type Groups for Posting Rules [page 314])
Business Trans. Code 051
TT Grp CrcyExch 2000
4.8.7 Assign Offsetting Transaction Types
Use
You determine the relationship between transaction types, for example, a DOC C debit transaction, and the associated offsetting transaction types.
Prerequisites
You have defined the required debit transaction types for bank-bank transfers (see Create Debit Transaction Types [page 298] in the Configuration for Payment Processing [page 293] chapter), and offsetting transaction types for payment advice (see Create Offsetting Transaction Types for Brazilian Bank Transfers [page 315]).
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 319
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Order Management Payment OrderAssign Offsetting Transaction Types to Transaction Types Assign Offsetting Transaction Types (PO
Dialog) .2. Select the transaction type that you created for DOC C debit and choose Assign Offsetting Transaction Type.3. Enter the offsetting transaction types that you created for DOC C debit.4. Save your entries.5. Repeat steps 2-4 for the transaction types that you created for DOC D debit, TED C debit, and TED D debit.
4.8.8 Assign Counterparty External Representation
Use
The settings that you make in this step define the display format of the counterparty for the Brazilian Bank Transfer payment advice category.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Payment Advice Counterparty Assign Counterparty External Representation .
2. Enter the following data:
NoteThe settings described in this step are a suggestion for the display format. You can adapt the settings to use any of the counterparty fields that you want to meet your specific requirements.
Table 409:
PA Catg. Language Priority Field Name Separator
800000 Enter the language code of your choice, for example, EN.
1 BANKLAND Leave it blank or enter a separator of your choice, for example, /.
800000 Enter the language code of your choice, for example, EN.
2 BANKKEY Leave it blank or enter a separator of your choice, for example, /.
320 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
PA Catg. Language Priority Field Name Separator
800000 Enter the language code of your choice, for example, EN.
3 ACCT_NUM_EXT Leave it blank or enter a separator of your choice, for example, /.
800000 Enter the language code of your choice, for example, EN.
4 CN_HOLDER_NAME Leave it blank or enter a separator of your choice, for example, /.
3. Save your entries.
4.8.9 Assign Payment Directive Types with Transaction Types and Medium/Payment Methods
Use
To enable the system to use the Brazilian payment system and process debit interbank transfers based on payment advice, you assign your payment directive types to the offsetting transaction types that you create for payment advice.
Prerequisites
You have defined the required payment directive types (see Define Payment Directive Types [page 312]), transaction types (see Create Offsetting Transaction Types for Brazilian Bank Transfers [page 315]), and payment method (see Define Payment Media and Methods [page 307] in the Configuration for Payment Processing [page 293] chapter).
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Order Management Payment OrderCorrespondence Assign a Payment Directive Type with Transaction Types and Medium/PaytMeth .
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 321
2. For each payment directive type that you use for DOC C, enter the following data:
Table 410:
PayDir Type TT OrdPart TT Recip. Med. PM
Enter the payment directive type.
Enter the transaction type that you created for DOC C debit bank-bank transfers.
Enter the offsetting transaction type that corresponds to the payment directive type.
Enter the medium of your choice, for example, 1
Enter the payment method of your choice, for example, 81 (see Define Payment Media and Methods [page 307] in the Configuration for Payment Processing [page 293] chapter).
3. Save your entries.4. Repeat steps 2-3 for DOC D, TED C, and TED D.
4.8.10 Configure Localization Parameters
To meet requirements for payment advice in Brazil, the system uses a subgroup of the localization parameters for payment processing (the PAYMENT_ADVICE subgroup). For more information, see Configure Localization Parameters [page 310] in the Configuration for Payment Processing chapter.
4.9 Configuration for Compound Interest Calculation on Loans
4.9.1 Introduction
This section describes how to customize the system to calculate compound interest on loans accounts in Brazil.
NoteFor more information about the business processes and functions related to inflation adjustment for Brazil, see SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/bankingservices80loc Localizations for Banking Services from SAP Brazil > Account Management (FS-AM) Loans Business Transactions for Loans Compound Interest Calculation .
Before you make the settings described here, you must customize the reference rates for each variable interest rate that you use, for example, CDI.
322 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
4.9.2 Define Condition Type for Variable Interest
Use
To use compound interest, you must create at least two conditions in your system, one for fixed interest and another for variable interest. In this step, you define the condition type that the system uses to retrieve the compound interest amount in cash flow.
The standard system contains the condition type 501100 (PrCond: (PP) Nom.Int.Rate), which you can use for fixed interest. Follow the steps described in this section to create the condition type for variable interest.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Conditions Define Condition Type .
2. Choose the standard condition type for fixed interest, 501100 (PrCond: (PP) Nom.Int.Rate) and then Copy As (F6).
3. Enter a number and name for your new condition type for variable interest, for example, 901101 (PrCond: (PP) Var.Int.Rate).
4.9.3 Assign Financial Condition Types to Condition Group Type
Use
To process your financial condition types for fixed and variable interest on loans, assign them to the condition group type that you want to use for this purpose.
Prerequisites
You have created your condition type for variable interest as described in Define Condition Type for Variable Interest [page 323].
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Conditions Define Condition Group Types .
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 323
2. Select the condition group type 210 (Loan Settlement) or any group type that you use for loans.3. Open the Condition Type folder to the left.4. Choose New Entries.5. Add the condition type that you have created in the previous step.
NoteIf you use another condition group type, you must also assign the condition type that you use for fixed interest.
NoteIf you use a condition type for fixed interest other than the standard 501100 (PrCond: (PP) Nom.Int.Rate), you must also assign it to the condition group type that you use in this step.
4.9.4 Create Financial Conditions for Settlement
Use
Create a new condition group with condition types 501100 (PrCond: (PP) Nom.Int.Rate) and 901101 (PrCond: (PP) Var.Int.Rate) to set the product attributes for this solution.
Prerequisites
● You have created the condition type for variable interest as described in Define Condition Type for Variable Interest [page 323].
● You have assigned condition types to the condition group type for fixed and variable interest as described in Assign Financial Condition Types to Condition Group Type [page 323].
Procedure
1. In the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Financial Services Account Management Current SettingsFinancial Conditions Condition Group Edit Conditions Group .
2. Create a new condition group with the following data:
Table 411:
Field Entry
Condition Group Type 210 (Loan Settlement) or your custom condition group type.
324 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Field Entry
Condition Group Enter the unique identifier of your choice, for example, 900212.
Condition Group Description Enter a description of your choice, for example Fin. Cond. Group for PPP Loan.
3. Add condition type 501100 (PrCond: (PP) Nom.Int.Rate) (or any custom condition type that you have created for fixed interest) to this newly created condition group.
4. On the Calculation tab page, enter the following data:
Table 412:
Field Entry
Valid From Enter the validity period for your condition, for example, 01.01.2000
Currency BRL
Percentage Rate Enter the percentage rate that you want to apply for fixed interest calculation, for example, 3.6.
Int. Calc. Method Enter the calculation method for fixed interest, for example, 2 (ACT/360)
Interest Calc. Enter the type of interest calculation that you want to apply, for example, X (Exponential)
Paymnt Currency BRL
5. On the Time Periods tab page in the Calculation section, enter the following data:
Table 413:
Field Entry
Frequency Cat. Periodic
Repet. Period Enter a number representing the period over which interest must be calculated, for example, 21.
Repet. Unit Enter the unit of time for the period, for example, Days.
RefDatStartdate 1 (At Contract Start)
Work. Day Shift 0 (No Shift)
Calendar for Working Day Shift BR
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 325
6. Still on the Time Periods tab page, in the Due Date section, enter the following data:
Table 414:
Field Entry
Frequency Cat. R (Relative)
Ref. Date Catg 220010 (Calculation)
Work. Day Shift 0 (No Shift)
7. Add the condition that you have created for variable interest in Define Condition Type for Variable Interest [page 323] to this newly created condition group.
8. On the Calculation tab page, enter the following data:
Table 415:
Field Entry
Valid From Enter the validity period for your condition, for example, 01.01.2000.
Currency BRL
Ref. Int. Rate Enter the reference interest rate that you want to use, for example, CDI.
Int. Calc. Method Enter the calculation method for variable interest, for example, A (ActW/252).
Interest Calc. Enter the type of interest calculation that you want to apply, for example, X (Exponential).
Int. Calendar BR
Paymnt Currency BRL
9. On the Time Periods tab page in the Calculation section, enter the following data:
Table 416:
Field Entry
Frequency Cat. Periodic
Repet. Period Enter a number representing the period over which interest must be calculated, for example, 21.
Repet. Unit Enter the unit of time for the period, for example, Days.
RefDatStartdate 1 (At Contract Start)
326 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Field Entry
Work Day Shift 0 (No Shift)
Calendar for Working Day Shift BR
10. Still on the Time Periods tab page, in the Due Date section, enter the following data:
Table 417:
Field Entry
Frequency Cat. R (Relative)
Ref. Date Catg 220010 (Calculation)
Work Day Shift 0 (No Shift)
Calendar for Working Day Shift BR
11. n the Adjustment tab page in the Adjustment Date section, enter the following data:
Table 418:
Field Entry
Frequency Cat. Periodic
Repet. Period 1
Repet. Unit D (Days)
RefDatStartdate 2 (At Fixing Start)
Shift Number 1
Shift Unit 1 Day(s)
Work Day Shift 0 (No Shift)
Calendar for Working Day Shift BR
12. On the Adjustment tab page in the Fixing Date section, enter the following data:
Table 419:
Field Entry
Frequency Cat. R (Relative)
Ref. Date Catg 220030 (Adjustment)
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 327
Field Entry
Work. Day Shift 0 (No Shift)
Calendar for Working Day Shift BR
13. Save your entries.
4.9.5 Define Inpayment Agreement
Use
Create a new condition group with condition types 511100 (Rec.: (PP) Nom. Int. Rate) and 511010 (Rec.:(PP)LoanRepaytConCap) to set the product attributes for this solution.
Prerequisites
You have assigned condition types to the condition group type for fixed and variable interest as described in Assign Financial Condition Types to Condition Group Type [page 323].
Procedure
1. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Financial Services Account Management Current SettingsFinancial Conditions Condition Group Edit Conditions Group .
2. Create a new condition group with the following data:
Table 420:
Field Entry
Condition Group Type 240 (Payment: Loans) or your custom condition group type.
Condition Group Enter the ID of your choice, for example, 4040.
Condition Group Description Enter a description of your choice, for example, Compound Interest Paymt.
3. Add condition type 511100 (Rec.: (PP) Nom. Int. Rate) (or any custom condition type that you have created for fixed interest) to this newly created condition group.
328 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
4. On the Calculation tab page, enter the following data:
Table 421:
Field Entry
Valid From Enter the validity period for your condition, for example, 01.01.2000.
Currency Amt BRL
Determ.Cat. 0040 (Installment Calculation for Interest Adjustment - Annuity Repayment)
5. On the Time Periods tab page in the Calculation section, enter the following data:
Table 422:
Field Entry
Frequency Cat. Periodic
Repet. Period Enter a number representing the period over which interest must be repaid, for example, 21.
Repet. Unit Enter the unit of time for the period, for example, Days.
RefDatStartdate 2 (At Fixing Start)
Work. Day Shift 0 (No Shift)
Calendar for Working Day Shift BR
6. Still on the Time Periods tab page, in the Due Date section, enter the following data
Table 423:
Field Entry
Frequency Cat. R (Relative)
Ref. Date Catg 220010 (Calculation)
Work. Day Shift 0 (No Shift)
7. Add condition type 511010 (Rec.:(PP)LoanRepaytConCap) (or any custom condition type that you have created for loan repayment) to this newly created condition group.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 329
8. On the Calculation tab page, enter the following data:
Table 424:
Field Entry
Valid From Enter the validity period for your condition, for example, 01.01.2000.
Currency BRL
Clearing Amt Settlement on Due Date
Determ.Cat. 0020 (Installment Repayment)
9. On the Time Periods tab page in the Calculation section, enter the following data:
Table 425:
Field Entry
Frequency Cat. Periodic
Repet. Period Enter a number representing the period over which interest must be repaid, for example, 21.
Repet. Unit Enter the unit of time for the period, for example, Days.
RefDatStartdate 2 (At Fixing Start)
Work Day Shift 0 (No Shift)
Calendar for Working Day Shif BR
10. Still on the Time Periods tab page, in the Due Date section, enter the following data:
Table 426:
Field Entry
Frequency Cat. R (Relative)
Ref. Date Catg 220010 (Calculation)
Work Day Shift 0 (No Shift)
Calendar for Working Day Shift BR
330 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
11. On the Settlement tab page in the Clearing section, enter the following data:
Table 427:
Field Entry
Frequency Cat. Periodic
Repet. Period Enter a number representing the period over which interest must be repaid, for example, 21.
Repet. Unit Enter the unit of time for the period, for example, Days.
RefDatStartdate 2 (At Fixing Start)
Work Day Shift 0 (No Shift)
Calendar for Working Day Shift BR
12. Save your entries.
4.9.6 Create Loan Account Product and Configure Attributes
Use
To enable the calculation of compound interest in line with the requirements for Brazil, create your loan account product using the template provided and configure the product attributes listed in this section.
Prerequisites
You have created the condition groups for variable and fixed interest as described in Create Financial Conditions for Settlement [page 324].
Procedure
1. Create your own loans account product in Customizing for Financial Services under Account ManagementProduct Management Product Definition Account Products Create Account Product .
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 331
2. Enter the following data:
Table 428:
Field Entry
New Product Enter a technical name for your product, for example, CI_LOAN_01.
Template Prod. _LO_MORG
Version Latest version
3. Choose Enter.4. On the Product Create: Administration screen, enter a description and validity period for the product and
choose Enter.5. In the product attributes structure, configure the product attributes in the table below:
Table 429:
Product Attribute Path in Product Attribute Tree Entry
Currency Used Attributes Basic Data
Administration Currency
BRL
Condition Group Category Used Attributes Financial
Conditions Condition Groups
1 (Settlement)
Settlement Type Used Attributes Financial
Conditions Condition Groups
001 (Standard Settlement)
Condition Group Type Used Attributes Financial
Conditions Condition Groups
210 (Loan Settlement)
Condition Group Used Attributes Financial
Conditions Condition Groups
Enter the custom condition group that you created in Create Financial Conditions for Settlement [page 324].
Proposed Value Used Attributes Country-Specific
Attributes Brazil Compound
Interest Condition Types for
Compound Interest
Enter the condition type that you use for fixed interest, for example, 501100 (PrCond: (PP) Nom.Int.Rate).
Enter the condition type that you use for variable interest, for example, 901101 (PrCond: (PP) Var.Int.Rate).
6. Save and activate your product.
332 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
4.10 Configuration for Inflation Adjustment of Loan Installments
4.10.1 Introduction
This section describes how to customize the system to calculate inflation adjustments of loan installments in line with the requirements in Brazil.
Before you make the settings described here, you must customize the reference rates for each variable interest rate that you use, for example, IPCA and TJLP.
NoteFor more information about the business processes and functions related to inflation adjustment for Brazil, see SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/bankingservices80loc Localizations for Banking Services from SAP Brazil Account Management (FS-AM) Loans Business Transactions for Loans Calculation of Inflation Adjustments .
4.10.2 Define Condition Types for Inflation Adjustment
Use
To enable inflation adjustment, you must create at least two conditions in your system, one for fixed interest and another for variable interest. In this step, you define the condition type that the system uses to retrieve the compound interest amount in cash flow.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Conditions Define Condition Type .
2. Choose the standard condition type for debit interest, Debit Interest (105100) and then choose Copy As (F6).3. Enter the following data to create a new condition type for inflation:
NoteFor the fields that are not listed in the table below, keep the current values.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 333
Table 430:
Field Entry
Condit. Type Enter a number for your condition type, for example, 105107.
Cond. Type Name Enter a name for your condition type, for example, Infl. Adj. for Deb. Int.
Update Category Interest: To be Requested (1010)
Calc. Basis Interest Calculation Capital - Loan (30000014)
4. Choose Enter.5. Choose Copy All.6. With the new condition type selected, under Dialog Structure, choose Date Category.7. Enter the following data:
Table 431:
Field Entry
Date Cat 220010
Date Cat 220030
Date Cat 220040
Date Cat 225010
8. Choose the Credit Interest (105110) standard condition type and then choose Copy As (F6).9. Enter the following data to create a new condition type for deflation:
NoteFor the fields that are not listed in the table above, keep the current values.
Table 432:
Field Entry
Condit. Type Enter a number for your condition type, for example, 105111.
Cond. Type Name Enter a name for your condition type, for example, Infl. Adj. for Cred. Int.
Update Category Interest: To be Requested (1010)
Calc. Basis Interest Calculation Capital - Loan (30000014)
334 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
10. Choose Enter.11. Choose Copy All.12. With the new condition type selected, under Dialog Structure, choose Date Category.13. Enter the following data:
Table 433:
Field Entry
Date Cat 220010
Date Cat 220030
Date Cat 220040
Date Cat 225010
14. Save your entries.
4.10.3 Assign Financial Condition Types to Condition Group Type
Use
To process your financial condition types for inflation adjustment of credit and debit interest on loans, you assign them to the condition group type that represents a loan settlement.
Prerequisites
You have created your condition types for inflation adjustment of credit and debit interest as described in Define Condition Types for Inflation Adjustment [page 333].
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Conditions Define Condition Group Types .
2. Select the condition group type 210 (Loan Settlement) or any group type that you use for loans.3. Choose Condition Type and create new entries to add the condition types that you have created in Define
Condition Types for Inflation Adjustment [page 333].
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 335
4.10.4 Create Financial Conditions for Settlement
Use
Create a new condition group with condition types PrCond: (PP) Nom.Int.Rate (501100), Interest Adj. Deb. Int. (105107) and Interest Adj. Cred. Int. (105111).
By following the settings below, you create a condition group for a loan account with two interest rates, one comprising a fixed annual interest rate of 5% and another consisting of a variable index, namely IGPM. Adjust the settings according to your needs.
Prerequisites
● You have created the condition types for inflation adjustment of credit and debit interest as described in Define Condition Types for Inflation Adjustment [page 333].
● You have assigned the condition types to the condition group type for loan settlement as described in Assign Financial Condition Types to Condition Group Type [page 335].
Procedure
1. In the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Financial Services Account Management Current SettingsFinancial Conditions Condition Group Edit Condition Group .
2. Create a new condition group with the following data:
Table 434:
Field Entry
Condition Group Type 210 Loan Settlement condition type or your custom condition group type.
Condition Group Enter the ID of your choice, for example, 9402.
Condition Group Description Enter a description of your choice, for example Inflation Adjustment IGPM.
3. Add condition type PrCond: (PP) Nom.Int.Rate (501100) to this condition group.4. On the Calculation tab page, enter the following data:
Table 435:
Field Entry
Valid From 01.01.2000
336 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Field Entry
Currency BRL
Percentage Rate 5
Int. Calc. Method 360/360
Interest Calc. Exponential
Paymnt Currency BRL
5. On the Time Periods tab page in the Calculation group box, enter the following data:
Table 436:
Field Entry
Frequency Cat. Periodic
Repet. Period 3
Repet. Unit Months
Key Date 11
RefDatStartdate At Contract Start
Work. Day Shift No Shift
6. On the Time Periods tab page, in the Due Date group box, enter the following data:
Table 437:
Field Entry
Frequency Cat. Relative
Ref. Date Catg Calculation (220010)
Work. Day Shift No Shift
7. Add the condition type Interest Adj. Deb. Int. (105107) to this condition group.8. On the Calculation tab page, enter the following data:
Table 438:
Field Entry
Valid From 01.01.2000
Currency BRL
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 337
Field Entry
Ref. Int. Rate Enter your reference interest rate, for example, IGPM.
Int. Calc. Method 1/1
Interest Calc. Exponential
Paymnt Currency BRL
9. On the Time Periods tab page in the Calculation group box, enter the following data:
Table 439:
Field Entry
Frequency Cat. Periodic
Repet. Period 3
Repet. Unit Months
Key Date 11
RefDatStartdate At Contract Start
Work. Day Shift No Shift
Calendar for Working Day Shift BR
10. On the Time Periods tab page, in the Due Date group box, enter the following data:
Table 440:
Field Entry
Frequency Cat. R (Relative)
Ref. Date Catg Calculation(220010)
Work. Day Shift No Shift
Calendar for Working Day Shift BR
11. On the Adjustment tab page in the Adjustment Date group box, enter the following data:
Table 441:
Field Entry
Frequency Cat. Periodic
Repet. Period 1
338 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Field Entry
Repet. Unit Months
RefDatStartdate At Contract Start
Work. Day Shift No Shift
Calendar for Working Day Shift BR
12. On the Adjustment tab page, in the Fixing Date group box, enter the following data:
Table 442:
Field Entry
Frequency Cat. Periodic
Repet. Period 1
Repet. Unit Months
1st Calc. Date 11.01.2010
Work Day Shift No Shift
Calendar for Working Day Shift BR
13. Add condition type Interest Adj. Cred. Int. (105111) to this condition group.14. On the Calculation tab page, enter the following data:
Table 443:
Field Entry
Valid From 01.01.2000
Currency BRL
Ref. Int. Rate Enter your reference interest rate, for example, IGPM.
Int. Calc. Method 1/1
Interest Calc. Exponential
Paymnt Currency BRL
15. Choose the Formula button and then select the LB01 (V1 * V2) formula.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 339
16. In the Interest Formula group, enter the following data:
Table 444:
VarN Const. Value Var. Value
V1 1,0000000000-
V2 0,0000000000 Enter your reference interest rate, for example, IGPM.
17. On the Time Periods tab page in the Calculation group box, enter the following data:
Table 445:
Field Entry
Frequency Cat. Periodic
Repet. Period 3
Repet. Unit Months
Key Date 11
RefDatStartdate At Contract Start
Work Day Shift No Shift
Calendar for Working Day Shift BR
18. On the Time Periods tab page, in the Due Date group box, enter the following data:
Table 446:
Field Entry
Frequency Cat. Relative
Ref. Date Catg Calculation (220010)
Work Day Shift No Shift
Calendar for Working Day Shift BR
19. On the Adjustment tab page in the Adjustment Date group box, enter the following data:
Table 447:
Field Entry
Frequency Cat. Periodic
Repet. Period 1
340 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Field Entry
Repet. Unit Months
RefDatStartdate At Contract Start
Work Day Shift No Shift
Calendar for Working Day Shift BR
20.On the Adjustment tab page, in the Fixing Date group box, enter the following data:
Table 448:
Field Entry
Frequency Cat. Periodic
Repet. Period 1
Repet. Unit Months
1st Calc. Date 11.01.2010
Work Day Shift No Shift
Calendar for Working Day Shift BR
21. Save your entries.
4.10.5 Define Inpayment Agreement
Use
Create a new condition group with the condition types Rec.: (PP) Nom. Int. Rate (511100) and Rec.:(PP)LoanRepaytConCap (511010) to set the product attributes for this solution.
Prerequisites
● You have created the condition types for inflation adjustment of credit and debit interest as described in Define Condition Types for Inflation Adjustment [page 333].
● You have assigned the condition types to the condition group type for loan settlement as described in Assign Financial Condition Types to Condition Group Type [page 335].
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 341
Procedure
1. In the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Financial Services Account Management Current SettingsFinancial Conditions Condition Group Edit Condition Group .
2. Create a new condition group with the following data:
Table 449:
Field Entry
Condition Group Type 240 Payment: Loans or your custom condition group type.
Condition Group Enter the ID for the condition group that you created in the previous section, for example, 9402.
Condition Group Description Enter a description of your choice, for example, Inflation Adjustment Paymnt.
3. Add condition type Rec.: (PP) Nom. Int. Rate (511100) to this condition group.4. On the Calculation tab page, enter the following data:
Table 450:
Field Entry
Valid From 01.01.2000
Currency Amt BRL
Determ.Cat. Installment Calculation for Interest Adjustment - Annuity Repayment (0040)
5. On the Time Periods tab page in the Calculation group box, enter the following data:
Table 451:
Field Entry
Frequency Cat. Periodic
Repet. Period 3
Repet. Unit Months
RefDatStartdate At Contract Start
Work. Day Shift No Shift
Calendar for Working Day Shift BR
342 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
6. On the Time Periods tab page, in the Due Date group box, enter the following data:
Table 452:
Field Entry
Frequency Cat. Relative
Ref. Date Catg Calculation (220010)
Work. Day Shift No Shift
7. Add condition type Rec.:(PP)LoanRepaytConCap (511010) to this condition group.8. On the Calculation tab page, enter the following data:
Table 453:
Field Entry
Valid From 01.01.2000
Currency BRL
Clearing Amt Settlement on Due Date
Determ.Cat. 0020 ( /Installment Repayment)
Receivable Enter your receivable amount, for example, 2,500.00.
9. On the Time Periods tab page in the Calculation group box, enter the following data:
Table 454:
Field Entry
Frequency Cat. Periodic
Repet. Period 3
Repet. Unit Months
RefDatStartdate At Contract Start
Work Day Shift No Shift
Calendar for Working Day Shift BR
10. On the Time Periods tab page, in the Due Date group box, enter the following data:
Table 455:
Field Entry
Frequency Cat. Relative
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 343
Field Entry
Ref. Date Catg Calculation (220010)
Work Day No Shift
Shift Calendar for Working Day Shift BR
11. Save your entries.
4.10.6 Create Loan Account Product and Configure Attributes
Use
To enable the calculation of inflation adjustment in line with the requirements for Brazil, create your loan account product using the template provided and configure the product attributes listed in this section.
Prerequisites
You have created the condition group for inflation adjustment as described in Create Financial Conditions for Settlement [page 336] and Define Inpayment Agreement [page 341].
Procedure
1. Create your own loans account product in Customizing for Financial Services under Account ManagementProduct Management Product Definition Account Products Create Account Product .
2. Enter the following data:
Table 456:
Field Entry
New Product Enter a technical name for your product, for example, IA_IGPM_02.
Template _LO_MORG
Prod. Version Latest version
3. Choose Enter.
344 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
4. In the product attribute structure, configure the product attributes described in the table below:
Table 457:
Product Attribute Path in Product Attribute Tree Entry
Currency Used Attributes Basic Data
Administration Currency
BRL
Condition Group Category Used Attributes Financial
Conditions Condition Groups
Settlement
Settlement Type Used Attributes Financial
Conditions Condition Groups
Standard Settlement (001)
Condition Group Type Used Attributes Financial
Conditions Condition Groups
210 (Loan Settlement)
Condition Group Used Attributes Financial
Conditions Condition Groups
Enter the custom condition group that you created in Create Financial Conditions for Settlement [page 336].
Accumulation Type for Inflation Adjustment
Used Attributes Country-Specific
Attributes Brazil Inflation
Adjustment
Negative Accumulation Accepted
Condition Type for Inflation Adjustment
Used Attributes Country-Specific
Attributes Brazil Inflation
Adjustment
501100
Condition Type for Inflation Used Attributes Country-Specific
Attributes Brazil Inflation
Adjustment
Enter the condition type that you created for inflation, for example, Infl. Adj. for Deb. Int. (105107).
Condition Type for Deflation Used Attributes Country-Specific
Attributes Brazil Inflation
Adjustment
Enter the condition type that you created for deflation, for example, Infl. Adj. for Cred. Int. (105111).
5. Save and activate your product.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 345
4.11 Configuration for Interest on Arrears
4.11.1 Introduction
This section describes how to configure the system to process interest on arrears (IoA) in line with requirements in Brazil.
NoteFor more information about the business processes and functions related to IoA processing, see SAP Library at http://help.sap.com/bankingservices80loc Localizations for Banking Services from SAP BrazilAccount Management (FS-AM) Loans Business Transactions for Loans Interest on Arrears (Brazil) .
4.11.2 Settings Delivered As Standard for IoA
Calculation Bases
Calculation Bases for Interest on Arrears Calculation
For the calculation of interest on arrears (IoA), the standard delivery for Brazil contains the following calculation basis templates:
● LIOA_RC: Interest on Arrears Based on Periodic Calculation● LIOA_PC: Interest on Arrears Based on Calculation on Payment Date● LIOA_RC_AA: Interest on Arrears Based on Periodic Calculation + IOA on IOA● LIOA_PC_AA: Interest on Arrears Based on Calculation on Payment Date + IOA on IOA
If you want to create your own calculation bases, you can use the templates above for reference.
Calculation Bases for Late Payment Penalty Calculation
For the calculation of late payment penalty, the standard delivery for Brazil contains the following calculation basis template:
● LIOA_PNLTY: Late Payment Penalty
If you want to create your own calculation base, you can use the template above for reference.
Interest on Arrears Types
IoA Types for Interest on Arrears Calculation
For the calculation of IoA, the standard delivery for Brazil contains the following IoA types:
● APCI: Interest on Arrears Paym Date
346 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
● ARCI: Interest on Arrears Regular
IoA Types for Late Payment Penalty Calculation
For the calculation of late payment penalty, the standard delivery for Brazil contains the following IoA types:
● PPCI: Late Payment Penalty Paym Date
4.11.3 Configuration for Calculation Bases
4.11.3.1 Introduction
For the calculation of interest on arrears (IoA), you can use the calculation basis templates delivered for Brazil (see Settings Delivered As Standard for IoA [page 346]). However, if you want to create your own calculation bases, you must make the settings described below.
4.11.3.2 Create Interest on Arrears Type
Use
You define interest on arrears (IoA) types and associate them with a calculation class as described below. Note that the system includes the following two template IoA types:
● APCI: Interest on Arrears Paym Date● ARCI: Interest on Arrears Regular
You can use these templates to create your own IoA types.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Interest on Arrears Define IoA Types .
2. Choose New Entries and enter the following data:
Table 458:
Field Entry
IoA Type Enter a name for your interest on arrears type, for example, Z_IOA.
IoA Type Description Enter a description for your IoA type.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 347
Field Entry
Interest on Arrears Calculation Class Enter one of the standard calculation classes below or your own custom calculation class:
○ /FSGLO/CL_IOA_CALCULATORCalculator for Interest on Arrears Based on Periodic Calculation
○ /FSGLO/CL_IOA_PAY_CALCULATORCalculator for Interest on Arrears Based on Payment Date
3. Save your entries.
4.11.3.3 Assign Turnover Classes to IoA Type
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Interest on Arrears Assign Turnover Classes to IoA Type .
2. Choose New Entries and enter the following data:
Table 459:
Field Entry
IoA Type Enter the ID of the IoA type that you created in the Define IoA Types Customizing activity (for example, Z_IOA).
Turn.Class Enter any turnover class that corresponds to the installment items whose amounts are used as the basis for IoA calculation, for example, interest (L013), deferral (L223) and capital (L023).
NoteDo not use the turnover class L053 (Insurance Int: Owed) for exponential calculation method. Instead, use the exponential calculation basis formula on the condition type, such as LIOA_PC_AA or LIOA_RC_AA).
3. Save your entries.
4.11.3.4 Create Calculation Basis for IoA Type
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Foundation Cash flow Calculator Define Customer Calculation Bases and Display SAP Calculation Bases .
348 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
2. Enter the following data:
Table 460:
Field Entry
Calculation Basis Enter a name for your calculation basis (for example, Z_IOA).
Cal. Basis Description Enter any description as required.
3. On the Formula Edit screen, choose the IOA (Dispatch calculation basis for IoA) function.Your formula appears as IOA ( , ).
4. Place your cursor in the first field of the formula and choose the Constant pushbutton.5. Enter the IoA type that you created in the Define IoA Types Customizing activity (see Create Interest on
Arrears Type [page 347].6. Place your cursor in the second field of the formula and choose the String pushbutton.7. If you want to include posted IoA items in the calculation basis (that is, you want to charge IoA on IoA), enter X
in this field. Otherwise, leave this field blank.For example, if you used the IoA type Z_IOA, your formula can appear either as IOA( ‘Z_IOA’, ‘X’) or IOA(‘Z_IOA’, ‘’).
8. Save your entries.
4.11.4 Create Condition Types for Interest on Arrears
Use
You define two condition types for interest on arrears (IoA) processing:
● Condition type for IoA settlement● Condition type for IoA repayment
This section describes how you create these condition types.
Note● You must not maintain any date category for the pricing condition types for IoA. The IoA item is related to a
previous period, the period that is overdue.● You must maintain a date category for the repayment condition types for IoA.
Procedure
Create Condition Type for IoA Settlement
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Conditions Define Condition Type .
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 349
2. Enter the following data:
Table 461:
Field Entry
Condit. Type Enter a code for your condition type, for example, 999997.
Condition Type Name Enter a name for your condition type, for example, Interest on arrears for Brazil.
Condition Category 105020
Posting Sign Debit Memo
Screen Sequence 105021
Calc. Category 1010
Update Category GIA0
Calc. Basis Enter any of the following IoA calculation basis templates or any other custom calculation basis you defined:
○ LIOA_RC○ LIOA_PC○ LIOA_RC_AA○ LIOA_PC_AA
Posting Type Enter 10 or choose your own posting type for IoA.
PstingType PAdj Enter 10 or choose your own posting type for IoA.
PstgType NgAdj. Enter 13 or choose your own posting type for IoA.
ProcResCat Leave field blank.
Proc. Res.Positive Leave field blank.
ProcResultCategNeg Leave field blank.
Process Result Type Leave field blank.
Determ. Time StdCon. Use Conditions for Interest Fixing
Determ. Time Ind.Con Use Conditions at Calculation Time
Ref. Cond. Type Leave field blank.
Cond. Determin Selected
Number Calendar 3
350 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Field Entry
Tiered/IntAllow Selected
Exch.rate type Leave field blank.
Amt Limit PayCurr Deselected
Waiver Method Leave field blank.
Incl. Cond. Selected
Totaled Based on Detailed Results
Intercomp. Loan Deselected
Bal. Time Type Leave field blank.
Charge Event Cat. Event Charge
Restart Info. Overlap (if you want to have grace period for the product)
Overlap N (days of grace period)
RefIntRatAssign All Reference Interest Rates
One-Time Cond. Deselected
AggregateCalBas Deselected
Seasonal Limit No Reference to Seasonal Limit
Event AccountBilling Deselected
3. Choose Enter.4. In the Dialog Structure, double-click the Amount Category node and enter the following data:
Table 462:
Field Entry
Amt Categ. 105020
Perc. Fee No Percentage Charge
Other columns Leave all checkboxes deselected.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 351
5. In the Dialog Structure, double-click the Waiver node and enter the following data:
Table 463:
Field Entry
Posting Type W1
PstgType NgAdj. W2
PstingType PAdj. W1
ProcResCat Leave field blank.
Proc. Res.Positive Leave field blank.
ProcResultCategNeg Leave field blank.
6. Choose Enter.7. Save your entries.
Create Condition Type for IoA Repayment
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Conditions Define Condition Type .
2. Enter the following data:
Table 464:
Field Entry
Condit. Type Enter a code for your condition type, for example, 999998.
Condition Type Name Enter a name for your condition type, for example, IOA Repayment for Brazil.
Condition Category 160000
Posting Sign Debit Memo
Screen Sequence 160001
Calc. Category 1555
Update Category GIA1
Calc. Basis Enter any of the following IoA calculation basis templates or any other custom calculation basis you defined:
○ LIOA_RC○ LIOA_PC○ LIOA_RC_AA○ LIOA_PC_AA
352 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Field Entry
Posting Type Enter C8 or choose your own posting type for IoA.
PstingType PAdj Enter 16 or choose your own posting type for IoA.
PstgType NgAdj. Enter 13 or choose your own posting type for IoA.
ProcResCat Leave field blank.
Proc. Res.Positive Leave field blank.
ProcResultCategNeg Leave field blank.
Process Result Type Leave field blank.
Determ. Time StdCon. Use Conditions at Calculation Time
Determ. Time Ind.Con Condition Determination Timepoint as Standard Conditions
Ref. Cond. Type Leave field blank.
Cond. Determin Deselected
Number Calendar Leave field blank.
Tiered/IntAllow Deselected
Exch.rate type M
Amt Limit PayCurr Deselected
Waiver Method Leave field blank.
Incl. Cond. Deselected
Totaled Based on Detailed Results
Intercomp. Loan Deselected
Bal. Time Type Leave field blank.
Charge Event Cat. Not Defined
Restart Info. Save Restart Information
Overlap Leave field blank.
RefIntRatAssign Leave field blank.
One-Time Cond. Deselected
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 353
Field Entry
AggregateCalBas Deselected
Seasonal Limit No Reference to Seasonal Limit
Event AccountBilling Deselected
3. Choose Enter.4. In the Dialog Structure, double-click the Amount Category node and enter the following data:
Table 465:
Field Entry
Amt Categ. 160000
Perc. Fee No Percentage Charge
Other columns Leave all checkboxes deselected.
5. Choose Enter.6. In the Dialog Structure, double-click the Date Category node and enter the following data:
Table 466:
Field Entry
Date Cat 225010: Due Date
7. Choose Enter.8. In the Dialog Structure, double-click the Waiver node and enter the following data:
Table 467:
Field Entry
Posting Type W1
PstgType NgAdj. W2
PstingType PAdj. W1
ProcResCat Leave field blank.
Proc. Res.Positive Leave field blank.
ProcResultCategNeg Leave field blank.
9. Choose Enter.10. Save your entries.
354 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
4.11.5 Assign Condition Types to Condition Group Types
Use
To process financial condition types, you assign all condition types that are relevant for a given financial product to a condition group type. To execute the settlement and repayment conditions for loans, the standard system contains the condition groups 210 and 240, respectively. To meet your customer-specific requirements, you can assign the condition types specific to Brazil to these standard condition groups. Alternatively, you can use your own custom condition groups for loans settlement and loans repayment.
Prerequisites
You have created condition types for interest on arrears (IoA) settlement and IoA repayment. For more information, see Create Condition Types for Interest on Arrears [page 349].
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Conditions Define Condition Group Type .
2. Select the condition group type 210 - Loan Settlement (or your custom condition group), double-click Condition Type in the Dialog Structure, and add the condition types that you created for IoA settlement.
3. Select the condition group type 240 - Payment: Loans (or your custom condition group), double-click Condition Type in the Dialog Structure, and add the condition types that you created for IoA repayment.
4. Save your entries.
4.11.6 Configuration for Late Payment Penalty
4.11.6.1 Introduction
In Brazil, in addition to interest on arrears (IoA), banks charge an additional fee, called late payment penalty, for loan installments that are overdue.
This section describes how to configure the system to process late payment penalty in line with requirements in Brazil.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 355
4.11.6.2 Create Condition Types for Late Payment Penalty
Use
You define two condition types for late payment penalty processing:
● Condition type for late payment penalty settlement● Condition type for late payment penalty repayment
This section describes how you create these condition types.
NoteYou must not maintain any date category for the condition types of any interest on arrears (IoA) type. IoA and late payment penalty do not have a fixed calculation period or an expected payment date; interest on arrears is only charged at the moment of repayment. The IoA item is related to a previous period, the period that is overdue.
Procedure
Create Condition Type for Late Payment Penalty Settlement
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Conditions Define Condition Type .
2. Enter the following data:
Table 468:
Field Entry
Condit. Type Enter a code for your condition type.
Condition Type Name Enter a name for your condition type, for example, Late Payment Penalty Brazil.
Condition Category 105020
Posting Sign Debit Memo
Screen Sequence 105021
Calc. Category 1010
Update Category GB10
Calc. Basis LIOA_PNLTY
356 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Field Entry
Posting Type Enter 10 or choose your own posting type for IoA.
PstingType PAdj 10
PstgType NgAdj. 13
ProcResCat Leave field blank.
Proc. Res.Positive Leave field blank.
ProcResultCategNeg Leave field blank.
Process Result Type Leave field blank.
Determ. Time StdCon. Use Conditions for Interest Fixing
Determ. Time Ind.Con Use Conditions at Calculation Time
Ref. Cond. Type Leave field blank.
Cond. Determin Selected
Number Calendar 3
Tiered/IntAllow Selected
Exch.rate type Leave field blank.
Amt Limit PayCurr Deselected
Waiver Method Leave field blank.
Incl. Cond. Selected
Totaled Based on Detailed Results
Intercomp. Loan Deselected
Bal. Time Type Leave field blank.
Charge Event Cat. Event Charge
Restart Info. Overlap (if you want to have grace period for the product)
Overlap N (days of grace period)
RefIntRatAssign All Reference Interest Rates
One-Time Cond. Deselected
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 357
Field Entry
AggregateCalBas Deselected
Seasonal Limit No Reference to Seasonal Limit
Event AccountBilling Deselected
3. Choose Enter.4. In the Dialog Structure, double-click the Amount Category node and enter the following data:
Table 469:
Field Entry
Amt Categ. 105020
Perc. Fee No Percentage Charge
Other columns Leave all checkboxes deselected.
5. In the Dialog Structure, double-click the Waiver node and enter the following data:
Table 470:
Field Entry
Posting Type W1
PstgType NgAdj. W2
PstingType PAdj. W1
ProcResCat Leave field blank.
Proc. Res.Positive Leave field blank.
ProcResultCategNeg Leave field blank.
6. Choose Enter.7. Save your entries.
Create Condition Type for Late Payment Penalty Repayment
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Conditions Define Condition Type .
2. Enter the following data:
Table 471:
Field Entry
Condit. Type Enter a code for your condition type, for example, 999998.
358 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
Field Entry
Condition Type Name Enter a name for your condition type, for example, Late Payment Penalty Repayment.
Condition Category 160000
Posting Sign Debit Memo
Screen Sequence 160001
Calc. Category 1555
Update Category GB11
Calc. Basis Leave field blank.
Posting Type Enter C8 or choose your own posting type for IoA.
PstingType PAdj Enter 16 or choose your own posting type for IoA.
PstgType NgAdj. Enter 13 or choose your own posting type for IoA.
ProcResCat Leave field blank.
Proc. Res.Positive Leave field blank.
ProcResultCategNeg Leave field blank.
Process Result Type Leave field blank.
Determ. Time StdCon. Use Conditions at Calculation Time
Determ. Time Ind.Con Condition Determination Timepoint as Standard Conditions
Ref. Cond. Type Leave field blank.
Cond. Determin Deselected
Number Calendar Leave field blank.
Tiered/IntAllow Deselected
Exch.rate type M
Amt Limit PayCurr Deselected
Waiver Method Leave field blank.
Incl. Cond. Deselected
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 359
Field Entry
Totaled Based on Detailed Results
Intercomp. Loan Deselected
Bal. Time Type Leave field blank.
Charge Event Cat. Not Defined
Restart Info. Save Restart Information
Overlap Leave field blank.
RefIntRatAssign Leave field blank.
One-Time Cond. Deselected
AggregateCalBas Deselected
Seasonal Limit No Reference to Seasonal Limit
Event AccountBilling Deselected
3. Choose Enter.4. In the Dialog Structure, double-click the Amount Category node and enter the following data:
Table 472:
Field Entry
Amt Categ. 160000
Perc. Fee No Percentage Charge
Capitaliz. Selected
DeferralPermittd Selected
Other columns Leave all checkboxes deselected.
5. Choose Enter.6. In the Dialog Structure, double-click the Date Category node and enter the following data:
Table 473:
Field Entry
Date Cat 225010: Due Date
7. Choose Enter.
360 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
8. In the Dialog Structure, double-click the Waiver node and enter the following data:
Table 474:
Field Entry
Posting Type W1
PstgType NgAdj. W2
PstingType PAdj. W1
ProcResCat Leave field blank.
Proc. Res.Positive Leave field blank.
ProcResultCategNeg Leave field blank.
9. Choose Enter.10. Save your entries.
4.11.6.3 Assign Condition Types to Condition Group Types
Use
To process financial condition types, you assign all condition types that are relevant for a given financial product to a condition group type. To execute the settlement and repayment conditions for loans, the standard system contains the condition groups 210 and 240, respectively. To meet your customer-specific requirements, you can assign the condition types specific to Brazil to these standard condition groups. Alternatively, you can use your own custom condition groups for loans settlement and loans repayment.
Prerequisites
You have created condition types for late payment penalty settlement and late payment penalty repayment. For more information, see Create Condition Types for Late Payment Penalty [page 356].
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Financial Conditions Define Condition Group Type .
2. Select the condition group type 210 - Loan Settlement (or your custom condition group), double-click Condition Type in the Dialog Structure, and add the condition types that you created for late payment penalty settlement.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 361
3. Select the condition group type 240 - Payment: Loans (or your custom condition group), double-click Condition Type in the Dialog Structure, and add the condition types that you created for late payment penalty repayment.
4. Save your entries.
4.11.6.4 Create Condition Group and Condition for Late Payment Penalty
Use
To process late payment penalty settlement, you define a condition group and the corresponding condition.
NoteDo not assign the condition type for late payment penalty repayment to your condition group for inpayment agreement. If you do that, your condition for late payment penalty repayment will be valid for the whole loan period. The financial condition for late payment penalty repayment has to be created only on the day of the repayment, and it is valid only for that specific day. This financial condition is automatically created when a repayment occurs in an overdue loan account.
Prerequisites
● You have created condition types for late payment penalty settlement. For more information, see Create Condition Types for Late Payment Penalty [page 356]
● You have assigned your condition types for late payment penalty settlement to a condition group type. For more information, see Assign Condition Types to Condition Group Types [page 361].
Procedure
Create Condition Group for Late Payment Penalty Settlement
1. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Financial Services Account Management Current SettingsFinancial Conditions Condition Group Edit Condition Group .
2. On the Condition Group Edit screen, choose the Create Condition Group pushbutton in the left frame.
362 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
3. Enter the following data:
Table 475:
Field Entry
Condition Group Type Select the condition group type that you use for late payment penalty settlement.
Condition Group Enter any number.
Condition Group Description Enter any description.
4. Choose Enter.5. Create the condition as described below.
Create Condition for IoA Settlement
1. On the Condition Group Edit screen (see above), choose the Condition (Create Condition) pushbutton and select the condition type you created for late payment penalty settlement.
2. Enter the following data:
Table 476:
Field Entry
Currency BRL
Valid From Enter the start date of the validity period.
3. On the Calculation tab page, enter the following data:
Table 477:
Field Entry
Description of Condition Enter any description.
Int. Calc. Method (Interest Calculation Method) 1/1
Percentage Rate Debit interest rate
4. Save your entries.
4.11.7 Configure Loan Product Attributes for IoA
Use
To enable the system to process interest on arrears (IoA) in line with the requirements for Brazil, configure the product attributes for your loan account product as described in this section.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 363
Prerequisites
● You have created a loan account product. For more information, see .● You have defined a condition group for interest on arrears.● You have defined turnover classes. For more information, see .● You have created clearing categories for IoA in your Open Item Management System.
Procedure
1. Change your loan account product in Customizing for Financial Services, under Account ManagementProduct Management Product Definition Account Products Change Account Product .
2. In the product attributes structure, configure the product attributes as described below:
○ In Used Attributes Financial Conditions Condition Groups Condition Group , enter the condition groups you created for IoA.
○ Activate the product attribute Generate Number of Installments under Used Attributes Country-Specific Attributes General Localization Interest on Arrears .
○ Activate the product attribute Calculate Interest on Arrears under Used Attributes Country-Specific Attributes General Localization Interest on Arrears .
○ In Used Attributes General Settlement Attributes Relevant to Clearing Logical Turnover Class , assign the following logical turnover classes to real turnover classes:
Table 478:
Logical Turnover Class Real Turnover Class
GIA0 Enter the real turnover class created for IoA settlement.
GIA1 Enter the real turnover class created for IoA billing.
GIA2 Enter the real turnover class created for IoA repayment.
GB10 Enter the real turnover class created for IoA settlement.
GB11 Enter the real turnover class created for IoA billing
GB12 Enter the real turnover class created for IoA repayment.
3. Save and activate your product.
364 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
4.11.8 Configuration for Disbursement with IoA for Brazil
4.11.8.1 Introduction
This section describes the settings to configure the system to process interest on arrears on disbursement, in line with the requirements for Brazil.
4.11.8.2 Assign Transaction Types for OIM Payment Distribution Types
Prerequisites
To configure the relation between payment distribution usage category, payment distribution type, and open item management transaction type, you make the settings described in this section.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Product Management Payment Distribution Assign Trans. Types for OIM System to Paymnt. Distr. Types .
2. Enter the following data:
Table 479:
Usage Cat. Trsn Type PD Type Desc.
008 GB11 Enter the same PD Type Desc. configured for this Trsn Type on Usage Cat. 003
008 GB21 Enter the same PD Type Desc. configured for this Trsn Type on Usage Cat. 003
008 GIA1 Enter the same PD Type Desc. configured for this Trsn Type on Usage Cat. 003
008 GTX1 Enter the same PD Type Desc. configured for this Trsn Type on Usage Cat. 003
3. Save your entries.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 365
4.12 Configuration for Revenue Recognition for Performing Loans
4.12.1 Introduction
This section describes how to customize the system to calculate revenue recognition for performing loans in line with Brazil-specific requirements.
4.12.2 Maintain Nonbalance-Balance-Changing Transaction Types
Use
To support the posting of revenue amounts to be recognized, two non-balance changing transaction types are required, one for credit postings and another for debit postings.
NoteThe posting of revenue recognition amounts is not supported by the localization.
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management > Item Management > Basic Functions > Maintain Non-Balance-Changing Transaction Types.
2. Enter the following data:
Table 480:
Non-Bal.ChngTransTyp Desc.Trans. Typ CreditMemo
Enter a number of your choice, for example, 999999.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, Revenues to be Recognized - Credit.
Selected
Enter a number of your choice, for example, 999998.
Enter a description of your choice, for example, Revenues to be Recognized - Debit.
Deselected
3. Save your entries.
366 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
4.12.3 Assign Nonbalance-Changing Posting Categories to Nonbalance-Changing Transaction Types
Prerequisites
You have created your nonbalance-changing transaction types as described in Maintain Nonbalance-Balance-Changing Transaction Types [page 366].
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose Account Management Item Management Basic FunctionsAssign Non-Bal-Changing Posting Categories to Non-Bal-Changing Trans.Types .
2. Enter the following data:
Table 481:
Non-Bal. Chg PostCat Non-Bal.ChngTransTyp
64 Enter the nonbalance-changing transaction type that you have created for credit in Maintain Nonbalance-Balance-Changing Transaction Types [page 366].
65 Enter the nonbalance-changing transaction type that you have created for debit in Maintain Nonbalance-Balance-Changing Transaction Types [page 366].
3. Save your entries.
4.12.4 Configure Localization Parameters
Prerequisites
● You have created your credit interest condition types for revenue recognition.● You have created your nonbalance-changing transaction types as described in Maintain Nonbalance-Balance-
Changing Transaction Types [page 366].
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Configure Localization Parameters .
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 367
2. Choose the localization country Brazil and the parameter group REVENUES_2B_RECOGNIZED.3. Enter the following data:
Table 482:
Parameter Subgroup Parameter Name Entry
CONDITION_TYPE INTEREST_CONDTYPE Enter the interest condition types that you use for revenue recognition.
TRANSACTION_TYPE CREDIT_TTYPE Enter the nonbalance-changing transaction type that you have created for credit in Maintain Nonbalance-Balance-Changing Transaction Types [page 366].
TRANSACTION_TYPE DEBIT_TTYPE Enter the nonbalance-changing transaction type that you have created for debit in Maintain Nonbalance-Balance-Changing Transaction Types [page 366].
4. Save your entries.
4.13 Configuration for Installment Prepayment
4.13.1 Introduction
This section describes how to configure the system to process installment prepayment orders in line with requirements in Brazil.
For information about the generic configuration for installment prepayment orders, see .
4.13.2 Settings Delivered As Standard for Installment Prepayment
Validation Object
The standard delivery for Brazil contains the validation object VO_INP_PRPAYMT_DATE_VAL, which is used in the extensible object (XO) framework (transaction XO80).
This object validates the installment prepayment order value date against the order prepayment date. This object ensures that the prepayment date is equal to or falls later than the value date.
368 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Configuration Information for Brazil
4.13.3 Configure Localization Parameters
Use
If the revenue recognition feature is activated in your system, in the localization parameter for revenue recognition, you must specify the condition type that is used for posting the interest when an installment prepayment order is executed.
Prerequisites
You have defined the condition types as described in .
Procedure
1. In Customizing for Financial Services, choose General Localization Settings Configure Localization Parameters .
2. Select the following entry:
Table 483:
Column Value
Localization BR Brazil
Parameter Group REVENUES_2B_RECOGNIZED
Parameter Subgroup CONDITION_TYPE
Parameter Name INTEREST_CONDTYPE
3. In the Dialog Structure, double-click the Customer Parameter Values node.4. Enter the condition type you defined for the interest in the Define Condition Types for Installment Prepayment
section.5. Save your entries.
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaConfiguration Information for Brazil C U S T O M E R 369
Important Disclaimers and Legal Information
Coding SamplesAny software coding and/or code lines / strings ("Code") included in this documentation are only examples and are not intended to be used in a productive system environment. The Code is only intended to better explain and visualize the syntax and phrasing rules of certain coding. SAP does not warrant the correctness and completeness of the Code given herein, and SAP shall not be liable for errors or damages caused by the usage of the Code, unless damages were caused by SAP intentionally or by SAP's gross negligence.
AccessibilityThe information contained in the SAP documentation represents SAP's current view of accessibility criteria as of the date of publication; it is in no way intended to be a binding guideline on how to ensure accessibility of software products. SAP in particular disclaims any liability in relation to this document. This disclaimer, however, does not apply in cases of willful misconduct or gross negligence of SAP. Furthermore, this document does not result in any direct or indirect contractual obligations of SAP.
Gender-Neutral LanguageAs far as possible, SAP documentation is gender neutral. Depending on the context, the reader is addressed directly with "you", or a gender-neutral noun (such as "sales person" or "working days") is used. If when referring to members of both sexes, however, the third-person singular cannot be avoided or a gender-neutral noun does not exist, SAP reserves the right to use the masculine form of the noun and pronoun. This is to ensure that the documentation remains comprehensible.
Internet HyperlinksThe SAP documentation may contain hyperlinks to the Internet. These hyperlinks are intended to serve as a hint about where to find related information. SAP does not warrant the availability and correctness of this related information or the ability of this information to serve a particular purpose. SAP shall not be liable for any damages caused by the use of related information unless damages have been caused by SAP's gross negligence or willful misconduct. All links are categorized for transparency (see: http://help.sap.com/disclaimer).
370 C U S T O M E RBanking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin America
Important Disclaimers and Legal Information
Banking Services from SAP 8.0, Localization for Latin AmericaImportant Disclaimers and Legal Information C U S T O M E R 371
go.sap.com/registration/contact.html
© 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company. All rights reserved.No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company. The information contained herein may be changed without prior notice.Some software products marketed by SAP SE and its distributors contain proprietary software components of other software vendors. National product specifications may vary.These materials are provided by SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company for informational purposes only, without representation or warranty of any kind, and SAP or its affiliated companies shall not be liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials. The only warranties for SAP or SAP affiliate company products and services are those that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services, if any. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty.SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other countries. All other product and service names mentioned are the trademarks of their respective companies.Please see http://www.sap.com/corporate-en/legal/copyright/index.epx for additional trademark information and notices.